

u 









■>*•■•■ 





rare rPV^o<g*\ 

Rnnk >$ gA Z. 

Copyright}! _ 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT: 




CA1US IULIUS CAESAR. 

(British Museum.) 



^Frontispiece.) 



FIRST LATIN BOOK 



THE WORD-VALUE TEXT-BOOK 



BY 

E. CUTLER SHEDD, A.M. 



REVISED EDITION 



NEW YORK 

WILLIAM BEVERLEY HARISON 

1906 



LIBRARY of OONGfttGS 
TwoGooles R«cdved 

MAY 1? 1906 

Copyright Cntry 
CLASS /&, XXc No. 






SOME SUGGESTIONS. 



In examining this book please keep in mind the following facts: 

The repetition of words is so constant that the great majority of the 
words in any given lesson are familiar to the pupils when they reach it. 

They therefore are quite free to center attention upon the endings and 
syntax. 

About three fourths of each advance reading lesson is really a review 
of words, forms, and constructions already studied. 

Hence it is possible to master the reading lessons in spite of their in- 
creasing length and sometimes complex sentence structure. 

A ONE YEAR'S COURSE. 

The pupils should be 'of the usual age of High-School Freshmen. A 
nine months' course, with five recitations a week, contains about 170 rec- 
itations, aside from periods for examinations. 

As a rule, devote two recitations to each of the seventy-eight lessons, 
abridging the prose composition work where necessary. Half, or less, 
of the prose work has given excellent results when carefully done. (156 
recitations.) 

The first recitation may be devoted to the. forms or rules and to the 
reading; the second to completing the reading, and to prose composition 
work, with ten minutes, if desired, for composition at sight. 

Devote about ten more recitations to the further study of the paradigms. 

Devote the remaining recitations to Lessons LXVII and LXXIV. 

If more time be needed, omit Lessons XLII, XLVII, and LX (releas- 
ing six recitations), and Lesson LXXIV (releasing four or five more 
recitations). Or else devote a few weeks at the beginning of the second 
year to the last few lessons and the final reading exercises. This will 
put the class into excellent trim for immediately taking up Csesar or 
Nepos. 

" COMPOSITION AT SIGHT."— This is the title of a pamphlet 
discussing the subject and giving a list of sentences adapted for use. It 
will be sent free of charge on request to teachers using this book. 

"SIX BOOKS OF CiESAR IN ONE YEAR."— In a pamphlet of 
this title the author has described the method which is embodied in this 
book, and also the result of a two years' test. In this test the class num- 
bered fifteen. Each member completed the six books with comparative 
ease and without lack of thoroughness. Those pupils to whom Latin 
proved difficult seemed to derive the greater benefit — indeed, judging by 
previous experience, several would have failed to. pass in even the five 
books, required of previous classes had it not been for the thorough drill 
in reading given by the Word- Value Text-Book. 
Copyright, 1906, by E. Cutler Shedd. 



PREFACE. 

If we ask second-year pupils what they find to be the great 
obstacle to the easy reading of Latin, their usual reply is : 
" We do not know the meanings of the words." This reply 
indirectly attests the success of recent text-book makers in 
their efforts to improve the method of presenting syntax ; but 
it is also a call to confront the problem how best to aid 
learners to acquire a vocabulary. 

The Latin words which the pupil will meet most often 
plainly are of greatest value to him. For example, dico and 
res are very important. He will not meet with regno or nauta 
ten times a year if he reads the writers usually selected, unless 
he takes the first book of Livy. He will encounter cachinno 
or anser once or twice, if at all. This book uses only im- 
portant Latin words, so far as feasible. 

The best way to memorize the meanings of a large number 
of words is to encounter them frequently in reading lessons 
and written work, for most words are arbitrary symbols, with 
nothing to suggest a connection with the objects they denote. 
If repetitions are frequent enough, the process of memorizing 
proceeds without apparent effort. Almost any pupil, when 
he completes his first year in Latin, recalls the meanings of 
such words as bonus and est. They have been brought to his 
attention again and again during months of study. 

This book contains four long word-lists, printed on tinted 
paper for ready reference. The words in these lists are re- 
peated about five times in the reading lessons in which they 
first occur, where they are printed in heavy type and also 
collected in a short word-list. The long lists take the place of 
an English-Latin vocabulary, for the Latin words required 
in any given composition exercise will be found in the pre- 
ceding word-lists, in the Latin reading exercise for the same 
lesson, or by the help of a foot-note. 



iv PREFACE. 

The reading contains in all about eleven thousand words, 
and the written exercises about six thousand. Thus the 
words found in the special lists each occur from sixty to 
seventy times in the book. Naturally some occur more fre- 
quently than others, but scarcely more than six less than 
thirty or forty times. There are also lists of English words 
derived from the Latin, "Allied Words," which aid the 
memory when aid is most needed. The Latin words are 
thus so impressed upon the memory by repetition and the 
association of fdeas that the pupil can scarcely choose but 
learn them. It is believed that this method has never before 
been applied so thoroughly and systematically. 1 

The saving of time thus secured permits the introduction 
of reading lessons of some length, and of sentences with a 
complex word order. The value of the latter as a prepara- 
tion for classical Latin is obvious. 

The isolated sentences are taken as far as possible from the 
text of Caesar. Wherever practicable they give way to nar- 
ratives from his writings, with text simplified, taken chiefly 
from the "Civil Wars," in order to impart variety and 
correct any tendency to depend upon memory alone in 
second-year reading. Those passages have been chosen 

1 To what extent this method affects the reading of second- 
year Latin may be seen from the following extract from Caesar 
(B. G. II. 17), where the words in heavy type are among the 
words memorized in this First Latin Book : 

His rebus cognitls, exploratores centurionesque praemittit, qui 
locum idoneum castris deligant. Cum ex deditlcils Belgis reli- 
quisque Gallls complures Caesarem secutl una iter facerent, quldam 
ex his, ut postea" ex captlvls cognitum est, eorum dierum consue- 
tudine itineris nostrl exercitus perspecta, nocte ad Nervios perve- 
nerunt atque his demonstrarunt, inter singulas legiones impedl- 
mentorum magnum numerum intercedere, neque esse quicquam 
negotil, cum prima legio in castra venisset reliquaeque legiones 
magnum spatium ab-essent, hanc sub sarcinis adorlrl ; qua pulsa 
impedimentisque dlreptis futurum, ut reliquae contra consistere 
non auderent. 



PREFACE. v 

which seemed most full of interest as narratives. The text 
has been simplified only to the extent that the pupils' knowl- 
edge of vocabulary and construction demand in each read- 
ing lesson. The learner is thus gradually introduced to 
the Latin of Caesar himself. Incidentally he is familiarized 
with Roman methods of warfare and history, in which he is 
aided by brief notes and carefully selected illustrations and 
maps. 

In the treatment of rules and paradigms the following 
are the points chiefly considered : 

(i) Terms and expressions unfamiliar to the pupil have 
been either eliminated or carefully explained when first 
introduced. Wherever possible English grammar has been 
used as a stepping stone. The attempt has been made to 
approach difficult subjects, such as the subjunctive, from the 
standpoint of the learner. 

(2) Rules and forms not needed for the reading of "The 
Gallic War" have either been excluded, or else but little 
emphasized. Hence the locative case, for instance, has 
been omitted, and. the vocative made optional. 

(3) All rules introduced are given in full. For example, 
all forms of indirect discourse are fully treated. 

(4) Common constructions which are difficult are em- 
phasized, and a constant drill in them is maintained through- 
out the reading and written exercises. Particular attention 
is called, in this connection, to the treatment of the sequence 
of tenses and of clauses of purpose and result in the subjunc- 
tive, and of indirect discourse. 

(5) Constructions, like those of the gerundive, which 
pupils are likely to confuse, are introduced at widely sepa- 
rated intervals. 

(6) The constructions which are most common are intro- 
duced first ; for example, the ablative of means and qui be- 
fore quis. 

(7) Similar forms are introduced in close sequence. All 
forms of the genitive in ius are thus united. 



vi PREFACE. 

(8) The work has been graded with much care. The 
introductory lessons are an example of this. In the latter 
part of the book frequent reading lessons are inserted to aid 
the pupil in assimilating what has been already learned, be- 
fore taking up new points. 

(9) The subject of verb analysis is given considerable at- 
tention in the belief that it greatly simplifies the mastering 
of the verb. 

(10) The grouping of the words in the Latin Reading 
Lessons (believed to be a new feature in language teaching) 
has been suggested as a valuable aid in acquiring the habit 
of rapid reading. 

Many cross references are given, to aid in uniting what 
logically belong together. The rules are reprinted at the 
rear of the book in a list, arranged systematically and with 
references to leading grammars, inserted for convenience and 
to facilitate the transition to second-year work. 

For the sake of uniformity and simplicity great care has 
been taken that each style of type be used for a like purpose 
throughout the book. Latin words and phrases, for instance, 
appear in a uniform type and are thus immediately dis- 
tinguishable from the English. 

We are indebted to Mrs. M. J. Woodhull, of New York 
City, for the careful editing of the book, and also for her 
many valuable suggestions. 

Thanks are also due to Mr. George M. Baker, recently 
instructor in the Lawrenceville Preparatory, School, for the 
care he has exercised in marking the quantities, and to Pro- 
fessor Clifford P. Clark, of Fairmont College, for various 
useful suggestion's. The author's greatest obligation, how- 
ever, is to his pupils, (without whose cooperation little could 
have been accomplished,) especially to those of them to whom 
the study of Latin has frequently seemed dull and unprofit- 
able. E. Cutler Shedd. 

Rye, N. Y., December 15, 1905. 



CONTENTS. 



C aius Iulius Caesar Frontispiece 

PAGE 

Map I. The Roman Dominions, 44 b.c 85 

Map If. Southeastern Gaul 86 

Map III. The Scene of Caesar's Campaign against Pompey. 87 

Map IV. The Roman Province of Africa 204 

Map V. The Region Around Utica, 44 b.c 205 

Grammatical Introduction 1 

LESSON 

I. Singular and Plural Nominative of First Declension 7 

II. Accusative Case. Direct Object 9 

III. First Declension. Indirect Object 11 

IV. Order of Words. Apposition. Predicate Nouns 14 

In with Ablative. 

V. Dative of the Possessor 18 

VI. In with Accusative. Omission of Subject 20 - 

First Word-list. 

VII. Second Declension. Vocative Case 23 

VIII. Adjectives of First and Second Declensions. Predicate 

Adjectives „ 26 

IX. Second Declension. Nouns in -er 29 

X. The Verb Sum. Agreement of Verb with Subject . . . 32 

XI. Suva., continued. Ablative of Means or Instrument ... 34 

XII. First Conjugation. Personal Endings 37 

XIII. First Conjugation, continued. Verb Stems 41 

XIV. Ablative of Manner. .Endings , 44 

XV. Hie and Ille. „ 46 

vii 



vin CONTENTS. 

LESSON PAGE 

XVI. Is 49 

XVII. Qui. Agreement of Relative Pronouns 52 

XVIII. Quis? : 55 

XIX. Reading 58 

XX. Iste, Idem, Ipse 60 

XXI. Quidam. Aliquis. Irregular Adjectives 63 

Word-list for Review 66 

XXII. Third Declension. Mute Stems. ' ; Allied Words" 

begin 67 

XXIII. Third Declension. Mute Stems, continued. Ablative 

of Cause 70 

XXIV. Third Declension. Liquid Stems 73 

XXV. Third Declension. Stems in i. Descriptive, Ablative, 

or Genitive 76 

XXVI. Third Declension. Stems in i, continued. Comple- 
mentary Infinitive 79 

XXVII. Third Declension. Adjectives. Principal and Subor- 
dinate Clauses. Order of Words. 82 

XXVIII. Third Declension. Adjectives, continued. Hints for 

Reading 88 

XXIX. Ablative of Time 93 

XXX. Second Conjugation 95 

XXXI. Second Conjugation, continued. Tense Signs, 98 

XXXII. Ablative of Specification 101 

XXXIII. Fourth Declension 103 

Word-list for Review 105 

XXXIV. Third Conjugation 106 

XXXV. Third Conjugation, continued 108 

XXXVI. Reading in 

XXXVII. Comparing of Adjectives, Ablative with Comparatives.. 113 

XXXVIII. Comparing of Adjectives, continued 1 16 

XXXIX. Comparing of Adjectives, continued 119 

XL. Formation of Adverbs 122 

XLI. Comparing of Adverbs 125 

XLII. Reading 127 

XLIII. Third Conjugation Verbs in io. Accusative of Space 

and Time 129 

XLIV. Fifth Declension 132 

XLV. Subjunctive of Purpose 134 



• CONTENTS. ix 

LESSON PAGE 

XLVI. Personal and Reflexive Pronouns. Possessive Adjec- 
tives 138 

Word-list for Review 141 

XLVIL Reading 143 

XLVIII. Numerals 145 

XLIX. Numerals, continued 148 

L. Subjunctive of Result 149 

LI. The Verb Possum 151 

LII. Reading 154 

LIII. Fourth Conjugation 156 

LIV. Review of the Four Conjugations 158 

LV. The Infinitive. Indirect Statements 159 

LVI. The Tenses of the Infinitive in Indirect Statements 163 

LVII. Reading 165 

LVIII. Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing 166 

LIX. Participles. Accusative of Place Whither, Names of 

Towns 169 

LX. Reading 173 

LXI. Deponent Verbs. Ablative with some Deponents 174 

LXII. Dative with some Intransitives 176 

LXIII. The Irregular Verbs Volo, Nolo, Malo 178 

LXIV. Cum. Temporal I 179 

LXV. Reading for Review 181 

LXVI. Gerundive and Gerund 183 

LXVII. Reading 185 

LXVIII. Dative of End or Service. Dative with Compounds... 188 

LXIX. Ablative Absolute 190 

LXX. Primary and Secondary Tenses. Perfect and Pluper- 
fect Subjunctive. Full Rule for Sequence of Tenses. 193 

LXXI. The Irregular Verb Ed. Ablative of Separation 196 

LXXII. Subjunctive and Relative Clauses 198 

LXXIII. The Irregular Verbs Fer6 and Flo. Hints for Read- 
ing „ „ 201 

Word-list for Review * 202 

LXXIV. Reading 206 

LXXV. Indirect Questions. Quam with Superlative 210 

LXXVI. Conditional Sentences 212 

LXXVII. Commands and Appeals. The Three Forms of Indi- 
rect Discourse 215 



X CONTENTS. 

LESSON PAGB 

LXXVIII. The Periphrastic Conjugations 218 

Reading Lessons 221 

Tables of Declension and Conjugation 228 

General Vocabulary 259 

Vocabulary of Proper Names 279 

List of Rules, Arranged Systematically 285 

Index - 291 



References throughout are to paragraphs. 

There is no English-Latin vocabulary. The majority of 
the words used in the prose composition work present no 
difficulty, because the pupil is already familiar with them. 
Every word, except proper names, may be found either in 
previous word-lists, in the Latin reading exercise for the same 
lesson, or by the help of a foot-note. Compare 48 and 72. 

The vocabulary of proper names follows the main vocabu- 
lary. 

Directions for the use of the "Allied Words " are given in 
paragraph 131. 

For the purpose of ready reference, the rules will be found 
arranged systematically and with references to leading Latin 
grammars in a list following the vocabulary at the end of the 
book. 

For the list of abbreviations see page 258. 

References throughout are to paragraphs. 



GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION. 

1. Alphabet. The Latin alphabet is the same as the 
English, except that it has neither j nor w. I serves both 
as a vowel and as a consonant. 

a. In late Latin and English j has taken the place of i-con- 
sonant. 

2. i. The sounds denoted by the letters called vowels 
are produced by vibrating the vocal cords. The sounds de- 
noted by the mute consonants are most easily produced 
when a vowel sound is checked by means of the throat, 
tongue, or lips. A semi=vowel partakes of the character of 
both a consonant and a vowel, but usually appears in combi- 
nation with the. latter. 

2. The vowels are a, e, i, o, u, and y. 

3. Classification of Consonants. 
i. Mutes, b, p, c, g, k, q, d, t. 

b, p, lip sounds,, called labial mutes. 

c (ch, cp. 5 1 ), g, k, q (qu, cp. 4, 2, a), throat sounds, 
called guttural mutes. 

d, t, teeth (or tongue) sounds, called dental (or lingual) 
mutes. 

2. Liquids. 1, m, n, r. 

More strictly, 1 and r are liquids, m and n nasals. 

3. f, h, and s are spirants. 

h is sometimes called a breathing, s is the sibilant. 

4. i-consonant and v are semi=vowels. 
1, r, s, and h are sometimes classed here. 

5. x and z are double consonants. 

4. 1. Two methods of pronouncing Latin are used in 
America, the Roman and the English. In the English 

1 References throughout are to paragraphs. 



2 INTRODUCTION. 

the sounds as a rule are the same as in English. This is now 
seldom used. 

Sounds of Letters. Roman Method. 

2. VOWELS. 

The vowels are the same as in English. Broadly speak- 
ing, each vowel has only, one sound. If the sound of a vowel 
in a syllable is somewhat prolonged when pronounced, the 
vowel is said to be long. If the sound is shortened, the 
vowel is said to be short. 

LONG. SHORT. 

a as in ah. a as in sofa. 

e as in they. 1 e nearly as in set. 

I as in machine. i nearly as in tin. 

6 as in home. as in melody. 

u as oo in tool. u as in put. 

y is sounded like the German ii, or French u. 

a. When qu or gu precede a vowel, u is treated as a con- 
sonant. This is also true of u in the forms huic (93) and 
cui (106, 113). 

Some authorities, however, consider the ui in these forms 
a diphthong. 

3. DIPHTHONGS. 

A diphthong is produced by running together the sounds 
of two vowels. 

The more common diphthongs are pronounced as follows : 
ae as at in aisle. eu as eu in feud. 

au as ou in out. oe as oi in soil. 

ui, when a diphthong, as oo-ee, pronounced rapidly. 

5. CONSONANTS. 

Many of these are pronounced as in English. The follow- 
ing require notice: 

1 More strictly, like the French e in fete. 
References throughout are to paragraphs. 



INTRODUCTION. 3 

bs is pronounced asps, bt asp/. 

c is hard, as in cat. 

g is hard, as in go. 

ch, ph. It is best to uniformly pronounce ch hard, as 
in Christian, and ph like/, as in Philip. 

From the standpoint of Latin pronunciation, these letters 
should be sounded separately, as in the English compound 
up-hill. But these combinations usually occur in words bor- 
rowed from the Greek, where ch stands for a Greek sound 
similar to its sound in the German word ich } and ph stands 
forf. 

i-consonant is pronounced like jm in yet. 

Final m is hardly pronounced. 

nc is pronounced as in uncle, ng as in angle, ngu as in 
sanguine. 

s is always pronounced as in sin, and t as in time. 

v is pronounced as w in will. 

The double consonant x stands for ks. 

Doubled consonants (pp, tt, etc.) are both pronounced, 
as // in cat- tail. 

O. SYLLABLES. 

i. A word has as many syllables as it has vowels and 
diphthongs : cerutu-ri-6-ne. 

2. In dividing a word into syllables, a single consonant is 
joined to the following vowel : ho-mi-nes. 

a. But when the word is formed by the union of two or 
more words (that is, is a compound) the division shows the 
component parts : ab-esse. 

3. The last syllable of a word is called the ultima (in 

Latin meaning last); the syllable preceding the ultima, the 
penult (a word contracted from the Latin paene, almost, and 
ultima). That preceding the penult is called the ante- 
penult, (ante in Latin means before.} 



4 INTRODUCTION. 

7. Quantity, or Length of Vowels. 

i. Vowels are long (_) or short ( w ). In this book 
long vowels only are marked. 

2. A vowel is short before another vowel or h, and gen- 
erally before nt and nd. 

3. Diphthongs are long. 

4. In compounds vowels representing diphthongs, and 
vowels resulting from contraction, are long: 

iniquus (for in-aequus) ; cogo (contracted from co-ago). 

5.- A vowel is long before nf, ns and i-consonant, and 
generally long before gn. 

6. A syllable ' is long if it contains a long vowel or a 
diphthong, or if it has a short vowel followed by two 
consonants (except a mute with 1 or r), or a double 
consonant. 

8. Accent. 

1. An accented syllable is one which is pronounced with 
greater stress of voice than other syllables in the same word. 

Latin accent carries with it less stress of voice than Eng- 
lish accent. 

2. In words of two syllables, the accent is upon the 
first syllable : sil'-va. 

3. In words of more rhan two syllables, the accent is upon 
the penult, if that is long, otherwise upon the antepenult : 
a-mi'-cus. 

4. If -ne [41] or -que [91] be added to a word, the ac- 
cent falls upon the last syllable of the word : laudat'-ne ? 
mensa'-que, 

9. Cases. The names of the cases are Nominative, 
Genitive, Dative, Accusative, Ablative, Vocative. 

a. There is also a Locative case, which is not given in 
this book, as it rarely occurs in second-year Latin. 

b. The meanings and uses of the cases will be given in 
succeeding lessons. 

1 To avoid confusion, the quantity of syllables is not indicated in this 
book. 



INTRODUCTION. 5 

10. Gender. 

i. There are three genders, masculine, feminine and 
neuter, as in English, 

2. Unlike the English, the gender is usually determined 
by the ending. 

Thus, nouns whose nominative singular ends in a are 
nearly always feminine. 

a. Sometimes gender is determined by the meaning, as 
in English. 

b. That a word in English is neuter, and hence referred 
to as "it", does not show that it is neuter in Latin. In 
Latin "field", "year", and "sword", for instance, are 
each referred to as " he"; "forest", "road", and "gate", 
as "she ". 

3. Names of males, rivers, winds and months are 
masculine. # 

4. Names of females, countries, towns, islands and 
trees are feminine. 

5. Indeclinable nouns are neuter. 

11. Examples for Practice in Pronunciation. 

1. VOWELS. 

acriter, eagerly. Ira, anger. 

ala, wing. avis, bird. 

ara, altar. Asia. 

Cornelia. dulcis, sweet. 

culpa, fault. 61im, for inerlv, once. 

fortuna, chance. oratio, a speech. 

edictum, proclamation. drdo, rank, order, 

emitto, f send out. modo, only. 

Epirus. Hector, 

alter, the other [of two). mercator, merchant. 

inter, between. undecim, eleven. 

tamen, yet. utilis, useful. 

fdus. uva, grape. 



6 


INTRODUCTION. 


2. 


DIPHTHONGS. 


Graecia. 


Europa. 


aedificium, edifice. 


Eurus. 


tubae, trumpets. 


Euphrates. 


causa, cause. 


Coepl, I began. 


gaudium, delight. 


Poenicus. 


nauta, sailor. 


poena, punishment. 


3- 


CONSONANTS. 


Cicero, 


sedes, seat. 


Caesar, 


rosa, rose. 


civis, citizen. 


Musa. 


Charon. 


Virgo, virgin. 


schola, school. 


via, road. 


cachinno, I laugh aloud. •verbum, word. 


genus, race. 


lingua, tongue. 


granum, a grain. 


sanguis, blood. 


gusto, I taste. 


anguis, snake. 


iam, already. 


quercus, oak. 


ianua, door. 


quondam, formerly 


Iura. 


qui, who 


Polyphemus, 


Suetonius. 


elephantus, elephant. 


suavis, pleasant. 


Philippus. 


sui, of himself . 


4- 


SYLLABLES. 



ma-tri-mo-ni-um, marriage. 
le-ga-ti-6, embassy. 
Hel-ve-ti-i. 
A-qui-ta-ni-a. 
Ca-ta-man-to-loe-des. 
auc-tO-ri-tas, authority. 
pulchritudo, beauty. 



perspicio, I see through. 
invictus, unconquered. 
exspiro, / breathe forth. 
depono, I put down. 
confero, I colled. 
circumvenio, / surround. 



LESSON I. 

12. SINGULAR AND PLURAL, 
puella, girl, puellae, girls, 
regina, queen, reginae, queens* 

a. How does the plural of the Latin noun differ from the 
singular ? Form the plural of the following nouns : 

fllia, daughter, terra, land, 

mensa, table. via, road. 

silva,/*0r#r/. 

13. EXAMPLES. 

Singular and Plural 
Via est longa, The road is long. Nominative of First 

Viae sunt longae, Roads are long. D^iention. 

a. Notice that the adjective has a plural ending when it 
modifies a noun in the plural. If English were like Latin 
in this respect we would say " Roads are longs." 

b, There is no article. Via may be translated either 
a road or the road ; viae, roads or the roads. 

14. (See the vocabulary on page 22.) 
i. Terra est lata. 

2. Copiae sunt magnae. 

3. Ubi est mensa alta et longa ? 

4. Multae viae sunt longae. 

5. Terrae sunt multae 

6. Mensa est lata. 

7. Ubi est magna mensa? 

8. Estne ! filia bona? 

1 -ne is the sign of a question, and cannot be translated. It is affixed 
to the verb, as estne, suntne, or to non (nonne). 



8 LESSON I. 

9. Mensae sunt altae. 

10. Multae mensae sunt magnae et altae. 

11. Ubi sunt magnae silvae? 

12. Regina est bona. 

13. Puella et regina ' sunt bonae. 

14. Viae sunt latae. 

15. Ubi est puella bona ? 

15. This exercise is to be translated into Latin. 
The words needed in the English-Latin exercises oi 
the first six lessons will be found in the Latin-English 
exercises which immediately precede them. 

1 . The road is long. 

2. Is the road long ? (14, 2 note 1.) 

3. Are the roads long ? 

4. Are the tables long ? 

5 . Where are the wide tables ? 

6. Where are the good girls ? 

7. Many forests are large. 

8. The table is large and high. 

1 Notice the compound subject. 

2 References are to paragraphs. 



LESSON II. 

THE DIRECT OBJECT. 

16. EXAMPLES. 

Puella tubam portat, The girl is tarrying (or, car- 

ries, or, does carry) a trumpet. 

Puella tubas portat, The girl is carrying trumpets. 

Puellae tubas portant, Girls are carrying (or, carry 

or, do carry) trumpets. 

Regina multas puellas amat,7%^ queen loves (or, is loving, 

or, does love) many girls. 

a. In these sentences notice the endings -am and -as. 
How do they differ in meaning ? 

These are the endings of the Accusa= Accusative Case. 

. . , T . • , , Direct Object. 

live case. Notice that in these sentences it 
denotes what is called in English grammar the direct 
object of the verb. To what case in English grammar does 
this use of the Accusative correspond ? 

b. How does the plural differ from the singular in the 
verbs given above? In the same way form the plurals of 

amat, loves. laudat, praises. 

c. Notice that the adjective multas agrees with puellas, 
the noun which it modifies, just as the adjectives in Lesson I 
agree with the nouns which they modify. 

17. (See the vocabulary on. page 22.) 

1 . Puella aquam portat. 

2. Terra silvas multas habet. 

3. Regina puellam laudat. 

4. Ubi est praeda magna ? 



IO LESSON II, 

5. Viae sunt multae et longae. 

6. Regina rosam habet. 

7. Filiae rosas habent. 

8. Puellae aquam portant. 

9. Ubi sunt copiae magnae ? 

10. Filia tubam habet. 

11. Puella reginam amat. 

12. Regina puellas bonas amat. 

13. Terra magna vias longas et latas habet. 

14. Filiae bonae reginam laudant. 

15. Puellae multae filiam bonam laudant. 

16. Amatne regina bona filias bonas ? 

17. Puellae mensam altam habent. 

18. Portantne puellae mensam latam ? 

19. Regina bona filiam bonam laudat. 

18. (See 15.) 1 Place the verb last in your Latin trans- 
lation, except in the fourth and ninth sentences. 

1. Is the girl carrying a table ? 

2. The troops have much plunder. 

3. The large country has large forests. 

4. Where 2 are the troops ? 

5. The queen praises the girls. 

6. The girls love the queen. 

7. The queen has a large country. 

8. The girl is carrying the roses and the trumpet. 

9. Does the queen praise the girl ? 

1 References are to paragraphs. 

2 -ne (14, note 1) is not used with ubi. Cp. 17, 9. 



19. 



LESSON III. 



FIRST DECLENSION. 



Declension is the changing of a Latin noun or adjective 
into the forms for the different cases (9), as puella, for 

instance, has already been changed into the three case-forms 
puellam, puellae, and puellas. (16.) 





First Declension. 




silva, forest. 






SINGULAR. 




Nominative 


silva 


4 

(a) forest (13, b) 


Genitive 


silvae 


of (a) forest 


Dative 


silvae 


to or for {a) forest 


Accusative 


silvam 


(a) forest 


Ablative 


silva 




Vocative 


(silva) 

PLURAL. 




Nominative 


silvae 


forests 


Genitive 


silvarum 


of forests 


Dative 


silvis 


to or for forests 


Accusative 


silvas 


forests 


Ablative 


silvis 




Vocative 


(silvae) 




a. What is the difference between 


the nominative and 


blative singular? 






b. The meanings 


of the ablative will be given later. 


c. The vocative 


is the case of add 1 


ress. 



12 LESSON III. 

d. The base is that part of a word which remains un- 
changed throughout the declension, (silv- above.) 

What are the bases of the following words? 
copils, vias, reginae, filia, mensarum, puellis, terram. 

The stem is the body of a word, to which the endings are 
attached. The stem of the first declension ends in a, which 
is called the Stem vowel. This a, however, has united by 
contraction with the vowel of the ending, leaving the base. 

e. To learn the meaning of a word, notice the base. To 
learn in what case a word is, notice the ending. The pupil 
who trains himself to divide Latin words into their bases and 
endings has mastered one of the points necessary for easy 
reading. 

f. Declension by Endings. 

SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

Base silv Nom. -a Nom. -ae 

Gen. -ae Gen. -arum 

Dat. -ae Dat. -is 

Ace. -am Ace. -as 

Abl. -a Abl. -is 

Voc. -a Voc. -ae 

20. THE INDIRECT OBJECT. 

Regina puellae rosam dat, The queen gives a rose to the girl. 
Rosa puellae est grata, The rose is acceptable to the girl. 

a. What is the case of puellae in the first 

Indirect Object. 

sentence ? 

This use of the Dative is called the Dative of the Indirect 
Object, and is the same in meaning and use as the indirect 
object in English. 

b. Notice the difference between the direct and the indi- 
rect objects in the first sentence. Be careful not to confuse 
these two "objects." 

. c. The second sentence illustrates one use of the dative 
with adjectives. 



LESSON III. 13 

21. Rule. — The nominative is the case of the subject. 

22. Rule. — The direct object of a verb is put in the ac- 
cusative. 

23. Rule. — The indirect object of a verb is put in the 
dative. 

24. 

1. Silvae multae Galliae sunt magnae. 

2. Filia puellae rosam magnam dat. 

3. Regina filiae longam mensam dat. 

4. Estne rosa magna puellae bonae grata ? 

5. Regina copias magnas habet. 

6. Regina terrae puellis rosas multas dat. Rosae 

puellis sunt gratae. 

7. Puella bonae reginae longam mensam dat. 

8. Habetne regina latam mensam? 

9. Viae Galliae sunt longae. 

o. Terrae Galliae silvas multas habent. 
11. Regina puellas laudat. 

12. Regina Galbae terrae praedam dat. Praeda reginae 

Galbae grata est. 

13. Regina puellas multas amat. 

14. Puellae reginae bonae rosas multas et magnas dant. 

15. Ubi sunt mensae altae et latae ? 

25. (See 15.) Place the verb at the end, except in the 
two last sentences. 

1. The good girls give a large table to the queen. 
The table is acceptable to the queen. 

2. The daughter of the queen has many large roses. 
The queen gives the roses of the daughter to the girls. 

3. The countries of Gaul have many large forests 
and long roads. 

4. The queen gives the plunder of the land to the 
troops. 

5. Where are the countries of Gaul ? 

6. Are the forests of the country large ? 



LESSON IV. 

26. EXAMPLES. 

The queen gives a rose to the girl. 

In this sentence notice that we recognize the word 
" queen " as the subject, and " rose " as the direct object 

of the verb " gives" because the one precedes and the other 
follows the verb. 

Thus the words in an English sentence follow a fixed 
order : subject, verb, object. 

The same sentence in Latin reads : Order of 

Words. 

Regina puellae rosam dat. 

Notice that we recognize the word rosam as direct object 
because of its ending -m, and puellae as the indirect object 

because of its ending -ae. 
If the words be rearranged, 

Regina rosam puellae dat, 
Rosam regina puellae dat, 

the meaning remains unchanged, for rosam, so long as it 
keeps the ending -m, cannot be anything but the direct 
object, and puellae, so long as it keeps the ending -ae, 
will in this sentence remain the indirect object. 

a. In a declarative Latin sentence the subject is usually- 
placed first. 

b. The verb (excepting est and sunt) nearly always comes 
last. 

14 



LESSON IV. 15 

27. EXAMPLES. 

Regina Corneliam, filiam Galbae, laudat, The queen 
praises Cornelia, the daughter of Galba. Apposition. 

Regina Corneliae, puellae, tubam dat, The queen gives 
a trumpet to Cornelia, the girl. 

a. Notice that filiam and Corneliam both refer to the 
same person and are in the same case. This is also 
true of Corneliae and puellae. 

b. When a noun is joined to another noun as filiam is 
to Corneliam, or puellae to Corneliae, it is said to be in 
apposition with it. 

28. Rule. — Appositives agree in case with the nouns 
which they limit. 

a. An appositive may often be best translated into Eng- 
lish by a noun introduced by " as " or " of." For example : 

Terra Gallia erat magna, The land of Gaul was large. 

Galba ad Galliam legatus Gallis proper at, Galba hastens 
to Gaul as an envoy to the Gauls. 

29. EXAMPLES. 

Cornelia, puella, erat filia reginae, Cornelia, the girl, 
was the daughter of the queen. 

a. In this sentence filia, which is in the predicate of the 
sentence, denotes the same person as Cornelia, the subject. 
Nouns used in this way are called predicate Predicate 
nouns. Nouns 

b. How does a predicate nominative differ from an 
appositive ? 

Which is the predicate nominative, and which the ap- 
positive, in the following sentence? 

Cornelia, filia Galbae, erat bona puella, Cornelia, the 
daughter of Galba, was a good girl. 

30. Rule. — A predicate noun agrees with the subject 
in case. 



1 6 LESSON IV. 



31. EXAMPLE. 

Multae silvae sunt in terra Gallia, Many forests are in 
the land Gaul. 

a. Notice that the preposition in is followed by the Ab= 
lative case. in with 

Ablative. 

32. 

i. Puella est filia reginae. 

2. Magna silva erat in terra. 

3. In terris Galliae erant longae et latae viae. 

4. Ubi est puella, filia Corneliae? In silva est filia 
Corneliae. 

5. Cornelia, puella, filiae reginae aquam dat. 

6. Estne rosa in mensa ? 

7. Habetne terra Helvetia silvas? In Helvetia, terra 
Galliae, sunt multae et magnae silvae. 

8. Corneliae tuba erat in alta mensa. 

9. Erantne silvae Galliae multae et magnae? 

10. Gallia est magna et lata terra. 

1 1 . Puellae Corneliam, Galbae bonam f iliam, amant. 

12. Filiae Galbae Corneliae puellae rosam magnam 
dant. 

13. Gratae sunt reginae rosae. 

14. Copiae terrae erant magnae. 

15. In magnis silvis erant longae viae. 

16. Praeda terrae est magna. 

17. Bonae puellae filiae Galbae tubas dant. 

33. (Words in parentheses are to be omitted in the 
Latin. ) 

• 1 . Is Gaul a large land ? 

2. In the countries cf Gaul are many troops. 

3. In Helvetia, a land of Gaul, are large forests. 



LESSON IV. 17 

4. In the land of Gaul 1 is a large and wide forest. 

5. The good girls give large roses to Cornelia, the 
daughter of the queen. 

6. The roses are acceptable to Cornelia. 

7. The queen praises the girls. 

8. The troops of the queen are in the forest, 

9. Are the roses upon the table ? 

10. Where is the daughter of Galba ? 

11. Galba loves (his) daughter. 

1 Not genitive. (28.) 



LESSON V. 

34. EXAMPLE. 

Terrae est magna silva, There is a large forest to the 
land, that is, the land has a large forest. 

Observe that this sentence has the same meaning as if it 
were Terra magnam silvam habet. The dative thus used is 
called the Dative of the Possessor. 

35. Rule. — The dative is used with sum Da * ive ofth « 

, t ., . Possessor. 

to denote the possessor, the thing pos- 
sessed being the subject. 

36. 

i . Regina magnam rosam habet. 

2. Reginae est rosa magna. 

3. Reginae sunt rosae multae. 

4. Tuba est puellae. Tuba puellae est grata. 

5. Corneliae, Galbae filiae sunt rosae multae. 

6. Aqua magna est in via. 

7. Suntne multae reginae bonae ? 

8. Corneliae filiae bonae sunt tubae longae. 

9. Galliae terris sunt silvae multae. 

10. Ubi erat puella, Galbae filia bona ? 

1 1 . Praeda in silva erat. 

12. Cornelia filias bonas habet. Corneliae sunt filiae 
multae. 

13. Galliae terrae magnae et latae erant silvae multae. 

14. Rosa Corneliae est in aqua. 

15. Galba reginae longam mensam dat. 

18 



LESSON V. 19 

16. Estne aqua alta ? 

17. Amatne Galba filias ? 

18. Cornelia, filia Galbae, magnam rosam reginae dat. 
Grata reginae est rosa Corneliae. Corneliae tubam longam 
reglna dat. Corneliae est tuba longa. 

19. Reginae copiae erant magnae. 

37. (When possible, translate the following sentences in 
two or three ways.) 

1. A large forest is in the country of Helvetia (33. 
n. i). 

2. Cornelia has a rose. 

3. Is Cornelia a good girl ? 

4. Where was the plunder of the land of Helvetia ? 

5. Has the queen a table ? 

6. Has the girl, the daughter of the queen, many 
roses ? 

7. The water in the road is deep. 



LESSON VI. 

38. EXAMPLE. 

Galba in silvam hastam portat, Galba carries a spear 
into the forest. 

a. Notice that the preposition in here J»with 

, , , . - „ , , , Accusative. 

means "into, and is followed by the ac= 

cusative silvam, which is not a direct object, as is hastam. 

39. EXAMPLES. 

In silvam hastas portant, They are carrying spears into 
the forest. 

In silvam properat, He (or she) hurries Omission of 
into the forest. 

a. Notice that there is no subject expressed in these sen- 
tences, but that the subjects " they" and " he "are included 
in the verbs and expressed in the endings. 

b. The general sense of the sentence determines whether 
the subject expressed in the singular by the ending be 
» he," "she," or "it." 

40. 

t. Galba in terrain Galliam properat. 

2. In silvas properant. 

3. In terram multas hastas portant. 

4. In terras praedam magnam portat. 

5. Roma multas. et latas vias habet. 

6. In terra Gallia sunt multae viae. Terris Galliae 
sunt longae viae. Galliae suntne multae silvae ? Viae 
in silvis terrae Galliae sunt longae sed non latae. 

20 



LESSON VI. 21 

7. Galba in silvam longas hastas portat. 

8. Tuba filiae Galbae erat in alta mensa. 

9. Galbae filias laudant. 

10. Puellae hastam dat. Non grata puellae est hasta. 

11. Puellae, filiae Corneliae, sunt in Roma. 

12. In Romam magnam praedam multarum terrarum 
Galliae portant. 

13. In porta erat regina bona. 

14. In terra Helvetia copias habet. In Galliam cdpiae 
properant. . . 

15. In silvas terrarum Galliae properant. . 

16. Hasta longa est in via. 

17. Filia bona est reginae. 

18. Romae viae sunt latae. 

19. Copiae magnae sunt in terra Gallia. 

20. Ubi est aqua? 

21. Copias magnas in Helvetia non habent. 

41. WORD-LIST. 

copia, COpiae, a supply (of -ne, sign of a question (8. 4). 

anything) ; plural also est, is. 

troops. sunt, are. 

silva, silvae, a forest. dat, he, she, or it gives, is 

terra, terrae, a country, or giving, or does give. 

land. habet,' he, she, or it has, is 

via, viae, a rdad. having, or does have. 
et, and. 

4c2l* (When possible, translate the following sentences in 
two or three ways. Omit words in brackets.) 

1. He hurries into the land of Helvetia. 

2. In Gaul (there) are many troops. The troops 
have much plunder. They are carrying the plunder 
into the forests. 

3. The girl, the daughter of Galba, is in the road. 



22 LESSON VI. 

4. They give the spear to the good girl, the daugh- 
ter of Cornelia. 

5. Has Galba a daughter ? He has many daugh- 
ters. 

6. Where is Galba 's spear ? 

7. The girls have trumpets. 

8. Does the queen praise the girls ? 



VOCABULARY FOR THE FIRST SIX LESSONS. 



alta, high, deep. 
amat, loves. 16, b. 39. 
aqua, water. 
bona, good. 
copia, 41. 
Cornelia, Cornelia. 
dat, gives. 16, b. 39. 
erat, was. 16, b. 39. 
est, is. 39. 
et, and. 

fllia, daughter. 
Galba, Galba. 
Gallia, The land Gaul. 
grata, acceptable. 
habet, has. 16, b. 39. 
hasta, spear. 

Helvetia, The district Hel- 
vetia. 
in, see 31 and 38. 
lata, wide. 
laudat, praises. 16, b. 39. 



longa, long. 

magna, large. 

mensa, table. 

multa, much. Plural, many. 

-ne, 14, note 1. 

non, not. 

portat, carries. 16, b. 39. 

praeda, plunder. 

properat, hastens, 16, b. 39. 

puella, girl. 

regina, queen. 

Roma, Rome. 

rosa, rose. 

sed, but. 

silva, 41. 

sunt, are. 39. 

terra, 41. 

tuba, trumpet. 

ubi ? where? 18, note 2. 

via, 41. 



LESSON VII. 

SECOND DECLENSION. 
43. The stem ends in 0, which usually disappears by 



combination with the case-ending. 

44. Nouns of the second declension 

ending in -um are neuter. 

Others are masculine. (But see 10. 3 and 4. 

45. 



Stem and 
Gender. 



murus, wall. 


oppidum, town, 




SINGULAR. 


Nom. 


murus 


oppidum 


Gen 


murl 


oppidi 


Dat. 


murO 


oppido 


Ace. 


murum 


oppidum 


Abl. 


murO 


oppido 


Voc. 


(mure) 

PLURAL 


(oppidum) 


Nom. 


murl 


oppida 


Gen. 


murdrum 


oppidorum 


Dat. 


muris 


oppidis 


Ace. 


muros 


oppida 


Abl. 


muris 


oppidis 


Voc. 


(murl) 


(oppida) 



a. Nouns in -us of this declension have a special form in 
e, which forms their vocative case, or case of address. 
Amice, friend. 

b. The vocative of other nouns in all de- 
clensions is the same in form as the nominative. But cp. 
57- 2 3 



Vocative Case. 



24 LESSON Vll. 

c. How many cases in murus can you find which have 
the same ending ? 

d. Which cases of oppidum are alike in the singular? 
which in the plural ? 

e. Declension by Endings. 







SINGULAR. 






MASCULINE. 




NEUTER. 


mur Nom. 


-us 


Base oppid 


Nom. 


-um 


Gen. 


-1 




Gen. 


-I 


Dat. 


-0 




Dat. 


-6 


Ace. 


-um 




Ace. 


-um 


Abl. 


-0 




Abl. 


-6 


Voc. 


-e 


PLURAL. 


Voc. 


-um 


Nom. 


-I 




Nom. 


-a 


Gen. 


-drum 


Gen. 


-Drum 


Dat. 


-is 




Dat. 


-Is 


Ace. 


-OS 




Ace. 


-a 


Abl. 


-Is 




Abl. 


-Is 


Voc. 


-1 




Voc. 


-a 



46. (See the vocabularies on pages 259 and 279.) 

1. Marce, amice, quid est in oppido ? In oppido amid 
legatl tela et equos habent. Copia equorum magna est in 
oppido. Magnam copiam telorum legatl populo dant. 
Magnus est numerus captlvorum in oppido. Copiae oppidi 
sunt magnae. 

2. Estne Marci amicus legatus ? Galba, amicus Marci 
et populi, est legatus in Roma, Italiae oppido. Donasuntne 
tribunis, populi legatls ? Legatus telum, donum populi, 
habet. Tela sunt Galbae, legato. 

3. Magnus est numerus oppidorum. Legatl oppidorum 
sunt captlvl. Multi sunt captlvl. In silvis sunt equl cap- 
tlvorum. Captlvl multa dona amlcls dant. 

4. Numerus magnus telorum est Marco, tribuno, legatl 



LESSON Vll 25 

amico. Multa tela tribunus habet et populo oppidi dat. In 
oppido sunt equi et tela, dona amicorum. Magnum nume- 
rum equorum in silva tribunus habet. Quid amicis Marcus 
dat ? Equos et tela, dona, Marcus amicis legatl dat. 

47. WORD-LIST. 

numerus, -1, number. in, preposition ; with abla- 

amiCUS, -1, friend. tive, in or on ; with accu- 

captivus, -1, prisoner. sative, info, against. 

equus, -1, horse. quid ?, what P Neuter nom- 

legatus, -1, an envoy, also an inative or accusative of in- 

officer in the Roman army, terrogative pronoun quis? 

a ' ' legate'' ' . ( Lesson XVI 1 1 . ) 

48. HINTS FOR WRITING LATIN. 

Every word except proper names used in the sentences 
to be turned into Latin has either been given in the word- 
lists or else may be found in the Latin-English exercise for 
the same lesson. For proper names look in the Latin-Eng-< 
lish vocabulary. Do not look up the words in any English- 
Latin vocabulary. To do so may seem the quickest way for 
the first few lessons, but it teaches one very little Latin, and 
in the long run is sure to prove much the slowest method. 

Study 26 again. Do not put down your words at random. 

Words not to be rendered in Latin are placed in parenthe- 
ses. 

49. (Omit words in brackets. ) 

i. The legates are friends of the captives. 

2. They give a large number of horses to (their) 
friends. 

3. Do they give the horses to the prisoners, the 
friends of the envoys ? 

4. Marcus, has the legate a horse ? 

5. The legate's friend has a horse in the road. 

6. Are (there) large forests in the land of Gaul ? 
(33- n. 1.) 



LESSON VIII. 

ADJECTIVES OF FIRST AND SECOND DECLEN 

SIONS. 



50 


• 


EXAMPLES. 






MASCULINE. 


FEMININE. 


NEUTER. 




Bonus Galba, 


Bona Cornelia, 


Bonum donum, 




Good Galba. 


Good Cornelia. 


A good gift. 


Nom. 


Bonus Galba 


Bona Cornelia 


Bonum donum 


Gen. 


Boni Galbae 


Bonae Corneliae 


Boni doni 


DAT. 


Bono Galbae 


Bonae Corneliae 


Bono dono 


Ace. 


Bonum Galbam 


Bonam Corneliam 


Bonum donum 


Abl. 


Bono Galba 


Bona Cornelia 


Bono dono 


Voc. 


(Bone Galba) 


(Bona Cornelia) 


(Bonum donum) 



a. Observe that bonus agrees in gender with the noun 
which it limits. 

b. Adjectives of the first and second declensions have 
three sets of terminations, in order to agree with any 
noun in any case. The masculine is declined like murus, 
the feminine like silva, and the neuter like oppidum. 

51. Learn the declension of bonus (474). 
a. Decline equus defessus, tired horse, and gratum 
donum, pleasing gift. 

26 



LESSON VIII. *1 

52. EXAMPLES. 

Equus est magnus, The horse is large. 

Equi sunt magni, Horses are large. Predicate 

Oppidum est parvum, The town is small. Adjectives. 

Oppida sunt parva, The towns are small. 

Galba est bonus, Galba is good. 
Adjectives used after est and sunt, as in these sentences, 
are called predicate adjectives. 

How do they differ from predicate nouns ? (29.) 

53. 

1. Dona multa bonae filiae Marci sunt. 

2. Via Galbae defessi filils defessis est longa. 

3. Donum boni Marci Galbae bono est gratum. 

4. Marcus Galbae filius in oppidum tela dona bona portat. 

5. Filio bono tribuni equi sunt gratl. 

6. In terra sunt silvae magnae. Magnus est in terra 
Gallia silvarum numerus. Longae viae sunt in silvis. N6n 
grata est tribunis defessis legatorum in silvam fuga. Nonne 
grata est populo terrae fuga in silva captivorum ? 

7. Murus altus est in silva. Magnam copiam telorum 
equi et captivi in silvam portant. Filiis Marci grata in 
silva sunt tela, dona amicorum. Defessi sunt tribimorum 
captivi. Equi bonorum legatorum in Oppidum captivos 
defessos portant. 

8. Altum murum habetne magnum oppidum ? Longus 
et altus mums est oppido magno. Alto et longo muro 
oppidi sunt multae portae. 

54. WORD-LIST, 

altus, -a, -urn, high, tall, deep, magnus, -a, -um, large. 

defessus, -a, -um, weary, multus, -a, -um, muck; plu- 

lired. ral, many. 

gratus, -a, -urn, pleasing (not oppidum, -1, n., town. 

used of persons). non, not. 

longus, -a, -um, long. portat, is carrying. 



28 LESSON Vlll. 

55. 

i . The tall captive is tired. 

2. What is the horse carrying into the town ? 

3. The friends of the ambassador are in the town. 

4. He gives a horse to (his) tired friend. 

5. The legate has a large number of horses in the 
forest. 

6. Galba, the friend of the captive, is in the road. 

7. The road is long and the captives are tired. 

8. The legate, the friend of the tribune, is not in 
the town. 





LESSON 


IX. 




56. SECOND DECLENSION- 


-CONTINUED. 


Agei 


', m., field. 


Vir, m., 

SINGULAR. 


man. 


Puer, m., boy. 


Nom. 


ager 


vir 




puer 


Gen. 


agrl 


virl 




pueri 


DaT. 


agro 


virO 




puero 


Ace. 


agrum 


virtxm 




puerlim 


Abl. 


agro 


virO 




puer5 


Voc. 


(ager) 


(vir) 

PLURAL. 




(puer) 


Nom. 


agrl 


virl 




pueri 


Gen. 


agrorum 


virorum 


puerorum 


Dat. 


agris 


viris 




pueris 


Ace. 


agros 


virOS 




pueros 


Abl. 


agris 


viris 




pueris 


Voc. 


(agrl) 


(virl) 




(pueri) 


a. How does the declension oi 


ager 


differ from that of 


puer ? 










b. Most nouns and ad 


ectives in 


-er of this declension are 


declined like ager. 









57. 

Nouns in -ius and -ium shorten the genitive singular 
ending -ii to -I. The accent remains unchanged. 
consilium, gen. consili, advice, plan. 
fllius, gen. fill, son. 

Pompeius, gen. Pompei, Pompey. 

The vocative singular of proper names in -ius and of 
filius also ends in I. Antonius, vocative, Antoni. 

29 



30 LESSON IX. 

58. 

i. Captivi aegri non multum frumentum habent. 

2. Liber populus liberam terram habet. 

3. Equi nostri sunt in agris. 

4. Equi nigri aegri Galbae frumentum non habent. 

5. Nonne est aeger Marci equus niger ? 

6. Muri oppidi nostri sunt alti. 
. 7. Amicus noster est aeger. 

8. Estne nigro equo multum frumentum magno in agro? 
Frumentum equorum est in agris. Magna copia frumenti 
est in agro aegro equo. 

9. In concilio viri consilium dant. Non gratum in conci- 
lio est consilium nostrorum legatorum liberls viris. In 
nostro concilio liberorum virorum consilium est bonum. 

10. Estne filia boni Galbae in agro? In muro est Corne- 
lia, Galbae legati filia. 

n. Bonorum virorum consilium est gratum. Gratum 
consilium in oppido nostro bonus legatus populo dat. 

12. Magnam copiam frumenti in terra Gallia nigri cap- 
tivi in oppida portant. Multa tela in terram Galliam lega- 
tus portat. 

13. Magnum est concilium virorum Romae. Non mag- 
num est concilium liberae Galliae. 

59. WORD-LIST. 

ager, agri, m., field; plural, consilium, -i, advice, plan, 
the country (as distinguish- skill, prudence. 

ed from the town). concilium, -i, council. 

vir, viri, m., man. liber, libera, liber um, free; 

plural, m., often children. 

60. 474. 

1. The man's children are tired. 

2. The horses are not in the town, but 1 in the 
country. 



LESSON IX. 3 1 

3. He gives advice to the children. 

4. In the council the advice of (his) friends was not 
acceptable to the envoy. 

5. The captive does not have friends in the council 
of the legates. 

6. Cornelia is the daughter (27) of Marcus the leg- 
ate, the friend of the captives. 

7. The roads in the forest are long. 

8. The troops of the countries of Gaul are in the 
towns. 



LESSON X. 

61. Learn the present, imperfect, and future indicative, 
and the present imperative and infinitive of 

. 0< f N The Verb Sum. 

sum (486). 

62. 1. Est, erat, erit. 2. Sunt, erant, erunt. 3. Sumus, 
eramus, erimus. 4. Sum, este, eras. 5. Eram, es, esse. 
6. Ero, eritis. 7. Estis, eratis, eris. 

63. In the preceding lessons verb -forms have been used 
in the third person. The forms of the verb sum show that 
there are endings to denote the first and Agreement of Verb 
second persons as well. with Subject. 

a. There are a few such endings in the English language ; 
as, " thou lovest," " he loveth." The English commonly uses 
the pronoun with the verb, which is seldom done in Latin. 

Is " thou," in " thou lovest," really necessary to complete 
the meaning ? 

64. 

1. Tu, O puer, Galbae aegri es filius. 

2. Defessi erunt tuorum amicorum liberl. 

3. Ibi nuntius tela puero dat. 

4. Amicus eris puero, boni viri filio. 

5. In Gallia multa hiberna Sextius legatus habet. Non 
magna sunt hiberna, sed legato erunt grata. 

6. Marcus est nuntius. Marco sunt multa tela. Puer 
erit boni Marci amicus. Marci amicus ero. Marci nuntl 
erimus amici. Estne bonum nostrum consilium? 

7. In Italia frumentum habet. Equi multi captivorum 
in hiberna Sexti Marci tili arma portant. In hibernis erant 
mult! viri, sed non captivi erant. Marcus tribunus in hiberna 

32 



LESSON X. S3 

Sexti nuntiorum arma portat. Arma nunti in hibernis 
boni legati erunt. 

8. Copia magna frumentl defesso equo grata erit. Pueri 
boni, este amici aegri equi. 

9. Ibi arma non erunt. 

10. Tu in magnis hibernis eris, sed arma tua in oppido 
enmt. 

11. Ibi oppidum non erit magnum. 

65. WORD-LIST, 

nuntius, -1, messenger. arma, -drum, (in plural only) 

frumentum, -1, grain, provi- weapons (of all kinds, both 

sions. for attack and defence). 

telum, -1, weapon (especially ^ {n that plac ^ Adyerb 

adar 0' sed, 5ut. 

hiberna^orum, 1 (plural only) 

the winter quarters for an 

army. 

66. 

1. They give a javelin to the boys, the friends of 
the messenger. 

2. There 2 is a large supply of grain in the town, 
but there are no darts there. 3 

3. They are carrying much grain and many weapons 
into the winter camp. 4 

4. The winter camp of the legate is in the forest. 

5. The man has a long javelin. Is he carrying the 
javelin into the winter camp ? 

6. The children of the messenger are giving (his) 
weapons to the captives. 

1 The full form castra hiberna is seldom used. 

2 Notice the two uses of the word " there " in English. The first of 
these is not found at all in Latin. 

3 For the adverb of place use ibi. 

* Do not forget that this word is plural in Latin. 



LESSON XI. 

THE VERB SUM- CONTINUED. 

67. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect in- 
dicative of sum. (486.) 

68. EXAMPLES. 

Frumentum equis portatur, The grain is carried by horses. 
Marcus gladio Galbam vulnerat, Marcus Ablative of Mean8 

WOUnds Galba With a SWOrd. or Instrument. 

a. Notice that the ablatives equis and gladio tell us with 
what, or by means of what, some deed is accomplished. 

69. Rule. — The means or instrument of an action is 
expressed by the ablative. 

70. 

1. Liber vir captivus fuerat. 

2. Magna erit nova porta. 

3. Filius nostri amici gladio cum multis viris pugnat. 

4. Multos Graecos in bello armis Romani vulnerant. 

5. In terra Gallia fuerant multae silvae. Magnus fuit 
numerus silvarum et agrorum magna in terra Germania, sed 
pauca fuerunt oppida. Paucae et longae viae fuerunt mag- 
nis in silvis et agris Germaniae. 

6. Oppido fuerant murl et portae. Novum est oppidum 
et pauci sunt viri, sed altus est murus. Gladios multos amici 
novo tribuno dant. In alto muro oppidi sunt viri. 

Populo oppidi victoria in bello erit grata. 

7. Hibernis muri alti fuerant. 

34 



LESSO/S XL 35 

8. Gladium novum filio Marcus dat. Gladio viros pau- 
COS filius Marci vulnerat. 

9. Consilium novum legatorum viris in concilio non erit 
gratum. 

10. Portae multae erunt longo in muro. 

1 1. Equi magnum in oppidum multum frumentum portant. 

12. Ibi magnus numerus gladiorum fuit in via. 

13. In bello tells paucos, sed gladiis multos, vulnerant. 

14. Populo gratum donum dat. 

15. Multum frumentum equfs in oppidum portat, et populo 
dat. 

16. Defessi pueri arma tribuni non portant. 

17. In oppido frumentum non erit. In agris frumentum 
multum erit, sed magnae sunt silvae et longae sunt viae. 

71. WORD-LIST. 

bellum, -1, war. tribunus, -I, tribune, some- 

„i„ji„„ 7 7 times lieutenant. There 

gladius, -1, sword. .,. L ., 

were six military tribunes 

populus, -l, people. in each legion (157) of the 

pauci, -ae, -a, few. Roman . a ^ m X- u Their du " 

ties varied as the general- 
pugnat, is fighting. in-chief saw fit. 

72. Words will sometimes occur in these exercises which 
are hot given as definitions in the vocabularies, but the pupil 
will always be able to find suitable words or expressions in 
the Latin vocabulary at his command. 

I . In the forests and open country x of Gaul Caesar 
and the Romans are fighting. The Romans are 
wounding many men with 2 (their) weapons. The 
Gauls are wounding a few Romans by means of (their) 
swords and javelins. This 3 will be acceptable to the 
men in the council, but not to the people in the town. 
Many men in town are friends of the Gauls. 

1 ager. 2 69. 3 hoc (neuter singular). 



36 LESSON XL 

2. The Romans are fighting in the woods. The 
arms of the Romans are swords and javelins. The 
Gauls are wounding many Romans by means of (their) 
long javelins. They wound the horse of the tribune. 
But the legate is in the winter camp, and has many 
men and horses, and large supplies of grain. He 
hastens (39) with (his) troops into the woods. There 
(66, n. 2) they wound many of the Gauls by means of 
(their) javelins and swords. 



LESSON XII. 

FIRST CONJUGATION. A VERBS. 

amo (stem ama), love. 
Principal parts : amo, amarej amavi, amatus. 

73. Learn the present, imperfect, and future indicative, 
and the present imperative and infinitive, active and passive, 
of amo. (480.) 

a. A verb in the Active Voice represents its subject as 
active (that is, usually, as doing something); for instance, 

The man hits the boy. 

b. A verb in the Passive Voice represents its subject as 
being acted upon ; for instance, 

The man is hit by the boy. 

74. 1. Amat, amabat, amabit. 2. Amatur, amabatur, 
amabitur. 3. Amant, amantur, amabam. 4. Amabant, 
amabuntur, amabar. 5. Amabunt, amabantur, ama. 6. 
Amo, amare, amari. 7. Ajnor, amabamur, amabamus. 8. 
Amabo, amabor, amamur. 9. Amamus, amabimur, amamini. 
10. Amabimus, amare. 

75. Inflect, that i>, repeat the tenses of, these verbs as 
you have inflected amo : 

nuntio, nuntiare, nuntiavi, nuntiatus, to report or tell. 
porto, portare, portavi, portatus, to carry, 
a. To find the stem, drop -re of the infinitive. 

37 



$8 




LESSON XII. 






76. 










■o or -m 


-mus 


-r 


-mur 




-s 


-tis 


-ris 


-mini 


Personal 


-t 


-nt 


-tur 


-ntur 


Endings. 



These are called the Personal Endings. In what tenses 
are they to be found? What tenses and moods do not have 
them ? Are they found in the tenses of sum as well as of 
amo? What do they mean ? 

77. EXAMPLES. 

Galba gladium portat, Galba is carrying Ablative of 
a SWOrd. * Agent. 

Gladius a Galba portatur, A sword is being carried by Galba. 

Marcus gladio vulneratur, Marcus is wounded by means of 
a sword. 

Viri a legato tuba vocabantur, The men were called 'by the 
legate by means of a trumpet. 

a. Notice that the object of the active verb in both Latin 
and English becomes the subject of the passive, while the 
subject (the doer or agent) of the active is in Latin ex- 
pressed with the passive by the ablative with a Or ab, which 
corresponds to the preposition "by." 

b. The last two sentences illustrate the difference between 
the Ablative of Agent and the Ablative of Means. The 
Ablative of Agent is used regarding persons, the Abla- 
tive of Means regarding animals or things. 

78. Rule. — The agent with a passive verb is expressed 
by the ablative with a or ab. 

79. 

i. Vir telum in hiberna portabit. 

2. Telum in oppidum a viro portabitur. 

3. Galba Marcum amicum amabat. 

4. Marcus a Galba amabatur. 

5. Liberi, nostrum amicum amabitis. 



LESSON XI f. 39 

6. Noster amicus a liberis aegris amabitur. 

7. Quid populo ab amico nostro nuntiabitur? 

8. Frumentum et tela in oppidum a captivo bono porta- 
buntur. In hiberna captivus properat. 

9. A multis amamur. 

10. Consilium nunti a Galba nuntiabitur. 

11. Nuntiabitne Galba in concilio nunti consilium ? 

12. Galbae telum a filio in oppidum portabatur. 

13. Filius Galbae arma in oppidum portabat, 

14. Victoria populo a puero nuntiabitur. 

15. A liberis amabimini. 

16. Tribunus cum viris pugnabit. Telis et glad lis 
pugnant. Tribunus gladio et telis vulnerabitur. 

17. In hibernis telis, sed in agro gladils, tribunus cum 
viris pugnabat. 

18. Romanorum armis Graeci vulnerabantur. Graeci 
Romanos non amabant. 

19. Arma tribunorum a defessis viris non portabantur. 

20. Quis frumentum in oppidum portabit ? Aeger est 
tribunus, sed quid filius nuntiat? Nuntiat, "A captivis 
frumentum in oppidum portabitur." 

80. WORD-LIST. 

amo, -are, -avi, -atum, to vulnero, -are, -avi, -atum, 

like or love. to wound. 

nuntio, -are, -avi, -atum, a (before a consonant), ab 

to report or tell. (before a vowel), preposi- 

porto, -are, -avi, -atum, tion followed by ablative, 

to carry. by, from. 

pugno, -are, -avi, -atum, cum, preposition followed by 

to fight. Followed by cum, ablative, together with, 

with. sometimes with. Denotes 

accompaniment, 

81. (See 72.) 

The children of the town are carrying the weapons 
of the lieutenant into the woods. This (72, n. 3) will 



4o LESSON XII. 

be told to the lieutenant by a boy and will not be 
pleasing (to him). He will tell the children, 1 " Boys, 
carry the weapons back again." 2 But the children 
do not like the lieutenant, and do not carry back 3 the 
weapons, but hasten (39) into the winter camp and 
tell the captives, ' ' The lieutenant has no weapons. ' ' 
But the lieutenant tells the boy Marcus, the son s of 
Galba, " Marcus, hasten into the woods and carry (my) 
javelins into the winter camp." Marcus will carry the 
javelins to 4 the lieutenant. 

1 Dative. 2 rursus. 8 filius. 4 ad (not dative). 



LESSON XIII. 

FIRST CONJUGATION.-CONTINUED. 

82. Learn the perfect, pluperfect and future perfect indic- 
ative, active and passive, of amo. (480.) 

a. The participle amatus, used in the compound forms of 
the passive, is declined like bonus, and is treated in all re- 
spects like an adjective. (50.474.) 

Cornelia amata est, Cornelia was loved. 

Marcus amatus est. 

Frumentum portatum est, Grain was carried. 

Galba amatus est. 

Amati sunt, They were loved. 

83. Verbs have three stems, which are given in the 
Principal Parts : Porto, portare, portavi, Use of Principal 
portatus ; Do, dare, dedi, datus. Parts - 

The first gives the stem of the Present, Imperfect, and 
Future tenses : AM6, Do. The second gives the Present 
Infinitive, by which the conjugation is distinguished : 
amARE, dARE. The third gives the stem of the Perfect, 
Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Active : AMAVI, DEDI. 
The fourth gives the stem of the Perfect, Pluperfect and 
Future Perfect Passive : AMATus, DATus. 

84. Look in a vocabulary as seldom as possible. 

First translate the Latin as nearly in the order in which it 
comes as you can, giving to each word the 

. ■,...■•••.? ^ Hints for Reading. 

meaning its ending requires. Do not try to 
make good English, but only to get the sense and to find the 
construction of each Latin word. Then go over the sentence 

4* 



4 2 LESSON XIII. 

again, and turn it into good English. This is especially nec- 
essary in a long sentence. 

85. 

1. Amice, esne aeger? 

2. Copia magna frumenti defessis equis fuerat in agro. 

3. Cum studio oppugnati sumus. 

4. In hiberna tribuni arma et frumentum multum a cap- 
tivis portata erant. Barbari viri pugnis multis hiberna 
Oppugnaverunt. Portas hibernorum cum studio barbari 
viri oppugnaverunt, et multos amicos tribuni telis vulnera- 
verunt. Multos viros tribunus paucis cum amicis in pugna 
vulneravit. 

5. Pauci viri cum magno studio laborant. Barbari viri 
non laborant. Bonus vir cum consilio et studio laborat. 
Laborabisne, puer? 

6. Cum magno studio populi barbari terram legatusOCCU- 
pavit. Magno cum studio oppida oppugnabat. Magnis 
pugnis paucae terrae occupatae sunt. Magnae pugnae 
erant, et viri multi telis vulnerati sunt, sed pauca oppida op- 
pugnata sunt. 

7. Magno cum consilio a Romanis in bello oppida Oppug- 
nabantur. Multis pugnis in Gallia a Romanis oppida oc- 
cupata sunt. Oppida multa in Gallia oppugnabuntur. 
Cum barbaris viris pugnis multis Caesar pugnabit. 

8. Terrae novae a viris barbaris in bello magno cum 
studio occupatae erant. Magno cum studio populi barbari 
terrain occupabunt. 



86. WORD-LIST. 

occupo, -are, -avi, -atus, to lab5ro, -are, -avi, -atus, to 

take possession of , to seize. work. Sometimes to have 

oppugno, -are, -avi, -atus, to a hard time. 

attack. barbarus, -a, -um, uncivilized. 

pugna, -ae, a fight. studium, -1, eagerness. 



LESSON XIII. 43 

87. (See 72.) 

1. In the woods, in a wide * place 2 upon the road, the 
messenger was attacked. A man wounded (his) horse 
with a javelin. The messenger fought with the men 
with (his) sword. But the men were many, and he was 
tired out by the fight. He told the men (81, n. 1), " I 
am the messenger of the tribune Sextius; why 3 are you 
attacking me 4 ? Are you not (his 5 ) friends ? " They 
told the messenger, " We are the friends of Sextius. 
We will be your 6 friends." 

2. The winter camp of the legate was in the forest. 
In the winter camp there (66, n. 2) were a great num- 
ber of captives, and much grain, and many weapons 
and horses. A large number of Gauls attacked the 
troops of the legate. In the battle he was wounded 
with a sword by a man. The Gauls seized the winter 
camp and carried the grain and weapons into the 
forest. 

1 latus, -a, -um. 2 locus. 3 cur. 

*me. 5 eius. 6 tuus, -a, -um. 



LESSON XIV. 

THE ABLATIVE OF MANNER 

88. EXAMPLES. 

Oppidum cum studio oppugnavit, He attacked the town 
with eagerness (or eagerly). 

Oppidum magno cum studio oppugnavit, 

Oppidum magno studio oppugnavit, Ablative of Manner. 
He attacked the town with great eagerness. 

Cum studio, magno cum studio, and magno studio ex- 
press the manner of the action. 

89. Rule. —The manner of an action is expressed by 
the ablative with cum, unless an adjective is used with the 
ablative, when cum may be omitted. 

Roman! atque Galli. 

90. To aid the pupil to acquire the habit of noticing the 
endings, they are in this lesson . printed in heavy faced 
type. 

Roma fuit magnum oppidum Italiae, cum altis et longis 
muris. Altae portae erant muris. Frumentum in oppi- 
dum Romam equis a viris portabatur, nam multus in oppido 
erat populus. Populus Romanus multas terras oppidaque 
magna cum consilio et studio in bello occupavit. Multl 
Roman! non laborabant, sed captivi laborabant. Magnus 
erat captivorum numerus, 

Galll erant barbari viri qui (106) agros Galliae terrae sil- 
vasque occupaverant. Olim bonam terram Italiam occu- 
pare temptaverunt. Oppida oppugnaverunt. Roman! cum 
Gallis pugnaverunt, sed tandem superatl sunt, nam multl 

44 



LESSON XIV. 45 

erant Galll. Populus RomanUS fuga servatUS est. Sed 
Galli celeriter ex-iverunt, atque Roman! iterum oppidum 
Roraam aedincaverunt. 

91. WORD LIST. 

murus, -l, wall. atque, and. 

bonus, -a, -um, good. -que, and. (8, 4.) 

92. 

In the land (of) Italy are great supplies of grain. 
The Roman people are skilful 1 in war. The cities 
have ,high walls. But we Gauls are many and will 
eagerly attack the forces of the Romans. The Romans 
will fight with eagerness, but we will seize many towns. 
We will seize the city Rome. We will carry many 
captives and weapons and much grain into the country 
(of) Gaul. This 2 (72, N. 3) plan is acceptable to the 
men in the council of the Gauls. 

1 Cum consilio. 3 Hoc. 







LESSON 


XV. 






93. 




HlC AND 1 


LLE. 








hlC, this. 




ille, 


that. 








SINGULAR. 






M. 


F. 


N. 


M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. hie 


haec 


hoc 


ille 


ilia 


illud 


Gen. huius 


huius 


huius 


illius 


illius 


illius 


Dat. huic 


huic 


huic 


ill! 


illi 


illi 


Ace. hunc 


hanc 


hoc 


ilium 


illam 


illud 


Abl. hoc 


hac 


hoc 


illo 


ilia 


illo 



PLURAL. 

Nom. hi hae haec illi illae ilia 

Gen. horum harum horum illorum illarum illorum 

Dat. his his his illis illis illis 

Ace. hos has haec illos illas ilia 

Abl. his his his illis illis illis 

a. How do these forms differ from those of nouns of the 
first and second declensions ? 

b. HlC refers to what is near to the speaker in place, 
time, or thought : hlC gladius, this sword. 

c. Ille refers to what is somewhat remote from the 
speaker in place, time, or thought : illud telum, that dart. 

d. Ille, agreeing with a noun sometimes means "that 
well-known" or " that renowned." 

94. EXAMPLES. 

Hie puer est altus ; ilia puella est parva, This boy is 

tall ; that girl is small. 

46 



LESSON XV. 47 

Legatus et captivus sunt amici ; ille est Romanus, hie 
Gallus, The lieutenant and the captive are friends; the former 
is a Roman, the latter a Gaul. 

Hoc donum puellae est gratum, illud puero, This gift is 
pleasing to the girl, that one to the boy. 

a. Notice the meaning of ille, hie : " the former," "the 
latter f in the second sentence. 

b. An examination of the above shows that hie and ille 
have two uses : (i) as demonstrative adjectives, in agree- 
ment with nouns, (2) as demonstrative pronouns, stand- 
ing alone. 

95. 

1. Legato studium illius tribuni atque huius nunti gratum 
fuit. 

2. Hie miirus paucas portas, ille multas, habet. 

3. Illius Galbae gladium portabo. 

4. Aedui et Sequani in terra Gallia diu erant. Till fue- 
runt Romanorum amici, hi Germanorum. Suntne illi nostri 
amici ? 

5. Secunda pugria barbaros superat, et ibi hiberna conlo- 
cabit. Ubi hiberna conlocabit? nam non idoneus locus 
est. Estne idoneus ille locus ? In illo idoneo loco hiberna 
legatus conlocabit. In hoc loco tribunus multa tela, sed 
paucos gladios, habet. In his hibernis amici legati fru- 
mentum atque arma cum studio conlocaverint. 

6. Nonne tribunus huic fllio Marci defesso gratum donum 
dabit? nam cum studio laborat. Illi hunc gladium, huic 
illud telum dabit. In hoc loco a fllio tribuni legatus gladio 
vulneratus erit. 

06. WORD-LIST. 

locus, -1, plural, loci or loca, idoneus, -a, -um, suitable. 

a place. (Refers to place. For time, 

conloco, -are, -avi, -atus, secundus, -a, -um, favor- 
to place or. station. able, is usually used.) 

filius, -1, son. 



48 LESSON XV. 

97. 

1. The friends of this man are many, but of that 
(one), few. 

2. These men do not fight with eagerness, but those 
are wounding many Romans with their swords. 

3. This legate has a sword, and that (legate) a jave- 
lin. 

4. A Gaul gave this tired captive a horse. 

5. This place is not a suitable (one.) 

6. The advice of this lieutenant will not be pleasing 
to the legates in the council. 

98. 

1. Consilium nunti in illo concilio nuntiatur. Consilium 
non tribuni sed nunti legato gratum erit. 

2. Caesar cum Helvetiis in illo idoneo loco pugnavit. 
Pugna magna fuit sed Roman! Helvetios superaverunt. 

3. Frumentum populo non fuerat. 

4. Hi gladii novi illis viris grati erunt. 

5. Vir in muro telum portat. Puero telum dabit. 

6. Filio idoneum telum dat. 

7. Tribune, a populo amaberis. 

8. Legatus populi non fueram. 

9. Frumentum in hiberna portabit, sed arma in oppido 
conlocabit. Hoc consilium legato novo non gratum est. 
In oppido hiberna conlocabit. 

99. 

This boy is carrying a large sword. With the boy 
there are many children. He is telling the children 
(81, n. 1), " In yonder 1 woods there are many Gauls. 
I will fight with these men and will wound a large 
number with this sword. Messengers will tell this to 
the Roman legate. He will give (me) a horse and 

javelin. Then 2 I will be a lieutenant. Is not this a 
good plan ? ' ' 

1 ille. 2 turn. 



LESSON XVI. 



100. 



THE DEMONSTRATIVE IS. 



is, this, that; also he, she, it. 





SINGULAR. 






M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. 


is 


ea 


id 


Gen. 


eius 


eius 


eius 


Dat. 


ei 


ei 


ei 


Ace. 


eum 


earn 


id 


Abl. 


eo 


ea 


eo 



ri_,u.tv.rtLi_/. 
F. 


N. 


eae 


ea 


earum 


eorum 


eis, iis 


eis, iis 


eas 


ea 


eis, iis 


eis, iis n 



M. 

ei, ii 
eorum 
eis, iis 
eos 
eis, iis 

a. Is as a pronoun means he, she, it. As a demonstrative 
adjective it is an unemphatic//^> or that in meaning, stand- 
ing between hie and ille, but somewhat nearer to the latter. 

101. TABLE OF USUAL MEANINGS. 

is, he. ea, she. id, it; 
also this, that. 

eius, 

his, her, its. 

eorum, earum, eorum, 

their, 

eum, him. earn, her. id, it; 

also this, that. 

102. . EXAMPLES. 

Is vir cum studio laborat, This man labors with eagerness. 
Studium eius viri laudamus, We praise the eagerness of 
that man. 

49 



5° LESSON XVI. 

Amicus eius amatur, His friend is liked. 

103. 

i. EI filiae Marcl dona dedistis, atque grata fuerunt haec 
dona. 

2. EI cum studio auxilium dabunt. 

3. Legatus in idoneo loco hiberna conlocaverit. In hi- 
berna equis multa tela et magnam copiam frumenti portabit. 
Galli haec hiberna oppugnabunt, sed non occupabunt. 

4. Nonne pugnae signum dabis ? 

II. Caesar et Ariovistus. 

Ariovistus erat Germanus. Gallos facile superaverat. 
Caesar atque Roman! gladiis telisque cum Ariovisto pugna- 
verunt, eumque in bello superaverunt. Magna erat haec 
pugna. Magnum studium pugnae erat Ariovisto. Multos 
viros atque equos habuit et Gallos multis pugnis superaverat. 
Caesar castra cum vallo portisque in loco idoneo prope eum 
conlocavit, et in haec castra impedimenta portavit. Ger- 
manorum castra vallum non habuerunt, nam barbari erant. 
In pugna Germanis magnum fuit studium, sed Romanis con- 
silium atque bona arma fuerunt. Deinde Roman! supera- 
verunt. In fuga per silvas mult! Germani, viri, mulieres, etiam 
libeii, interfect! sunt. Ariovistus ipse in Germaniam fugit. 
Ita Germani a Romanis SUperatI sunt. 

104 WORD-LIST. 

signum, -1, standard or en- supero, -are, -avi, -atum, 

sign, signal. to surpass; hence, some- 

do, dare, dedi, datum, to times, to conquer. 

give. ita, adv., thus, in this way. 

105. (See 72 and 129.) 

The lieutenant will give the signal for battle and the 
men will attack the Gauls with great 



LESSON XVI 5 1 

There are a few Gauls in the road, and a great num- 
ber in the woods. A few Romans will attack the 
former with javelins, but the latter will be attacked 
with swords. In a suitable place in the woods the 
Gauls have placed (their) children and baggage. The 
Romans who l will fight in the road will easily overcome 
the Gauls there. Then 2 they will easily seize the bag- 
gage of the Gauls. Next 3 they will give help to 
(their) friends, who 1 will attack those Gauls who are 
in the woods. Thus the Gauls will easily be con- 
quered. 

This is the plan of the lieutenant. 

1 qui. 2 turn. 3 deinde. 



LESSON XVII. 

106. QUI. 



qui, who, 


which. 


SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


M. F. N. 


M. F. N. 


Nom. qui quae quod 


qui quae quae 


Gen. cuius cuius cuius 


quorum quarum quorum 


Dat. cui cui cui 


quibus quibus quibus 


Ace. quem quam' quod 


quos quas quae 


Abl. quo qua quo 


quibus quibus quibus 


a. Qui is called the Relative Pronoun. The Re,ative 

Pronoun. 



107. TABLE OF USUAL MEANINGS IN SINGULAR. 

qui, quae, who. quod, which, that. 

cuius, 

of whom, whose, of which. 

CUl, to ox for whom. CUI, to ox for which. 

quem, quam, whom. quod, which, that. 

108. EXAMPLES. 

Ubi est puer qui temptavit ? Where is the boy who tried? 

Copiae quas habet sunt magnae, The supplies which he 
has are large, 

Puer cui donum dat est parvus, The boy to whom he gives 
the gift is small?. 

52 



LESSON XVII. 53 

Consilium quod dat est bonum, The advice Agreement of 

Which he gives is good. Relative Pronoun. 

a. Notice that the relative pronouns in these sentences 
have the same gender and number as the nouns to which 
they refer (called their antecedents) : qui as puer, quas 
as copiae, cui as puer, quod as consilium. But the 
cases are often different. Qui is the subject of est, quas 
the direct object of habet, cui the indirect object of dat, and 
quod the direct object of dat. 

109. Rule. — A relative pronoun agrees with its ante- 
cedent in gender and number, but its case depends upon 
the construction of the clause in which it stands. 

110. 

i. Vir bonus, cuius filius in hoc agro laborat, est in castris. 

2. Numerus equorum, qui in castra impedimenta porta- 
bunt, est magnus. In castris sunt multa signa. 

3. Viri, quibus erant gladii, pauci erant. 

4. Consilium nunti populo non erit gratum. 

5. Illi equi, quibus Marci filius in via frumentum portat, 
sunt nigri. Defessus est filius Marci, qui in castra frumen- 
tum portat. Aeger est vir, cuius equi in via sunt. 

6. Non grata filiae Galbae sunt dona quae puer dat. Aeger 
est puer, qui haec dona filiae dabat. 

7. Tribunus est hie vir, cui multa arma sunt, sed a bar- 
bans captivis, quos hi equi portabant, vulneratus est. 

111. WORD-LIST. 

castra, -orum (in plural only), camp. 

112. (See 129.) 

1 . The man whom you wounded is a messenger. 

2. The men to whom you gave the swords which 
were on the wall are Gauls. 



54 LESSON XVIL 

3. This is the lieutenant whose baggage was seized. 

4. This is the boy to whom you gave the gift. 

5. These children wounded the son of Marcus with 
this javelin, which you gave to (your) friend. 

6. This man to whom you gave the long sword is 
not (your) friend. 

7. The tired captive to whom you gave the horse is 
not a Gaul. 

8. The weapons which you gave to the men are in 
the camp. 



LESSON XVIII. 

113. QUIS. 

quis, who? which? what? 



SINGULAR. 






PLURAL. 




F. 


N. 


M. 


F. 


N. 


quae 


quid 


qui 


quae 


quae 


5 cuius 


cuius 


quorum 


quarum 


quorum 


CUl 


cui 


quibus 


quibus 


quibus 


1 quam 


quid 


quos 


quas 


quae 


qua 


quo 


quibus 


quibus 


quibus 




EXAMPLES. 







M. 

Nom. quis 
Gen. cuius 
Dat. cui 
Ace. quern 
Abl. quo 

114. 



Quis castra oppugnabit ? Who will attack the camp ? 
Quis erit nuntius ? Who will be a messenger ? 
Quid amant Galli ? What do the Gauls love ? 
Quae oppida a Romanis occupata sunt ? 
What towns have been seized by the Romans? 

a. Notice that quis in the first sentence and quid in the 
third are interrogative pronouns, while quis in the second 
sentence and quae in the fourth are interrogative adjec- 
tives, and agree with their nouns like other adjectives. 

b. Qui is used instead of quis and quod instead of quid as 
interrogative adjectives : 

Quod oppidum a Romanis occupatum est ? 
115. 

i . A quibus haec castra oppugnabuntur ? 
2. Qui viri hanc terram occupaverint ? 

55 



56 LESSON XVIII. 

3. Quid est in illo muro? 

4. Qui vir non amat pueros ? 

5. Cui dabit tribunus hoc novum gladium? 

6. Quibus viris non erit auxilium amicorum gratum ? 

7. Quos agios babet ille vir? 

8. Quem vulneravisti ? 

9. Quid est legato in hibernis ? 

to. Quam portam tribunus oppugnabit ? 

11. A quo arma ilia ibi sunt conlocata? 

12. Quibus novis arrais ilium virum legatus vulneravit ? 

13. A quibus Romani superati sunt ? 

14. Cuius arma ille puer habet ? 

15. In quo loco legatus impedimenta conlocabit ? In 
novis hibernis impedimenta conlocat. 

16. Qui bonus vir auxilium amicis non dat? 

17. Quos viros auxilio filiorum tribunus vulneravit ? 

18. Cuius tribuni in hibernis sunt impedimenta? In 
oppidum equis impedimenta portabuntur. 

19. Quod novum consilium nuntius dabit ? 

116. WORD-LIST. 

novus, -a, -um, new. Hence impedimentum, -i, a hin- 

also, strange. drance. In plural, the 

auxilium, -i, aid or help. baggage or baggage train 

Plural usually auxiliaries, of an army. 

light-armed troops (stingers, 

bowmen, spearmen, etc.) 

117. 

1 . Upon what road were these wearied men attacked 
by the forces of the Gauls ? With what arms did the 
Gauls fight ? Whom did they wound with the javelins ? 
Whose horse was wounded in the fight ? 

2. By whom will this be told to the men in the 
council ? Will the gate of the winter camp be at- 



LESSON XVlll, 57 

tacked by the Gauls ? Is the winter camp located in 
a suitable place ? 

3. Is that tall man the lieutenant? Why Ms he 
loved by the men ? The men are few, but they will 
fight very eagerly (with great eagerness). 

4. What towns of the Gauls will they attack ? 

5. What is this man carrying ? 

6. With whose sword was that man wounded ? 

7. To whom will you give advice ? 

8. In what place shall we place the camp ? 

^cur. 



LESSON XIX. 

READING LESSON. 

118. PUER ET AMICUS. 

Puer qui in agro erat amico ita dixit, " Quibus sunt illi 
equi qui in hoc agro erant ? " 

" Equi sunt eorum Romanorum qui in silva cum Gallis 
pugnabant." Ita amicus dixit. 

" Cur illi qui cum Gallis pugnaverunt ex equis in silvam 
non iverunt ?" 

" Olim ita iverunt, sed Galli facile equos vulnerabant, 
atque Romani multi superati sunt. Facile in agro ex equis 
pugnant, sed in silvis non ita est. ' ' 

'•'Illud signum quid est ? " 

"Signum in illis castris a tribuno datur. Non pugnae 
signum dat, nam prope Galli non sunt." 

"Vide! Multi viri in porta murisque castrorum sunt. 
Id signum aliud, nonne in silva datur ? " 

" A Gallis id datur. Prope Galli sunt. Fu^ge ! " 

Sed pueri amicus a Gallis interfectus est, atque puer ipse 
vulneratus est. 

119. 

Ariovistus was a German who greatly enjoyed a 
fight. 1 He seized the fields of the Sequani, who were 
Gauls, and conquered the Haedui in a great battle. 
The Haedui, who were friends of the Roman people, 

1 Compare 103, II. 

58 



LESSON XIX. 



59 



told them, 1 "The Germans, who have conquered the 
Gauls, are seizing the land of Gaul. Are the Germans 
friends of the Roman people ? ' ' The Romans sent 
word 2 to Ariovistus, ' ' We are the friends of the Haedui." 
This was not pleasing to Ariovistus. He sent word 
to the Romans, " Will you fight the Germans ? They 
have never 3 been conquered. ' ' But Caesar with his 
forces attacked the Germans and conquered Ariovistus. 



Singular. 



2 nuntiare. 



numquam. 




ACIES ROMANA BARBAROS OPPUGNAT. 
(From a column at Rome, of the second century after Christ.) 



Notice the acies, composed of milites, with sagittarii and other 
auxilia at the ends. 



LESSON XX. 



120. THE DEMONSTRATIVES I STE . I DEM . IPSE 







Idem, 


the same. 


■. , . 7 








SINGULAR. 








M. 




F. 




N. 


Nom. 


idem 




eadem 




idem 


Gen. 


eiusdem 




eiusdem 




eiusdem 


Dat. 


eidem 




eidem 




eidem 


Ace. 


eundem 




eandem 




idem 


Abl. 


eodem 




eadem 




eodem 






PLURAL. 






Nom. 


j eidem 
j iidem 




eaedem 




eadem 


Gen. 


eorundem 


earundem 




eorundem 


Dat. 


j eisdem 
( iisdem 




eisdem 
iisdem 




eisdem 
usdem 


Ace. 


eosdem 




easdem 




eadem 


Abl. 


( eisdem 
( iisdem 




eisdem 
iisdem 




eisdem 
iisdem 






ipse, self. 








SINGULAR. 






PLURAL. 


M. 


F. 


N. 


M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. ipse 


ipsa 


ipsum ipsi 


ipsae 


; ipsa 


Gen. ipsius ipsius 


ipsius 


ipsorum 


ipsarum ipsorum 


Dat. ipsl 


ipsi 


ipsi 


ipsis 


ipsis 


ipsis 


Ace. ipsum ipsam 


ipsum ipsos 


ipsa.! 


; ipsa 


Abl. ipso 


ipsa 


ipso 


ipsis 


ipsis 


ipsis 



Iste, ista, istud, that, that of yours. 
Iste is declined like ille. (93.) 



60 



LESSON XX. 6 1 

121. EXAMPLES. 

Hie Idem vir eum vulneravit, This same man wounded 
him. 

Legatus ipse eum vulneravit, The legate himself wounded 
him. 

Ipse virum vulneravisti, You wounded the man yourself . 

Istum gladium el dedl, I gave him that sword of yours. 

a. Idem and iste can be used as either demonstrative 
adjectives or demonstrative pronouns. (Cp. 94, b.) 

b. Iste is used in speaking of that which has some rela- 
tion to the person addressed. It sometimes denotes 
contempt. 

Do "of yours," " of his," sometimes suggest contempt in 
English ? 

c. Ipse, strictly speaking, like the English "self" is not 
used alone, but in agreement with a noun or pronoun. 
Sometimes the noun or pronoun is understood from the verb 
ending, as in the third sentence. 

122. 

1. Quae nova arma barbari viri habent ? 

2. In quod oppidum sunt impedimenta portata ? 

3. Quis bello Gallos superavit? 

4. Ad eandem portam properaverunt. 

5. Hie est iste gladius quo ipse vulneratus es. 

6. Telum atque equus sunt dona eiusdem viri. Isti puero 
haec dona ipse dedit. 

7. Tribunus ipse legatum ipsum vulneravit. 

8. Cui legato grata erat nuntiorum fuga ? 

9. In qua terra sunt silvae ? 

10. In agris cum studio laborabitis. 

1 1 . Eadem castra cum copiis legati occupaverunt. 

12. In concilio ipso Gallorum ille hoc consilium legatis 
ipsis nuntiavit. 

13. In bello quod auxilium a tribunis legato datur ? 
Gratum auxilium gladiis in pugna tribuni legato dant. 



62 LESSON XX. 

123. 

i . To whom does that sword belong ? 

2. Are these the sons of the same man ? 

3. You yourself gave the signal of battle, and with 
a few men attacked the tribune himself. 

4. These Gauls attacked the gate 1 of the camp 
itself. 

5. That captive of yours is not at work. 

6. The legates placed the camps in the same place. 

7. The messenger himself, the friend of the tribune, 
was wounded by the latter' s captive. 

8. What Weapons do the men have ? 

1 porta. 



LESSON XXI. 

124. THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS AND IRREGULAR 

ADJECTIVES. 

quldam, a, a certain {person or thing). 







SINGULAR. 






M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. 
Gen. 


qui dam 
cuiusdam 


quaedam 
cuiusdam 


quiddam, quoddam 
cuiusdam 


Dat. 


cuidam 


cuidam 


cuidam 


Ace. 
Abl. 


quendam 
quodam 


quandam 
qua dam 

PLURAL. 


quiddam, quoddam 
quodam 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 


quidam 

quorundam 

quibusdam 

quosdam 

quibusdam 


quaedam 

quarundam 

quibusdam 

quasdam 

quibusdam 


quaedam 

quorundam 

quibusdam 

quaedam 

quibusdam 




aliquis, 


some, any {person 

SINGULAR. 


or iking). 




M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. 
Gen. 


aliquis 
alicuius 


aliqua 
alicuius 


aliquid, aliquod 
alicuius 


Dat. 


alicui 


alicui 


alicui 


Ace. 
Abl. 


aliquem 
aliquo 


aliquam 
aliqua 

PLURAL. 


aliquid, aliquod 
aliquo 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 

Abl. 


aliqui 

ali quorum 

aliquibus 

aliquos 

aliquibus 


aliquae 
ali qua rum 
aliquibus 
aliquas 
aliquibus 


aliqua 
ali quorum 
aliquibus 
aliqua 
aliquibus 



63 



64 LESSON XXI. 

a. Is the quis of this compound declined differently from 
the interrogative quis ? 

b. Aliquid is used as a noun, aliquod as an adjective. 

125. I. The following adjectives, like the pronouns, end 
in -lus in the genitive singular of all genders, and in -I in 
the dative: 

alius, alia, aliud, another. totus, -a, -um, whole. 

nullus, -a, -um, no one, ullus, -a, -um, any. 

none, no. unus, -a, -um, one, alone. 
solus, -a, -um, alone, sole. 

alter, altera, alterum, the other of two. 
neuter, neutra, neutrum, neither of two. 
uter, utra, utrum, which of two ? 
uterque, utraque, utrumque, each of two, both a 



II. Declension. 


SINGULAR. 




M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. alius 


alia 


aliud 


Gen. alius 


alius 


alius 


Dat. alii 


alii 


alii 


Ace. alium 


aliam 


aliud 


Abl. alio 


alia 


alio 


Voc. (alius 


alia 


aliud) 



The plural is regular, (474-) 

126. TABLE OF MEANINGS. 

alius . . . alius, one, . . . another. 

alius . . . aliud, one one thing . . . another another, 

alter . . . alter, the one, the other. 



LESSON XXL 65 

Alius aliud portat, One carries one (thing), another (car- 
ries) another. 

127. 1. Multi erant nuntii, atque eorum alius aliud 
nuntiabat. 

2. Alii ad portam castrorum, alii ad impedimenta, pro- 
peraverunt. 

3. Neutra hiberna in loco idoneo a legatis conlocata sunt. 

4. Alii telum, alii gladium dabis. 

5. Alteri hie equus, alteri ille datus est. 

6. Si ab utroque legato oppidum occupatum erit, neutri 
oppidi populus frumentum dabit. 

7. Multi consilia Galbae legato nuntiabant, sed consilium 
istius nunti solius fuit gratum. Null! consilia bona alii 
nuntii nuntiaverunt. 

8. Toti concilio hoc consilium est gratum, sed illud nullis. 

9. Alia hiberna in aliis locis Caesar habet, sed in his solis 
sunt magnae copiae. 

10. Aliquis tribunus his viris quosdam captivos dedit. 

11. Cul meum gladium dedisti ? Cuidam puero dedi. 

128. 

1. Some attacked the gate, 1 others the wall. 

2. Some messengers announce one (thing), others 
another. (Express in four words.) 

3. Certain (men) seized all the grain in the city. 

4. To neither of these children has any one given 
any gift. (94, sentence 3.) 

5. One attacked the camp, the other the town. 
Both were wounded. 

6. He gave javelins to many men, but he gave a 
sword to one man only. 

7. Some men attacked the winter camp in one place, 
some in another. 

1 porta. 



66 


LESSON XXL 






129. 


WORD-LIST FOR 


REVIEW. 






copia 


auxilium 


amo, -are, -avi, ■ 


atus 


pugna 


bellum 


conloco ' 


t tt 


tt 


silva 


concilium 


laboro ' 


t t( 


a 


terra 


consilium 


nuntio ' 


< ti 


n 


via 


frumentum 


occupo ' 


t << 


tt 




impedimentum 


oppugn 6 ' 


t ti 


tt 


amicus 


oppidum 


porto ' 


t tt 


tt 


captivus 


slgnum 


pugno ■ 


t it 


tt 


equus 


studium 


supero ' 


t tt 


tt 


filius 


telum 


vulnero ' 


t tt 


tt 


gladius 










legatus 


altus, -a, -um 


do, dare, 


dedi, datus 


locus 


barbarus, -a, -um 








murus 


bonus, -a, -um 


-ne 






numerus 


defessus, -a, -um 


et, atque, 


-que 




nuntius 


gratus, -a, -um 


in 






populus 


idoneus, -a, -um 


a, ab 






tribunus 


liber, -a, -um 
longus, -a, -um 


cum 
non 






ager 


magnus, -a, -um 


ibi 


arma 




vir 


multus, -a, -um 
novus, -a, -um 
pauci -ae, -a 


sed 


castra 
hiberna 




Mark the words whose meanings you do not recollect, 


and 


pay especial 


attention to them. 









LESSON XXII 



THIRD DECLENSION. 

130. The stem ends in a consonant (either a mute or a 
liquid (2) ) or in i. 

MUTE STEMS. 



Princeps, m., 

chief. 
Stem prlncip- 



Facultas, f., 

resources. 
St. facultat- 



Dux, M., 

leader. 
St. due- (2, 3) 



Nom. princeps 
Gen. principis 
Dat. principl 
Ace. principem 
Abl. principe 
Voc. (princeps) 



Nom. principes 
Gen. principum 
Dat. principibus 
Ace. principes 
Abl. principibus 
Voc. (principes) 



SINGULAR. 

facultas 

facultatis 

facultatl 

facultatem 

facultate 

(facultas) 

PLURAL. 

facultates 

facultatum 

facultatibus 

facultates 

facultatibus 

(facultates) 



dux 

ducis 

duel 

ducem 

duce 

(dux) 



duces 

ducum 

ducibus 

duces 

ducibus 

(duces) 



Caput, n., 

head. 
St. capit- 



caput 

capitis 

capitl 

caput 

capite 

(caput) 



capita 

capitum 

capitibus 

capita 

capitibus 

(capita) 



a. To find the stem, drop the ending of the genitive 
singular. 

b. Observe that the last vowel in the stem is sometimes 
changed in forming the nominative. No rule can be given 
for this change. 

67 



68 LESSON XXII. 

c. Notice that heuters have the accusative and nomi- 
native alike. Is this true of neuter nouns in the second 
declension ? » 

d. Decline also rex, regis, m., king; lapis, lapidis, m., 
stone; eques, equitis, m., horseman; comes, comitis, m., 
companion; pax, pads, f., peace. 

e. Decline together ille princeps, miles bonus, id caput. 

131. ALLIED WORDS. 

Some of the words in the following list have come directly 
from Latin words. Some come from the Latin through the 
French in the lists given later. 

As far as possible analyze the English word, removing 
prefixes or endings and noting their meanings. Then find 
the allied Latin word, which should be one of those already 
memorized. Then give the meaning, (i) of the Latin word, 
(2) of the English word. 

Agriculture Bellicose Territory Unpopular 
Amicable Multiform Studious 

132. Licinius atque Claudius. 

Oiim Licinius, qui magnus erat princeps, oppidum oppug- 
nabat. Multi milites, pedites equitesque, el erant. In eo 
oppido fuit Claudius, rex, cum populo, — viris, mulieribus, 
liberisque. Diu hoc oppidum, in quo Claudius fuit rex, ille 
princeps cum militibus occupare temptabat, nam in eo fuit 
magna praeda, et arma et frumentum. Sed cum virtute 
milites oppidi pro mulieribus liberisque pugnabant. Por- 
tam oppidi magno studio peditibus Licinius occupare 
temptavit. In muro telis rex atque milites oppidi pugna- 
verunt. Deinde signum datum est atque subito eos pedites 
principis Licini qui ad portam pugnabant milites Claudi 
superare temptaverunt. Multos milites vulneraverunt, atque 
pauci interfecti sunt. Multi pedites Licini, defessi, supera- 
bantur. Id principi equitum nuntiatum est, atque cum 



LESSON XXII. . 69 

equitibus auxilium Licinio dedit. Diu fortiter cum Claudio 
pugnabant. Licini equus niger vulneratus est, sed a prin- 
cipe equitum alius equus ei datus est. Claudium regem 
Licinius princeps vidit, et eum telo vulnerare temptavit. 
Claudius gladio caput Licini vulneravit. Turn victoria erat 
regi, nam Licini milites fuga se servare temptaverunt. 
Licinius ipse paucis equitibus in silvam portatus est, et ita 
servatus est. 

133. WORD-LIST, 

miles, militis, m., soldier. princeps, principis, m., a 
eques, equitis, m., horse- leader, chief. 

man. tempto, -are, -avi ,-atus, 
pedes, peditis, m., foot- io try. 

soldier. 

134. 

Then (99, N. 2) Claudius, rejoicing, 1 with a few 
horsemen hastily 2 tried to seize the baggage of the 
soldiers of Licinius. But at the place where 3 the bag- 
gage had been placed there were a few foot-soldiers of 
Licinius. Their leader saw Claudius and said to the 
soldiers, "That man is a chief, for he has a good 
horse and good weapons. I will give many gifts to 
the man who will attack and wound him." He gave 
the signal of battle. They eagerly attacked Claudius 
and his horsemen. 

-um. 2 celeriter. 3 ubi. 



LESSON XXIII. 



THIRB DECLENSION 



35. 




MUTE STEMS. — Continued. 


riles, 


m., soldier. 


virtus, f., 
manliness. 


pes, m.,foot. 


Stem milit- 


St. virtut- 


St. ped- 






SINGULAR. 




Nom. 


miles 


virtus 


pes 


Gen. 


militis 


virtutis 


pedis 


Dat. 


militl 


virtutl 


pedi 


Ace. 


militem 


virtutem 


pedem 


Abl. 


milite 


virtute 


pede 


Voc. 


(miles) 


(virtus) 

PLURAL. 


(pes) 


Nom. 


milites 


virtutes 


pedes 


Gen. 


militum 


virtutum 


pedum 


Dat. 


militibus 


virtutibus 


pedibus 


Ace. 


milites 


virtutes 


pedes 


Abl. 


militibus 


virtutibus 


pedibus 


Voc. 


(milites) 


(virtutes) 


(pedes) 



a. Decline also obses, obsidis, m., hostage ; pedes, pedi- 
tis, m. , foot-soldier ; grex, gregis, m., flock, herd ; clvitas, 
Civitatis, f., stale {body of citizens). 

b. Decline together pes defessus ; ille obses ; haec virtus. 

70 



LESSON XXIII. 7 1 

136. EXAMPLES. 

Homo Studio laudatur, The man is praised on account 
of {because of) his eagerness. 

Eques a rege virtute laudabitur, The horseman will be 
praised by the king for his bravery. 

Miles longo itinere est defessus, The Ablative of cause. 
soldier is tired with the long march. 

a. Notice that the ablatives studio, virtute, itinere, 
denote the cause. 

b. Notice the number of expressions the English has to 
denote cause. Are there other expressions besides the three 
given here? 

137. Rule. Cause may be expressed by the ablative. 

a. By what ? Why ? How ? By whom ? 
Can the ablative case answer all of these questions ? 

138. ALLIED WORDS. 

Copious Magnify Novel Paucity 

Liberate Multiple Occupation 

139. 

i. Quis illi militi virtute gladium dabit? Gladius ei 
virtute ab hoc principe dabatur. 

2. Princeps virtute et magna fortuna quern vulnerabat? 
Equitem vulneravit, cuius equus frumenti inopia laborabat. 

3. Eis amicis Marci qui magna virtute pugnant inopia 
frumenti est. 

4. Princeps bona fortuna pugnavit, nam virtute regem 
superavit. 

5. Milites qui erant in hac parte muri inopia gladiorum 
celeriter interfecti sunt. 

6. In idoneo loco magnam partem impedimentorum 
conlocaverit. 

7. Equi pedem vulnerare temptabo. 

8. Bona fortuna gladio eius non vulnerabatur. 



72 LESSON XXIII. 

9. Inopia equorum in his hibernis magnam partem impedi- 
mentorum conlocaverat. 

10. Equi longa via erunt defessi atque pedes lapidibus 
vulnerabuntur. 

11. Magna fortuna milites qui hanc partem castrorum 
oppugnabant non vulnerabantur. 

12. Parti defessorum equitum frumentum non erit. 

13. Huic puero non est bona fortuna. 

14. Virtute equitum huius terrae magnam partem occu- 
paveras. 

15. Equi frumenti et aquae inopia laborant. 

140. WORD-LIST, 

virtus, virtutis, f., manli- inopia, inopiae, lack. 

ness, bravery. fortuna, -ae, luck, chance, 

pes, pedis, m.,foot. sometimes fate. 

pars, partis, f., pari, hence 

region, place, direction. 

Declined like hostis, 147. 

141. Licinius and Claudius. — Concluded. 

The footmen attacked the horsemen of Claudius. 
They tried to wound the horses with their javelins; 
then 1 with their swords attacked the men whose horses 
had been wounded. 

By a strange chance a javelin wounded both 2 the 
foot of Claudius and (his) horse. The horsemen tried 
to help him, but they were few, and many footmen 
eagerly attacked them. Thus they were overcome. 
Then (99, N. 2) the footmen assaulted Claudius. 
"Give up (your) sword, for 3 you are a captive." 
"Never," 4 said 6 Claudius, "will I, who have over- 
come Licinius, be the captive of his footmen." He 
fought with great bravery with his sword, but they 
attacked him with javelins. Thus he was killed. 8 

1 deinde. 2 See et in vocabulary. 3 nam. 4 numquam. 

' dixit. 6 interfectus est. 



LESSON XXIV. 

142. THIRD DECLENSION. 





LIQUID 


STEMS. 




homo, m., 


labor, m., 


pater, m., 


exsul, m. and f. , 


man. 


labor. 


father. 


exile. 


Stem homin- 


St. labor - 


St. patr- 


St. exsul- 




SlNGULAR. 




Nom. homo 


labor 


pater 


exsul 


Gen. hominis 


laboris 


patris 


exsulis 


Dat. hominl 


labor! 


patrl 


exsull 


Ace. hominem 


laborem 


pat rem 


exsulem 


Abl. homine 


labore 


patre 


exsule 


Voc. (homo) 


(labor) 


(pater) 


(exsul) 




Plural. 




Nom. homines 


labores 


patres 


exsules 


Gen. hominum 


laborum 


patrum 


exsul um 


Dat. hominibus 


laboribus 


patribus 


exsulibus 


Ace. homines 


labores 


patres 


exsules 


Abl. hominibus 


laboribus 


patribus 


exsulibus 


Voc. (homines) 


(labores) 


(patres) 


(exsules) 


litus, 


n., 


Opus, n., 




coast. 


work. 




Stem litor- 


Stem oper= 





n 



74 





LESSON XXIV 






Singular. 




Nom. 


litus 


opus 


Gen. 


litoris 


o peris 


Dat. 


litori 


operi 


Ace. t 


litus 


opus 


Abl. 


litore 


opere 


Voc. 


(litus) 

Plural. 


(opus) 


Nom. 


litora 


opera 


Gen. 


litorum 


operum 


Dat. 


litoribus 


operibus 


Ace. 


litora 


opera 


Abl. 


litoribus 


operibus 


Voc. 


(litora) 


(opera) 



a. What is the ending of the Nominative and Accusative 
neuter plural ? What is the ending in these cases of the 
neuter nouns of the second declension ? 

b. Decline also flumen, fluminis, n. 
minis, n. , a marching body of troops; 
n. , time; regio, regionis, f., region; 
brother. 

143. ALLIED WORDS. 
Hibernate Portable 

Location Principal 

Impediment Renovate 



, nver; agmen, ag- 

tempus, temporis, 

f rater, fratris, m., 



Temptation 
Virility 



144. 



Miles et Tribunus. 



Olim oppidum oppugnabatur. Aliquis miles cuius pes vul- 
neratus erat ex pugna ab amico portabatur. Eius caput lapis 
ex ballista quae in muro oppidi erat abripuit, sed hoc amicus 
non vidit. Ei tribunus dixit, " Cur militem qui interfectus 
est portas?" " Non interfectus est," amicus dixit. "Pes 
eius vulneratus est." " Stultissime ! " tribunus respondit, 
"caput ei non est." Turn amicus hoc vidit. "Tribune," 



LESSON XXIV. 75 

dixit, " verum nuntias. Non stultus tamen sum, nam hie 
miles ipse mihi nuntiavit, ' Meum pedem telum vulneravit.' " 

Hannibal et Scipio. — I. 

Dili Carthago in Africa magnum oppidum erat, atque 
multas terras secundis bellis occupaverat. Roma erat oppi- 
dum ad flumen Tiberim atque multos populos Italiae Ro- 
man! superaverant. Homines summo studio 1 belli erant. 

In primo bello cum hominibus Carthaginis Romani paene 
superati sunt, sed summo studio consilioque tandem victoria 
els fuit. Pater Hannibalis, homo summo consilio, 1 qui Ha- 
milcar appellatus est, diu in Siciiia cum Romanis pugnabat. 
Deinde in Hispania proeliis secundis barbaros homines 
oppugnavit. 

145. WORD-LIST. 

homo, hominis, m. (and f.), summus, -a, -urn, greatest, 

man (sometimes mankind}. highest. 

annus, anni, m. r year. ad, prep, with ace. to, at. 

proelium, proeli, battle. Used with the place to 

flumen, fluminis, 'n., river. which. 

146. REGULUS. 

The people of Rome were very skilful in war, and 
fought with the people of Carthage in many battles. 
In the first war with Carthage, Regulus, a Roman 
chief, with (his) soldiers was defeated in a battle at a 
place near 2 Carthage. But after 3 IV years the men 
of Carthage were defeated by the Romans in Sicily. 
Then the chiefs of Carthage said, 4 " Regulus, the cap- 
tive Roman, shall be an envoy to Rome. Peace (130, 
d) will be pleasing to this Roman captive, for if 5 there 
be peace he will be free." 

1 See 149. 2 prope. 3 post. 4 dlxerunt. 5 si. 



LESSON XXV. 



THIRD DECLENSION-CONTINUED. 



147 







STEMS IN 1. 




collis, m., 


hostis, m., 


mare, n. s 


hill. 


enemy. 


sea. 


Stem colli- 


St. hosti- 


St. mari- 






SINGULAR. 




Nom. 


collis 


hostis 


mare 


Gen. 


collis 


hostis 


maris 


Dat. 


colli 


hosti 


marl 


Ace. 


collem 


hostem 


mare 


Abl. 


colli, -e 


hoste 


marl 


Voc. 


(collis) 


(hostis) 

PLURAL. 


(mare) 


Nom. 


colles 


hostes 


maria 


Gen. 


collium 


hostium 




Dat. 


collibus 


hostibus 


maribus 


Ace. 


collis, -es 


hostis, -es 


maria 


Abl. 


collibus 


hostibus 


maribus 


Voc. 


(colles) 


(hostes) 


(maria) 



a. How do the declensions of collis and stems in i. 
hostis differ? The most common of the nouns declined 
like collis are finis, end; ignis, fire ; civis, citizen. 

b. Nouns having i-stems are marked in the vocabulary, 
thus, finis, -is (fini-). 

c. Decline also latus, lateris, n., side (cp. latus, -a, -urn); 
multitudo, -inis, f., multitude ; pars, partis (parti ), f. , 

76 



LESSON XXV. 77 

part; rupes, rupis (rupi-), f., rock, cliff ; vallis, vallis 
(valli-), valley. 

148. EXAMPLES. 

Marcus miles fuit magna virtute, | Marcus was a soldier 
Marcus miles fuit magnae virtutis, } of great bravery. 
Italia est terra multis urbibus, ] Italy is a la?id with 
Italia est terra multarum urbium, j ??iany cities. 

a. Notice that in these sentences the ablative or genitive 
is used with an adjective to describe Marcus or Italia. 

149. Rule. A person or thing may be de- 
scribed by the ablative or the genitive of a Descri P* ive Abla " 

J ** tive or Genitive. 

noun, if an adjective be used with the noun. 

a. The noun must be limited by an adjective. Thac is, 
it is incorrect to say in Latin, as we do in English, "a. man 
of courage," or "a man of wealth." Some adjective must 
be used : " a man of great courage, " "of abundant wealth. ' ' 

150. ALLIED WORDS. 

Altitude Auxiliary Depopulate Innumerable 
Armory Bonus Filial Legation 

151. Hannibal et Scipio. — II. 

Scipio Romanus et Hannibal pueri annis 1 paucis cum patri- 
bus fuerunt in proeliis, ille in Italia, hie in Hispania. 
Fuerunt summae virtutis. Scipio, adulescens XVII annorum, 
patrem in proelio ad Ticinum flumen servavit. Hannibal, 
adulescens non XX annis cum patre oppida in Hispania 
oppugnavit. 

Multis cum hominibus, peditibus equitibusque, per Galliam, 
terrain magnis cum silvis numinibusque altis, ivit atque 
Romanos in Italia oppugnavit. Cum patre Scipionis ad 
flumen Ticinum. pugnavit. In proelio ad locum qui Cannae 
appellatus est LXX milia militum magnusque numerus prin- 

1 See 145. 



78 LESSON XXV. 

cipum Romanorum interfecti sunt. Tamen Roman! summa 
virtute non superati sunt. 

Hasdrubal,,frater Hannibalis, post annos Villi el auxilium 
dare temptavit, et multis cum hominibus per Galliam ad 
Italiam ivit. In proelio prope flumen Metaurum a Romanis 
interfectus est. Caput eius ad Hannibalem portatum est. 
"O Carthago, tuam fortunam agnosco!" dixit Hannibal. 
Turn ei auxilium non erat. Scipio post annos III Africam 
occupare temptavit. Hannibal suas copias ad Africam trans- 
portavit, sed in proelio ad locum Zamam superatus est. 

152. REGULUS. — Continued. 

But Regulus loved Rome. He told the Romans, 
41 The chiefs of Carthage are weary of the war, and are 
in great want of supplies. Peace (130, d) will be ac- 
ceptable to them. Attack them zealously. In this 
way they will be conquered." His friends told him, 
"We will attack the enemy (147). But why (117, 
N. 1) give yourself 1 to them? " He told them, "This 
advice of yours is not good. I am a captive and the 
ambassador of the chiefs of Carthage. I will give my- 
self 2 (up) to them, for (141, N. 3) a man of the great- 
est manliness will not be false 3 even 4 to (his) enemies." 

He went back 5 to the city (153) Carthage, and was 
killed (141, N. 6) by the chiefs of Carthage. 

*te. 2 me. 3 falsus, -a, -urn. *etiam. 5 iterum. 




MARCUS AT1LIUS REGULUS. 



LESSON XXVI. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



53. 


STEMS 


IN 1. — Continued. 




mons, m., 


urbs, f., 


nox, f., 




mountain. 


city. 


night. 




Stem monti- 


urbi- 

SINGULAR. 


nocti- (cp. 2, 3) 


Nom. 


mons 


urbs 


nox 


Gen. 


montis 


urbis 


noctis 


Dat. 


montl 


urbl 


nocti 


Ace. 


montem 


iirbem 


noctem 


Abl. 


monte 


urbe 


nocte 


Voc. 


(mons) 


(urbs) 

PLURAL. 


(nox) 


Nom. 


montes 


urbes 


noctes 


Gen. 


montium 


urbium 


noctium 


Dat. 


montibus 


urbibus 


noctibus 


Ace. 


montis, -es 


urbis, -es 


noctis, -es 


Abl. 


montibus 


urbibus 


noctibus 


Voc. 


(montes) 


(urbes) 


(noctes) 



a. Decline cliens, clientis, m., a dependent ; arx, arcis, 
f. , a citadel. 

b. Decline together parva urbs, small city ; animal (470) 
magnum, large animal; nigra nubes (470), black cloud; 
haec arx, this citadel; illud mare, that sea. 

79 



8o LESSON XXVL 

154. To i-stems belong : 

Nouns in -is and -es which have the same number of 
syllables in the genitive as in the nominative, as rupes, 
civis. 

Neuters in -e, -al, -ar, as mare, animal. 

Most nouns in -ns and -rs, . as cliens, '- sterns - 
cohors. 

Many monosyllables in s or x following a consonant, as 
mons, arx. 

155. COMPLEMENTARY INFINITIVE. 

Urbem oppugnare temptavit, He tried to attack the city. 

a. In this sentence the infinitive is used as in English. 
This construction has been freely used in pre- 

j- Complementary 

ceding exercises. |n M finitive 

The infinitive used thus (as complement), 
to complete the meaning of a verb, is called the Comple= 
mentary Infinitive. 

b. Its position is immediately before the verb. The 
pupil should train himself to group an infinitive which 
immediately precedes a finite verb with the verb, treating 
the two as nearly as possible as though they were a single 
word. 

156. ALLIED WORDS. 

Magnate Pedestrian Prince Viaduct 

Pedal Pugnacity Sylvan Captivity 

157. Proelium cum Helvetiis. — I. 

Helvetii, barbari homines Galliae, terram Aeduorum occu- 
pare temptaverunt. Quoniam haec terra est prope illam 
partem Galliae quae Provincia appellabatur, Caesar qui Pro- 
vinciae erat princeps cum Helvetiis pugnavit. 

Diu Caesar eos non oppugnavit, tamen alteram agmen ab 
altero numquam longe ab-erat. Tandem a Bibracte, 
magno oppido Aeduorum, non longe agmina a-fuerunt. 



LESSON XXVL 81 

Ad eum locum Caesar cum legionibus properavit, nam ibi 
copia frumenti erat. Id prinGipibus Helvetiorum nuntiatum 
est. Dixerunt, " Fuga nonne est? In agmen legionum 
eius properabimus. Facilis victoria militibus nostiis erit." 
Ad novissimum agmen Caesaris properaverunt multosque 
vulnerabant. Pauci interfecti sunt. Copias Caesar in 
proximo colle conlocavit. In hoc loco legiones IV, sed in 
summo colle II novas legiones atque omnia auxilia impedi- 
mentaque conlocavit. 

Helvetii celeriter legiones qui in colle erant oppugnave- 
runt. Roman! e loco superiore telis Helvetios perturbave- 
runt ; deinde gladiis milites legionum eos oppugnaverunt. 
Tandem defessi Helvetii ad altum collem qui non longe 
ab-erat se receperunt. Ad hunc collem milites Caesaris 
properabant. 

158. WORD-LIST. 

legio, legionis, f. , a division of the Roman army, containing 

from JOOO to 6000 men. 
agmen, agminis, n., army on the march, a marching column. 
collis, collis, m., hill. — summus collis, top of a hill. 
quoniam, adv., because. 

159. (See 129, 133, 140, and 145.) 

The Helvetians were a people who were eager for 
war, and very brave. Their land was not acceptable 
to them, because there were many high mountains in 
it. They attacked the peoples of Gaul and tried to 
seize their land. But the Haedui were friends of the 
Roman people, and told Caesar by messenger, "If 
(146, N. 3) you do not give (us) help we will be over- 
come by the Helvetians. ' ' Because of this 1 which the 
Haedui had told him Caesar with (his) legions gave 
help to the Gauls who were attacked by the Helve- 
tians. 



1 137- 



LESSON XXVII, 



ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 



160. 

SINGULAR. 
M. F. 

Nom. acer acris 

Gen. acris acris 

Dat. acrl acrl 

Ace. acrem acrem 

Abl. acrl acrl 



acer, eager, keen. 



N. 

acre 
acris 
acrl 
acre 
acrl 



Voc. (acer) (acris) (acre) 



M. 

acres 

acrium 

acribus 

acris, -es 

acribus 

(acres) 



PLURAL. 
F. 

acres 

acrium 

acribus 



N. 

acria 

acrium 

acribus 



acris, es acria 
acribus acribus 
(acres) (acria) 



Like acer decline celer, celeris, celere, swift. 

161. 

i. A clause is any part of a sentence containing a sub- 
ject, a verb, and usually an object. 

Sometimes one or more of these are not expressed if 
they can be easily supplied. 

2. The main clause or clauses of a sentence are those 
which, if used alone, would be grammatically complete 
(or make complete sense). 

If there are two or more main clauses they are united by 
such conjunctions as et, atque, sed, tamen. 

3. The main verb of a sentence is the verb of its main 
clause. Sometimes there are several main 

ver b s Principal and Sub- 

. . ordinate Clauses. 

4. A subordinate clause is a clause 1R 

its meaning modifying some other clause in the same 

sentence. 

82 



LESSON XXVII. 83 

Such clauses are introduced by relative pronouns (who, 
which, etc.), or by subordinate particles (when, since, etc.). 

a. These definitions are not without exceptions, but will 
probably be found exact enough for all practical purposes. 

b. The Latin usually has only one main clause in each 
sentence. English usage is very different from the Latin in 
this respect. 

c. In the following example the main clause is printed in 
small capitals : sed inter hunc collem ad quem legiones 
properabant atque locum in quo piimum pugnaverant 
erant multi boiT et tulingi, milites qui in novissimo 
agmine hostis fuerant. 

162. ORDER OF WORDS. 

1. Frequently modifying words or phrases come before the 
word modified. This is the opposite of the English order, 
except with adjectives: Summae virtutis homo, A man of 
the greatest courage. Prope flumen Metau- 

rum a Romanis interfectus est, He was order of Words. 
killed 7iear the river Metaurus by the Romans. 

2. The emphatic or important words come toward the 
first. 

3. The verb, excepting sum, comes at the end of its 
clause. Exceptions to this rule are very rare. 

163. ALLIED WORDS- 

Devious Equine Homicide Magnitude 

Equestrian Flume Liberality Multiplicand 

164. Proelium cum HelvetiIs. — II. 

Sed inter hunc collem ad quem legiones properabant atque 
locum in quo primum pugnaverant, erant multi Boil et 
Tulingi, milites qui in novissimo agmine hostis fuerant. Hi 
summo studio legiones oppugnaverunt. Turn reliqui hostes, 
qui in alto colle erant, rursus cum Romanis pugnare pro- 
peraverunt. Hos II partes legionum resistebant; cum illis 
tertia pars pugnavit. In hoc loco did hostis pugnabat. 



84 LESSON XXVII. 

Tandem rnulti Helvetii rursus in collem, reliqui ad impedi- 
menta, se receperunt. Hoc proelium ab hora septima ad 
noctem pugnatum est. Ad multam noctem ad impedimenta 
pugnabant. Tandem castra hostis a legionibus capta sunt. 

Reliqui Helvetii in fuga ex-iverunt. Agmen eorum in 
Lingonum terram properavit. Propter Caesaris nuntios 
frumentum eis Lingones non dabant. Frumenti inopia legati 
ex hostibus ad Caesarem iverunt ; obsides armaque ei 
dederunt. 

Sed postquam obsides dati erant, multi e castris ex-iverunt 
atque ad Rhenum flumen properaverunt. Celeriter hi 
capti sunt. Reliqui Helvetii et Tulingi in terram suam 
rursus iverunt, postquam magnum numerum obsidum dede- 
rant. Horum obsidum multi filii principum erant. Aedui 
reliquis Boiis agros dederunt. 

165. WORD-LIST. 

nox, noctis, f. , night. reliquus, -a, -um, remaining, 

hostis, hostis, m. and f., the rest of. 

enemy. propero, -are, -avl, -atus ? 

obses, obsidis, m. and f., to hasten, hurry. 

hostage, a person held as a 

pledge for the performance 

of a treaty. 

166. 

Caesar's First Fight with the Helvetians. 

The river Arar flows x through 2 the lands of the 
Haedui and Sequani. It is told Caesar, " Three 3 
parts of the forces of the Helvetians have crossed 4 the 
river. ' ' He hastens from the camp with three legions 
to that portion of their forces which has not crossed the 
river. He attacks this part, to which the rest of the 
Helvetians, because they have crossed the river, give 

no help. 

Thus a great number of the Helvetians are over- 
come by the Roman soldiers. 

1 influit. a par. 3 tres. 4 trans-iverunt. 



I 






•S .s .s 



O 

en 

UJ 



* & & & & 
*§ ^ ^ ^ 

< DQ O 




35 




Massiha 



SOUTHEASTERN 
GAUL 

o> — « — « — ■ — — '. 50 

English Miles 



86 



ftyrracA 



Jistu/n 





mm in 

THE SCENE 

CAESARS CAMP. 
AGAINST POMPE 

0< 1 1 . ■ .|50 



English Miles 



87 



LESSON XXVIII. 



ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. -CONTINUED. 



167. J 


facilis, easy. 


Stem facili-. 






SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 




M. and F. 


N. 


M. and F. 


N. 


Nom. 


facilis 


facile 


faciles 


facilia 


Gen. 


facilis 


facilis 


facilium 


facilium 


Dat. 


facili 


facili 


facilibus 


facilibus 


Ace. 


facilem 


facile 


facilis, -es 


facilia 


Abl. 


facili 


facili 


facilibus 


facilibus 


Voc. 


(facilis 


facile) 


(faciles 


facilia) 




levis, light, nimble. Stem levi-. 




Nom. 


levis 


leve 


leves 


levia 


Gen. 


levis 


levis 


levium 


levium 


Dat. 


lev! 


lev! 


levibus 


levibus 


Ace. 


levem 


leve 


levis, -es 


levia 


Abl. 


lev! 


lev! 


levibus 


levibus 


Voc. 


(levis 


leve) 

velox, 


(leves 
swift. 


levia) 


Nom. 


velox 


velox 


veloces 


velocia 


Gen. 


velocis 


velocis 


velocium 


velocium 


Dat. 


velocl 


velocl 


velocibus 


velocibus 


Ace. 


velocem 


velox 


velocis, -es 


velocia 


Abl. 


velocl, -e 


veloci, -e 


velocibus 


velocibus 


Voc. 


(velox 


velox) 


(veloces 


velocia) 

88 







LESSON XXVUL 


8 9 






sapiens, 


wise. 




Nom. 


sapiens 


sapiens 


sapientes 


sapientia 


Gen. 


sapientis 


sapientis 


sapientium 


sapientium 


Dat. 


sapient! 


sapient! 


sapientibus 


sapientibus 


Ace. 


sapientem 


sapiens 


sapientis, -es 


sapientia 


Abl. 


sapient!, -e 


sapient!, -e 


sapientibus 


sapientibus 


Voc. 


(sapiens 


sapiens) 


(sapientes 


sapientia) 



a. Adjectives declined like acer (160) are called adjec- 
tives of three terminations ; those declined like facilis or 
levis, adjectives of two terminations • those declined like 
velox and sapiens, adjectives of one termination. 

b. Notice that adjectives of three terminations (like acer) 
and of two terminations (like facilis) have only -i in the 
ablative singular. 



Reliquary 

Renovation 

Virtuous 



Hints 
for Reading. 



168. ALLIED WORDS. 
Equinox Omnibus 
Hostile Partial 
Littoral Popularity 

169. Learn to unite 
A genitive with the nearest noun or pro- 
noun. 

A preposition with its noun. The noun follows the 
preposition. 

Adjectives with words in the same cases. 

An infinitive which immediately precedes a verb with 
the verb. 

a. Words composing such groups are united by hyphens 
( - ) in portions of this lesson, and of some following lessons, 
as an aid to the pupil in learning to group the words. 

170. 

Caesar atque Classis Pompei. 
introduction. 
Caesar first made his reputation as a general after 



9° LESSON XXVIII. 

he had gone from Rome to govern the province of 
Gaul. Rome was then ruled by a senate whose mem- 
bers came almost entirely from a few families of rank. 
When Caesar became governor he ruled little more 
than a strip of land along the Mediterranean and the 
valley of the Po, or Padus, in modern Italy. In six 
years he had conquered all of Gaul, the land now 
called France. His " Gallic Wars" (the "Caesar" 
studied in schools) describes these campaigns. By an 
almost endless number of battles and marches he 
drilled and perfected an army probably finer than any 
the world had thus far seen. 

The senate at Rome at that time ruled almost all of 
the nations whom the Romans considered civilized. 
The senators knew that Caesar was ambitious to 
destroy their power and rule in their place, Cicero, 
some of whose orations are usually studied after 
4 ' Caesar, ' ' was one of their leaders. Now that Gaul 
had been conquered they feared that Caesar would 
attack them. 

They turned to Pompey, or Pompeius, who was 
considered the greatest general of the time, refused to 
grant what Caesar wished, and began to enroll soldiers 
throughout Italy. But Caesar, entering Italy, burst 
upon them so suddenly that the recruits had scarcely 
time to gather before they were compelled to surren- 
der to his advancing army. Pompey and his friends 
went to Brundisium, and thence sailed to Greece. 

Here they were unmolested for a whole year, for 
Caesar had no fleet and thought it the best course first 
to invade Spain and subdue an army which opposed 
him there. When at last he returned to fight with 
Pompey his first difficulty was to transport his army 
by sea from Brundisium to Epirus in the face of Pom- 
pey's fleet. The risks he took in doing this are told 
in the following account, adapted from his ' ' Civil 
Wars." 



LESSON XXVIII. 9 1 

I. 

Pompeius, quoniam anni - spatium sine - bello - atque - 
hoste ei fuerat, magnas - copias paraverat. Ex - omni- 
bus - regionibus ad - litora magnam - classem paraverat. 
Magna - pecunia ei ab - Asia, 1 - Syria, - regibusque - omni- 
bus, - et - liberis - Graeciae - populis data - est ; magnam 
homines - earum - omnium - regionum, quarum ipse prin- 
ceps erat, ei dederant. Legiones ei erant civium - Roma- 
norum Villi, una ex - Cilicia veterana, una ex - Creta - et - 
Macedonia ex - veteranis - militibus, qui in - his - regioni- 
bus agros - atque - pecuniam habebant ; II ex - Asia. Cum - 
Scipione ex - Syria legiones III properare - parabant. 
Sagittarios ex Syria reliquisque regionibus III milia habuit, 
equitumque VII milia. Ex quibus ad numerum D princeps 
ex Thracia dederat ; ex Macedonia CC erant, quorum princeps 
summa virtute fuit ; D ex Alexandria, Gallos Germanosque, 
qui ibi ad regem fuerant, Pompei filius classe portaverat. 
Frumenti copiam magnam ex Asia, Creta, reliquisque regi- 
onibus paraverat, quae classe ad litus Epiri portabatur. 

Pompeius cum suis legionibus ad Epirum venit. Litus 
huius regionis est contra Italiam, ubi Caesaris copiae conlo- 
catae sunt. Classem, quae in omnibus litoribus parata 
erat, ad litora Epiri conlocavit. Princeps omnis huius 
classis erat Bibulus. 

!71. . WORD-LIST, 

classis, classis, f. , fleet. litus, litoris, n. , coast. 

regio, regionis, f., direction, paro, -are, -avl, -atum, to 

region. prepare. 

omnis, omne, all. 

172. POMPEY. 

Cnaeus Pompeius had fought in many lands. In 
Italy (when) a young man (i.e. of few years) he had 

1 See Map I for the places mentioned in this paragraph. 



9 2 



LESSON XXVIII. 



given help to Sulla, a great Roman general, 1 against 2 
the legions which he was attacking. Many men were 
killed (141, n. 6) by Sulla, who gave their lands 
to his soldiers. But he was the friend of Pompey. 
"You are," he had told him, " Pompeius the Great." 
In Africa Pompey defeated the enemies of Sulla. In 
Spain he fought with Sertorius successfully (in success- 
ful 3 battles), a chief of great skill and daring. In Italy 
five thousand slaves, 4 who had been fighting with the 
Romans and were hastening into Gaul, were overcome 
by him. Because of all these successful wars he was 
loved by the Roman people. 



imperator. 2 contra. 



secundus, -a, -urn. 4 servus. 




CNAEUS POMPEIUS MAGNUS. 



LESSON XXIX. 

THE ABLATIVE OF TIME. 

173. EXAMPLES. 

Prima luce ad castra properaverunt, At daybreak they 
hastened to the camp. 

Nocte in fuga ex-iverunt, They departed inflight by night. 

His decern annis multas terras oppugnavit, Within these 
ten years he has attacked many lands. 

Notice that the ablatives in these sen- Ablative of Time. 
tences answer the question when ? or, 
within what time ? 

174. Rule. — Time when, or within which, is ex- 
pressed by the ablative. 



J5. 


ALLIED WORDS. 




Agrarian 


Militate 


Numerical 


Impugn 


Navy 


Principality 


Inter 


Nocturnal 
Virile 


Reconciliation 



176. Caesar atque Classis Pompei. — II. 

Caesar ex - urbe ad - oppidum - Brundisium hoc - tem- 
pore venit. Ad - nunc - locum legiones - XII, equitesque - 
omnes iverunt. Magna ei fuit navium - inopia, tamen mili- 
tibus ita dixit; " Quoniam estis prope - finem - laborum 
- atque - periculorum, in - Italia impedimenta conlocate, 
omnia ex - victoria sperate, atque cum - Pompeio for- 
titer pugnare - parate." Hieme, cum - VII - legionibus, 

93 



94 LESSON XXIX. 

naves solvit, quarum longae - naves XII erant. Brevi - 
tempore ad - litus - Epiri venit, atque ad - eum - locum, 
qui Palaeste appellabatur, ex - omnibus - navibus milites 
ex-iverunt. 

Id principibus Pompei classis nuntiatum est. Magna 
erat Bibuli classis, nam prope Palaestem naves CXXVIII 
conlocatae erant. Acer erat Bibulus, sed Caesaris consilio 
superatus erat. Celeriter naves solvit, atque Caesaris XXX 
naves, quae rursus ad oppidum Brundisium properare tempta- 
bant, omnes incendit, atque hoc igni qui in navibus erant 
interfecti sunt. Turn omne litus classibus hieme occupavit. 

177 WORD-LIST. 

navis, navis, f., ship. 

178. POMPEY. — Continued. 

The men of Cilicia with their fleets attacked the ships 
of the Romans along 1 all parts of the coast. At that time 
grain was brought to Italy by ship from Africa and 
Sicily. Because of these fleets there was a great lack 
of grain in Rome. The Roman people gave five hun- 
dred ships to Pompey. With this fleet he attacked the 
enemy, who had a great number of ships. But be- 
cause they had not stationed all of these ships in one 
(125) place, many of them in a short time were killed. 
The rest retreated a to Cilicia and Crete. Pompey 
attacked their towns in Cilicia, which were given (up) 
to him. 

1 in. 2 se receperunt 



LESSON XXX. 

SECOND, CONJUGATION. E-VERBS. 

Moneo (stem mone-) advise. 
Principal parts, moneo, monere, monui, monitus. 

179. Learn the present, imperfect and future indicative, 
and the present imperative and infinitive, active and passive, 
of moneo (481). 

a. Compare the forms of moneo with those of amo. How 
do they differ? 

b. Why is it a help in inflecting moneo to remember that 
its stem ends in e? 

180. 1. Monent, monebant, monebunt. 2. Monetur, 
monebatur, monebitur. 3. Monet, monebat, monebit. 4. 
Monentur, monemur, monemini. 5. Moneor, monemus, 
monebimus. 6. Monebuntur, mone, monere. 7. Mone- 
bimur, monebantur, moneri. 8. Monebo, monebamur, 
monete. 9. Monebam, monebar, monebamus. 10. Mone- 
bor, moneo. 

181. Like moneo inflect in both voices habeo, have; 
teneo, hold; prohibeo, keep away. 



182. 


ALLIED WORDS. 




Annual 


Gladiator 


Legacy 


Class 


Habit 


Tribunal 


Counselor 


Itinerary 


Urban 

95 



96 LESSON XXX. 

183. Caesar atque Classis Pompei. — III. 

Eo tempore in Candavia Pompeius erat, iterque e Mace- 
donia ad urbes Apolloniam Dyrrhachiumque habebat. Quo- 
niam a Caesare litus occupabatur magnis itineribus ad urbem 
Apolloniam properavit. Sed ille, postquam cum mllitibus e 
navibus ex-ivit, ad oppidum Oricum celeriter iter habebat, 
cuius oppidi Graeci se atque oppidum ei in deditionem de- 
derunt. Celeriter ad urbem Apolloniam iter habebat. Id 
Staberio, qui ibi legatus Pompei erat, nuntiabatur. Aquam in 
arcem portavit atque obsides e populo urbis petivit. Sed 
quoniam ii ei non dati sunt, fugit ex urbe Staberius. Ad 
Caesarem legati ex hac urbe et e regionibus finitimis vene- 
runt atque omnia in deditionem el dederunt. Turn Caesar 
ad urbem Dyrrhachium properare temptavit. 

Sed Pompeius a - nuntiis monebatur, atque ad - urbem - 
Dyrrhachium etiam nocte magnis - itineribus properavit. 
Caesare milites - eius perterrehantur, multique qui homines - 
Epiri erant e - signis ex-iverunt. Sed prope - Dyrrhachium 
Labienus venit et Pompeio iuravit, '* Fidus per - omnia ero. " 
Hoc idem reliqui - legati - tribunique - militum atque omnes 
- milites iuraverunt. 

Ad - urbem primus Pompeius venit, atque ita ab - hac - 
urbe cum - regionibus - finitimis Caesarem prohibebat. 

184. WORD-LIST. 

iter, itineris, n., a road, a habeo, habere, habul, habi- 

march, journey. turn, io have. 

urbs, urbis, f., city. 

185. Labienus. 

Labienus was a man of great bravery and skill in 
war. (As) lieutenant of Caesar he had fought against 
(172, n. 2) the Helvetians. In a battle with the Ner- 
vii he with two legions attacked and seized the camp 
of the enemy, and then quickly (134, n. 2) gave help 



LESSON XXX. 97 

to Caesar, who was with two legions whose soldiers 
had become terrified and were almost 1 overcome. 

In many battles he was faithful to Caesar, but after 
the latter had conquered the Gauls, because he attacked 
Pompey, Labienus fought against him in four great 
battles, and was killed 3 in the battle which was fought 
at the town Munda, in the country (of) Spain. 

J paene. 2 postquam. 3 i4i, N. 6. 



The four battles mentioned in 185 are as follows: 

At Dyrrhachium Caesar tried to shut Pompey in l>y earthworks. 
Pompey finally entered Caesar's lines by landing troops at a point 
where no entrenchments faced the sea, and drove back a counter-attack. 
Caesar then marched rapidly into Thessaly. Here, at Pharsalia, Pom- 
pey confidently attacked, but was overthrown, and soon after assassi- 
nated (48 B.C.). Caesar's opponents then gathered in Africa, but were 
routed at Thapsus. Some leaders fled to Spain, where the exactions of 
Caesar's officers and the fear that Caesar would revoke favors due to 
Pompey aided them in gathering a large army, led by the sons of Pom- 
pey, Cnaeus and Sextus. After Munda (45 B.C.), Cnaeus, wounded and 
carried on a litter, fled to the mountains, but was betrayed and killed. 
Sextus remained among the Pyrenees until Caesar's death. A son of 
Labienus fled to the east, and was honored by the Great King of the 
Parthians, who ruled over the kings of Mesopotamia and Persia. This 
Labienus issued coins as a Parthian official, some of which are extant. 
He attacked Syria after Caesar's death, but was checked by Antony's 
lieutenants. 




QUINTUS LABIENUS PARTHICUS. 



LESSON XXXI. 

186. SECOND CONJUGATION.-CONTINUED. 

Learn the perfect, pluperfect and future perfect indicative, 
active and passive, of inoneo. (481.) 

187. 

r. Monui, monitus sum. 2. Monuit, monuerat, monu- 
eriL 3. Monitus erit, monuerint. 4. Monueram, monu- 
eris, monuerunt. 5. Monuisti, monueras, monuisse. 6. 
Monitus eram, monitus est, monitum esse. 7. Monita erat, 
monita es. 

188. 

a. Compare the forms amabas, portabamus, nuntiabat, 
tenebam, monebant. To what tense do they belong, and to 
what conjugations ? If we remove the per- 

,. / < -■. - -« - - .. Tense Siflns. 

sonal endings (76), amaba-, portaba-, nunti- 
aba-, teneba-, moneba- are left. Notice ba, found in them 
all. What does ba mean ? It is called the tense sign of 
the imperfect tense. Why is it given this name? 

b. Has the future tense any tense sign ? 

189. ALLIED WORDS. 

Announce Frumentary Itinerate Prohibition Temporal 
Date Habitual Nave Tenable Urbane 

190. Caesar et Classis Pompei. — IV. 

In order that the pupil may acquire the habit ot noting 
the endings, they are printed in heavy-faced type in parts of 
this and the following lesson. 

98 



LESSON XXXI. 99 

Caesar sua castra ad flumen Apsum conlocavit, et ibi reli- 
quas ex Italia legitimes exspectabat Pompeius in castris 
trans flumen Apsum suas copias omnes auxiliaque tenebat, 
sed frumentum Caesaris prohibere temptabat. 

Interim CalenUS legatus qui cum reliquis legionibus equi- 
tibusque in urbe BrundisiO erat naves quas habebat solvit. 
Bona fortuna brevl tempore navis quae nuntios ex Caesare 
portabat ad eum venit. Nuntil monebant, " Omnia litora 
classibus Pompei tenentur." Se in urbem omnibus cum 
suis navibus recepit. Una ex his navibus, in qua null! 
milites erant, non se recepit atque a Bibulo capta est. 
Omnes in ea ad unum interfectl sunt. 

Legatus Pompei, Libo, ab oppido Orico ex-ivit cum classe 
cuius princeps erat, C navium, ad urbem Brundisium insu- 
lamque, quae contra urbem est, occupavit. Non magnum 
numerum navium incendit, et multos milites Caleni perterre- 
bat. Nocte eius milites atque sagittarii in terram e classe 
ex-iverunt, et Caleni equites perterrebant. Pompeio per 
nuntios nuntiavit, "Ipse mea classe auxilia Caesaris prohi- 
bebo." Ab urbe a legionibus Caleni copiae prohibebantur, 
tamen insulam tenebant, sed ex aqua prohibebantur equiti- 
bus quos Antonius, legatus summa virtute, qui eo tempore in 
urbe erat, per litus conlocaverat. Inopiae causa aquae Libo 
ab insula brevl tempore ex-ivit. 

Tamen multum - tempus erat et hiems iam ad-fuerat, 
neque ab - urbe - BrundisiO naves - legionesque venerunt 
ad - Caesarem, qui suas- copias in - castris tenebat. Cale- 
nus nOn suas - naves solvit quoniam numero - navium Bibulus 
superabat, atque omnia - litora magno - studio - consilioque 
tenebat. Ita auxilium a - Caesare prohibere temptabat. 

391. WORD-LIST. 

ex (before a consonant, usu- tempus, temporis, n. ? time. 

ally e), Preposition fol- suus, sua, suum, his, their, 

lowed by Ablative, from. 

[over] 



ioo LESSON XXXI. 

prohibeo, prohibere, prohi- teneo, tenere, tenui, tentus, 
bul, prohibitus, to keep to hold, keep, 
away. Often with ex. 

a. Suus, sua, suum frequently refers to the subject of the 
sentence. 

b. For " his" or " their," when the reference is not to the 
subject, "eius," "eorum," "illius," " illorum, " or the 
genitive of some similar pronoun is used. 

For instance : The Gauls attacked the troops of the legate, but 
their horsemen were easily compelled by his soldiers to retire, 
Galli copias legati oppugnaverunt, sed sui equites facile 
a eius militibus se recipere coacti sunt. 

Note that sui agrees with equites in gender, number and 
case, precisely as an adjective would. 

192. 

The island opposite the town Brundisium was seized 
by Libo, a lieutenant of Pompey, with his fleet of a 
hundred ships. Calenus, Caesar's lieutenant, had at 
this time five legions in the city, and kept Libo away 
from it; still his soldiers were terrified. 

There was no water upon the island, and for this 
reason the soldiers of Libo attempted to carry water 
from the (main)land to the island. But Antony, a 
lieutenant and good friend of Caesar, stationed horse- 
men along the coast, who kept them from (securing) 
water. Because of this Libo soon went away from the 
island. 



LESSON XXXII. 

THE ABLATIVE OF SPECIFICATION. 
193. EXAMPLES. 

Galli Romanos consilio non super abant, The Gauls did 
not surpass the Romans in skill. 

Haec terra ill! fluminum numero est similis, This coun- 
try is like that one in the number of its rivers. 

Galba nomine tan turn princeps fuit, Galba was leader 
only in name. 

Consilio limits superabant in meaning. In the same way 
numero and nomine limit similis and prin- 
ceps. The ablative thus used is called the e Abla . t ! ve x ? f 

n Specification. 

Ablative of Specification, because it speci- 
fies in what respect a statement is true. 

194. 

Rule. — The Ablative of Specification is used to point 
out in what respect a statement is true. 

195. ALLIED WORDS. 

Affiliation Equinoctial Insuperable Multiply Sum 
Armament Grateful Liberation Numerous Unfortunate 

196. Caesar atque Classis Pompei. — V. 

. Tandem Caesar suos principes qui erant ad oppidum 
Brundisium monuit, " PrimO tempore secundo ad litora Epiri 
properate." BrevI tempore Auster flabat atque naves 
solverunt. Postquam ex terra Epiro videbantur, Coponius, 
classis princeps quae erat ad urbem Dyrrachium, eas 



102 LESSON XXXII. 

oppugnare temptavit. Sed magna fortima Auster increbuit; 
ita Calenl naves onerariae servabantur. Neque vero ille ob 
earn causam se recepit, sed labore nautarum tempestatem 
superare temptabat. Calenus Antuniusque studio Coponl 
perterritl sunt; qua causa ad locum qui proximlis erat in 
Epirl litore properaverunt. Hie locus ab AfricO, sed non 
ab AustrO, erat tutus. Magnum tempestate periculum els 
fuit, sed Auster maxima fortuna hoc ipso tempore in Africum 
se vertit. Ita ex omnibus periculis servatl sunt. 

Sed periculum Coponi classi AfricO erat magnum. Naves 
eius ad iinam numero XVI inter-iverunt, et ex magno numero 
nautarum pars tempestate interfecta est ; pars a militibus Ca- 
leni servata est. , 

197. 

Calenus, who was at the city Brundisium, at the 
first opportunity hastened with his fleet to the coast of 
Epirus. Coponius, the admiral of the fleet of Pompey 
at the town Dyrrhachium, tried to attack him, but was 
kept off by the heavy weather. Nevertheless 1 he ter- 
rified Calenus, who went to a place upon the coast, 
Nymphaeum, unprotected from the south wind, which 
was then blowing. He was for this reason 2 in great 
peril. But the wind luckily changed to the wind from 
the west-south-west, from which he was protected, be- 
cause he was near 3 the shore, where 4 there were hills. 
Thus he disembarked 5 his troops and set them in 
camp. 

1 tamen. 2 causa. 3 prope. * ubi. 

5 See 176, end of first paragraph. 



LESSON XXXIII. 



198. 



FOURTH DECLENSION. 



Nouns of this declension ending in -us are masculine ; 
those ending in -u are neuter. (But see 10, 3, 4.) 

a. But domus, house, and manus, hand, or band (of men), 
are feminine. 



199. 



Cursus, m., a run- Cornu, n., horn, wing 
ning, speed. (of an army). 





Singular. 




Nom. 


Cursus 


Cornu 


Gen. 


Cursus 


Cornus 


Dat. 


Cursui, -u 


Cornu 


Ace. 


Cursum 


Cornu 


Abl. 


Cursu 


Cornu 


Voc. 


(Cursus) 


(Cornu) 




Plural. 


' 


Nom. 


Cursus 


Cornua 


Gen. 


Cursuum 


Cornuum 


Dat. 


Cursibus 


Cornibus 


Ace. 


Cursus 


Cornua 


Abl. 


Cursibus 


Cornibus 


Voc. 


(Cursus) 


(Cornua) 



103 



104 LESSON XXX 111. 

a. Domus, house, has also forms of the Second Declen- 
sion. See 472. 

b. Decline together magnus exercitus, large army; sua 
manus, his hand; parvum cornu, small horn. 

200. » ALLIED WORDS. 

Habituate Itinerant Multiplication Partiality Prohibit 
Hostility Locate Militia Populate Suburb 

201. Caesar atque Classis Pompei. — VI. 

Omnes copias Antonius in castris conlocavit, quarum erat 
surama legiones IV, et equites DCCC, atque id nuntiis 
Caesari nuntiavit. Sed Caesari longum flumine erat iter, 
atque Pompei us clam et nocte ex castris a flumine Apso ad 
Antonium magnis itineribus contendit. In idoneo loco 
prope castra Antoni copias conlocavit suosque omnes in 
castris continuit ignesque prohiljuit. " Quoniam meos mili- 
tes Antonius non videt iter ad Caesarem habebit. Eum in 
itinere oppugnabo." Ita dixit. Tamen haec per Graecos 
Antonio nuntiata sunt. Hie per nuntios Caesarem monuit, 
et in castris suas copias tenebat. Caesar celeriter ad eum 
venit. 

Pompeius ex eo loco ex-ivit, omnibusque copiis ad locum 
Asparigium venit atque ibi idoneo loco castra conlocavit. 
Caesar prope castra Pompei sua castra conlocavit. 

FINIS. 

202. 

Caesar was surpassed in number of soldiers by 
Pompey, still, because he had legions which had 
fought in many battles against x the Gauls, he was not 
attacked by the latter, very many of whose legions 
were new. The friends of Pompey were eager to 
fight. (119, N. 1.) At length 2 their counsel pre- 
vailed, and a battle was fought at the place Pharsalia, 
in Greece. 

1 contra. 2 tandem. 



LESSON XXXIII. 



105 



203. WORD-LIST FOR REVIEW. 

fortuna annus ad 

inopia proelium ex, e 



quoniam 



paro, -are, -avi, -atus 
propero, -are, -avi, -atus 
tempto, -are, -avi, -atus 

habeo, habere, habui, habitus 

prohibeo, prohibere, prohibui, prohibitus 

teneo, tenere, tenui, tentus 

reliquus, -a, -um summus, -a, -um 

classis 



collis 

eques 

homo 

hostis 

labor 

legio 

miles 

navis 



nox 

obses 

pars 

pes 

pedes 

princeps 

regio 

urbs 

virtus 



204. Translate these words : 

obsidum hominum 

classibus equites 

legiones itinere 

militis virtutes 

parti tempore 

urbem hostis 

nocte litoribus 



suus, -a, -um 

agmen 

flumen 

iter 

litus 

tempus 

omnis, omne 



regionum 

laboris 

principem 

pede 

peditis 

agmina 

flumine 



LESSON XXXIV. 

THIRD CONJUGATION. E VERBS. 

Rego (stem rege-), rule. 

Principal Parts, rego, regere, rexi, rectus. 

205. Learn the present, imperfect, and future indicative, 
and the present imperative and infinitive, active and passive, 
of rego. (482.) 

a. Compare the forms of rego with those of amd and 
nioneo. Wherein are they alike, and wherein do they differ? 
Concentrate your attention upon the differences. 

206, 1. Regunt, regebant, regent. 2. Regis, regebas, 
reges. 3. Regitur, regebatur, regetur. 4. Regebantur, 
regebaris, regebamus. 5. Regeris, regimus, regi. 6. Re- 
git, reguntur, regeris. 7. Reget, regimur, regere. 8. 
Regebat, regemus, regite. 9. Regemur, regimini, rege. 



207. 


ALLIED WORDS. 




Data 


Magnanimous 


Tempt 


Invulnerable 


Multipliable 


Tenancy 


Liberal 


Omniscient 




Locality 


Population 





208. Piso Aquitanus. 

An incident from Caesar's Gallic campaigns. 

Nostros equites, qui non parati erant, Germanorum equites 
subito oppugnaverunt. Nostri ad agmen legionum fugerunt. 

106 



LESSON XXXI V. 107 

In eo proelio cum Germanis ex equitibus nostris interfecti 
sunt LXXII ; in his vir summa virtute, Piso Aquitanus, 
cuius avus in sua terra rex fuerat et amicus ab nostro senatu 
appellatus erat. 

Hie in proelio fratri, qui ab hostibus superabatur, auxilium 
dedit, et eum servavit ; sed ipsius equus vulneratus est. 
Ipse diu fortiter se defendit, sed tandem graviter vulneratus 
est et ita interfectus est. Id eius frater, quem ille serva- 
verat, procul vidit : ex equo in hostes unus properavit atque 
interfectus est. 

209. I. These men will bravely defend every one 
who will hasten into their camp. 

2. This man's grandfather was king, but he himself 
will not rule over the people. 

3. We shall defend the walls, and you shall bring 
the weapons. 

4. These Germans will hasten on horseback with 
the messenger to the winter camp, and will defend 
him if 1 they are attacked. 

5. The horsemen of Caesar are Gauls, whom the 
Germans easily 2 conquer. If the Gauls shall dare 3 to 
fight with him, he will defend the lands which he has 
seized by means of these very Germans whom he is 
now attacking with the aid of the Gauls. 

6. If you are ready, attack the men on the wall. 

1 si. 2 facile. 3 audeo. 



LESSON XXXV. 

THIRD CONJUGATION-CONTINUED. 

210. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect 
indicative, active and passive, of rego. (482.) 

a. Compare these forms with the forms of amo and 
moned. 

211. 1. Rexit, rexerat, rexerit. 2. Rectus erit, rectae 
erimus, rectus eram. 3. Recta sum, rectum esse, rexerint. 
4. Rectus est, recti sumus, rexerant. 5. Rexistis, rexero, 
rectae estis. 6. Rexerimus, reximus, rectus era 7. Rexi, 
rexisti. 

212. a. Have all the verbs of the first conjugation so far 
learned, excepting do (dedl), principal parts which are 
alike ? 

b. Are teneo (tentus) and its compounds the only verbs 
of the second conjugation so far learned whose principal 
parts are unlike those of moned ? 

c. How many verbs of the third conjugation can you find 
whose principal parts are like those of rego ? 

213. ALLIED WORDS. 

Belligerent Missile Suburban 

Depart Navigate . Tenacity 

Mediterranean Nocturn 

Missive Numeration 

10S 



LESSON XXXV. 109 

214. A Fight around a Hillock. 

Quo anno Pompeius exercitum classemque parat Caesar 
cum exercitti in Hispania contra exercitum Afrani, legati 
Pompei, bellum gerit. Ad urbem Ilerdam proelia gerunt. 
Est inter hanc urbem et proximum collem magnum, ubi 
castra Afranius habet, parvus collis. Ex urbe Afranius 
frumentum ad suum exercitum portat. 

Caesar dicit, "Ad hunc parvum collem cohortes mittam, 
itaque a frumento exercitus Afrani prohibebitur. " Legi- 
ones III ex castris mittit, et in idoneis locis prope parvum 
collem conlocat, quibus ex locis antesignani cursu parvum 
collem occupare temptant. Sed hoc quae pro castris sunt 
Afrani cohortes vident, et brevi itinere ad parvum collem 
celeriter mittuntur. Proelium geritur, et quoniam primo 
in parvum collem Afrani cohortes contendunt nostri 
superantur. Auxilium iis mittebatur, sed tandem omnes se 
ad signa legionum receperunt. Ea causa legio quae in eo 
cornu coniocata erat locum non tenuit atque in proximum 
collem se recepit. Omnes legiones III perterrebantur, atque 
in eas milites Afrani acriter contendebant. Legionem Caesar 
misit, quae auxilium dedit. Proelium bene gesserunt, 
nam milites Afrani se ad urbem receperunt et sub muro proe- 
lium gesserunt. 

215. WORD-LIST. 

exercitus, -us, m., army. ger5, gerere, gessi, gestus, 

parvus, -a, -um, small. to be engaged in doing 

mitt6,mittere,misl, missus, {something), to do, or carry 

to send. on. 

216. At the time when Pompey was preparing an 
army in Epirus the chiefs of the Roman armies in 
Africa and Spain and the people of Massilia, a city in 
Gaul, were all fighting- against Caesar and his gen- 
erals. Caesar sent Curio with III new legions to 



no LESSON XXXV. 

Sicily and Africa, but went 1 himself to Spain, because 
his forces in that land were opposed to a large and 
good army. 

Curio went to Sicily, and from there carried a part 
of his army across 5 * by fleet to Africa, where 3 he fought 
with Varus, who was one of Pompey's friends. 

1 Ivit. a Use trans-portare. 3 ubi. 



LESSON XXXVI. 

217. PULLO ET VORENUS. 

Erant in legione viri maxima virtute, centuriones, Titus 
Pullo et Lucius Vorenus, qui controversies continenter de 
sua virtute habebant. Ex his Pullo cum Gallis, qui hiberna 
legionis occupare temptabant, ex vallo acriter pugnabat. 
" Quid dubitas, Vorene ? " dixit, "Hoc tempus de nostris 
controversy's iudicabit," et statim extra vallum ex-ivit. Ad 
partem ubi hostes multi sunt visi contendit. 

Non Vorenus se in vallo continuit, sed quoque extra hi- 
berna ex-ivit. Pullo telum in hostes misit, atque hominem 
ex Gallis interfecit. In eum omnes hostes tela miserunt. 
Transfixum est scutum Pulloni et telum in balteo defixum 
est. Avertit hie casus vaginam, et gladium magna difficul- 
tate e-duxit. Eum turn hostes celeriter oppugnabant, sed 
Vorenus venit et illi auxilium dedit. Ad hunc se a Pullone 
omnes Galli verterunt. Gladio pugnam bene gessit Vorenus 
atque hominem eorum interfecit. Sed cum magno studio in 
reliquos contendit, atque in locum inferiorem concidit. In 
eum rursus hostes celeriter contendebant, sed Pullo ei auxi- 
lium dedit. 

Postquam ita pugnaverant summa cum virtute se intra hi- 
berna receperunt. 

218. (Use whatever words you think will best express 
the sense of the following lines, which are taken from 
Macaulay's "Battle of Lake Regillus." Do not try to 
translate it word for word. ) 

in 



H2 LESSON XXX VI. 

But fiercer l grew the fighting 

Around 2 Valerius dead, 
For Titus dragged 3 him by the feet 

And Aulus by the head. 4 
" On, Latins, 5 on," quoth Titus; 

" See (how) the rebels 6 fly. " 7 
"Romans, stand firm," quoth Aulus, 

" And win this fight, or & die." 9 

1 Nominative m. and f. acrior, n. acrius. 2 circum. 3 trahere. 
4 caput. 5 Latinus, -I. 6 i.e. Romans. 7 to yield, cedere. 8 aut. 
9 Imperative of " to die " is moriminl. 



LESSON XXXVII. 



219. There are three degrees of comparison : the posi* 
live, the comparative, and the superlative. 



POSITIVE. 



latus (lato-, 43), wide. 

levis (levi-) 

velox (veloci-) (167) 



COMPARATIVE. 

(ending -ior) 
latior, wider. 
levior 
velocior 



SUPERLATIVE. 

(ending -issimus) 
latissimus, widest. 
levissimus 
velocissimus 



a. How is the comparative formed from the positive in 
these examples ? How is the superlative formed ? 



220. 

liber ( liber 0-), free. 
acer (acri-) 



liberior , freer. Hberrimus, freest. 
acrior acerrimus 



a. Notice that adjectives in -er have the comparing of 
ending -rimus in the superlative. Adjectives. 



221. 



DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES. 







Paradigm. 








SINGULAR. 




PLURAL. 






M. & F. 


N. 




M. & F. 


N. 


Nom. 


altior 


altius 




altiores 


altiora 


Gen. 


altioris 


altioris 




altiorum 


altiorum 


Dat. 


altiorl 


altiorl 




altioribus 


altioribus 


Ace. 


altiorem 


altius 




altiores, -is 


altiora 


Abl. 


altiore, -1 


altiore, 


-1 


altioribus 


altioribus 


Voc. 


(altior 


altius) 




(altiores 


altiora) 
113 



114 LESSON XXXVII. 

a. The comparatives of all adjectives (except plus, 229) 
are declined like altior. 

b. The superlatives are all declined like bonus (474). 
Compare and decline in the comparative : longus, gratus, 

novus, miser, celer, swift, atrox, cruel. 

222. EXAMPLES. 

Mons est altior quam ) . . . . 

[A mountain is higher 

collis, V ,, ,.„ 6 q» am - 

1 „ . ,,- I than a hill. 

Mons est altior colli, ) 

Observe that in the first sentence, where quam is used, 
collis is in the same case as mons; but in the second, 
where quam is omitted, the ablative colli is used. 

Rule. — The ablative is used with comparatives in the 

sense of than when quam is omitted. 

223. EXAMPLES. 

Murus est altior, The wall is rather (or too) high. 
Murus est altissimus, The wall is very high. 
These sentences illustrate meanings sometimes given to 
the comparative and superlative. 

224. 

1. Quis murum longiorem quam Romae vidit ? 

2. Quis longiorem murum quam murum Romae vidit? 

3. Hostes in altissimo colli agmine Caesaris perterre- 
bantur. 

4. Quis nigriorem equum eo habet ? 

5. Hoc iter ad hiberna Caesaris est brevissimum. 

6. Colles altissimi cum labore ab acerrimo hoste tene- 
bantur. 

7. Padus est Admen longius Arno. 

8. Pedites quos dux in alto colli tenuit hostium copias ab 
eo prohibebunt. 



LESSON XXXVII. US 

9. Arma quibus Romani a muro prohibebantur gladii 
longissimi erant. 

10. Terra Gallia altiora flumina quam Italia habet. 

11. Prohibetur ab urbe reliquis civibus. 

12. Non facile ab urbibus pedites hostium prohibebat. 

13. Novissimum agmen hostium in alto colle visum erat. 

14. Estne hie equus nigerrimus ? 

225. Saving the Standard. 

Ibi in silva Lucius Cotta legatus a Gallis interfectus est 
cum magna parte militum. Reliqui se ad hiberna recepe- 
runt, ex quibus Lucius Petrosidius, aquilifer, magno numero 
hostium extra vallum premebatur. Aquilam intra vallum 
pro-iecit ; ipse maxima virtute pro hibernis pugnabat atque 
tandem interfectus est. 

226. WORD-LIST. 

quam, adverb used after an adjective or adverb in the com- 
parative degree, than. 

227. (Translate . these sentences in two ways, where pos- 
sible.) 

1. The sword which the hostage gave to the horse- 
man is longer than this one. 

2. Who are more uncivilized than the Romans ? 
The Gauls are more uncivilized than they, but most 
uncivilized of all are the Germans. 

3. Diviciacus was the freest of the chiefs of the 
Haedui, because he had not given his children as 
hostages to their enemies. 

4. The men upon the wall are fewer than those 
who are in this gate. 

5. He placed his camp upon the highest of the 
hills. 

6. Is this road to the camp shorter than that (one) ? 

7. The deepest river in Italy is the Padus. 

8. Galba has a blacker horse than this horse. 



LESSON XXXVIII. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES-CONTINUED. 

228. The following adjectives form the comparative 
and superlative irregularly : 



POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. 

bonus, -a, -um, good melior, melius optimus, -a, -um 

malus, -a, -um, bad peior, peius pessimus,-a,-um 

magnus, -a, -um, large maior, maius maximus,-a,-um 

multus, -a, -um, much ) , . 

multi, -ae, -a, many \ p 

parvus, -a, -um, small minor, minus minimus, -a, -um 

229. 



[us 



plurimus, -a,-um 



Declension of plus, more (plural more or many). 



singular. 



M. & F. 



Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Abl. 
Voc. 



N. 

plus 
pluris 

plus 

plure 

(plus) 



PLURAL. 




M. & F. 


N. 


plures 


plura 


plurium 


plurium 


pluribus 


pluribus 


pluris, -es 


plura 


pluribus 


pluribus 


(plures 


plura) 



230. Some adjectives are compared by means of adverbs : 
Idoneus, suitable. Magis idoneus, more suitable. Maxi- 



me idoneus, most suitable. 



116 



LESSON XXX Fill. 117 



231. 


ALLIED WORDS. 




Castle 


Habitue Navigable Pertinent 


Subterranean 


Collocate 


Multifold Numeral Primeval 


Tenacious 



232. 

1. Roman! hiberna maiora quam Galli conlocaverant. 

2. Certum numerum militum in hibernis tenuit atque 
equites, quorum erat magnus numerus in Gallia, ex his regi- 
onibus obtinebat. 

3. Caesar minor natu erat quam Pompeius. 

4. Optimi milites saepe fuerunt pessimi homines, sed 
Caesar vir meliOr erat atque acerrimus princeps. 

5. Optimos amamus atque perterremur a pessimis. 

6. Melius est amari quam perterrere, et non difficilius. 

7. Quis horum puerorum est aegerrimus? Hie est ae- 
grior illo. 

8. Horum omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae. 

9. Helvetii hac ex parte monte altissimo continentur. 

10. Hoc in colli pedites continebantur. 

11. Reliquam partem copiarum in hoc loco continet. 

12. Haec silva ab Helvetiorum regione ad terras Dacorum 
pertinet. 

13. Marcus est maior natu et altior Sexto. 

14. Muri horum hibernorum sunt longiores quam muri 
erant superiore anno. 

233. WORD-LIST. 

ob-tineo, obtinere, obtinui, obtentus, to possess, 06/am. 
con-tineo, etc., to hold together. Passive also, is bounded 

(geographical term). 
per-tineo, etc., to extend. 
mons, montis, m., mountain. 



n8 LESSON XXXVIII. 

234. 

i. Because the Helvetians possessed a land which 
was bounded by very high mountains, which extended 
in all directions, they tried to seize a new country 
more suitable to a people who were very brave. 

2. The largest city of Italy is Rome. 

3. Because his men were fewer than those of the 
enemy he hastened by very long marches to the 
mountains and placed a camp in a suitable place upon 
a rather high hill. 

4. Most men have more courage than skill. 



LESSON XXXIX. 

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES-CONTINUED. ' 
235. Six adjectives in -lis are compared as follows : 



SUPERLATIVE. 

facillimus, -a, -um 



POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. 

facilis, -e, facilior, facilius 

easy. 

difficilis, -e, difficilior, difficilius difficillimus, -a, -um 
hard. 



similis, -e, similior, similius 
like. 



simillimus, -a, -um 



dissimilis, -e, dissimilior,dissimilius dissimillimus,-a,-um 
unlike. 

humilis, -e, humilior, humilius humillimus, a, -um 

low. 
gracilis, -e, gracilior, gracilius gracillimus, -a, -um 

slender. 



236. The following form their superlative irregularly : 



exterus, 1 
outward. 

inferus, 1 
, below. 

posterus, 1 
following. 

superus, 1 
above. 



exterior, 

outer. 

Inferior, 

lower. 

posterior, 
later. 

superior, 
higher. 



extremus, ) 

extimus, j 

infimus, ) 

imus, j 



outermost, 
last. 

lowest. 



postremus, ) , 
postumus, j * 

supremus, ) 
summus, [ s 



1 Not used in the Nominative Singular Masculine. 



119 



120 LESSON XXXIX. 

237. The following have no positive, and form the 

comparative and superlative from other parts of speech : 



citerior, hither. 


citimus, 


hithermost. 


interior, inner. 


intimus, 


inmost. 


prior, former. 


primus, 


first. 


propior, nearer. 


proximus, 


next. 


ulterior, further. 


ultimus, 


furthest, last. 



a. Do you remember any prepositions or adverbs from 
which these might be derived ? 

238. ALLIED WORDS. 

Barbarity Laborious Omnipresence 

Content Major (i, a) Summit 

Enumerate Navigation 

External Obtainable 

239. i. Has urbes in regionibus trans flumen primas 
obtinuerat. 

2. Extremum oppidum Allobrogum est proximumque 
Helvetiorum terris Genava. 

3. Erat in Gallia ulteriore una legio. 

4. Prima nocte summus collis obtinebatur. 

5. Complures ex gladiis qui in muris sunt obtinere 
temptabat. 

6. Belgae pertinent ad inferiorem partem fluminis. 

7. Aquitania a Garumna flumine ad montes et earn 
partem Oceani quae est ad Hispaniam pertinet. 

8. Galliam citeriorem montes Alpes continuerunt. 

9. Facile est tela gladiosque obtinere. 

10. Illud iter, quod inter altissimos montes atque flumen 
erat, obtinuit. 

n. Ex ea urbe silva ad Helvetios pertinuit. 

12. Urbem litus continebat. 

13. Ab hoc loco collis pertinuit ad proximum montem. 

14. Multi pueri magnis capitibus non sunt superiores 
consilio. 



LESSON XXXIX. 



121 



240. WORD-LIST, 

bonus, -a, -um, good; melior, melius, better; optimus, 

-a, -um, best. 
magnus, maior, maximus, large, larger, largest. 
multus, plus, plurimus, much, more, most. 
exterus, exterior, extremus or extimus, outward, outer, 

outermost. 
inferus, inferior, infimus or Imus, below, lower, lowest, 
posterus, posterior, postremus, following, later, last. 
superus, superior, summus or supremus, above, higher, 

highest. 

prior, former; primus, first. 

propior, nearer; proximus, nearest, next. 

241. 

i. Pompey's fleet, whose chief was a man of the 
greatest courage, was larger than Caesar's. Pompey 
had more soldiers than Caesar, but the majority of the 
latter's soldiers were better than even x the best soldiers 
in Pompey's legions. 

2. On the following night he placed his baggage 
upon the top of the hill. 

3. The Romans had a more difficult march than they 
had last year, because the enemy were holding the 
hills which were next to the shortest 2 of the roads. 

4. The last hill held by the enemy was the highest. 

1 etiam. 2 brevis, -e, short. 



CM) 




GLADII ROMANI. 



LESSON XL. 

FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 

242. Latin adverbs are formed from adjectives. 

STEMS. 
ADJECTIVE. STEM. ADVERB. 

longus, long. longo- longe, far. 

miser, wretched. misero- misere, wretchedly. 

These change the of the stem to e. 

i STEMS. 

brevis, short. brevi- breviter, briefly. 

acer, eager. acri- acriter, eagerly. 

sapiens, wise. sapienti- sapienter, wisely. 

These add ter to the stem. 

a. But notice that stems in -nti (sapienti-) drop ti. 

243. The accusative and the ablative neuter of the 

adjective are also sometimes used as adverbs. 

multus, ?tiuch. multum, much. 

facilis, easy. facile, easily. 

primus, first. prlmo, at first. 

subitus, sudden. subito, suddenly. 

244. ALLIED WORDS. 
Ameliorate Optimist Superiority 
Extremity Plurality Supremacy 
Majority Primitive 
Omniscience Priority 

122 



LESSON XL. 123 

245. PUGNA PHARSALICA. 

The battle of Pharsalia was probably the decisive 
battle in the struggle between Caesar and the Senate 
(170), although it did not seem so at the time to the 
enemies of the former, and was not so fiercely con- 
tested as the later battles in Africa and Spain. It 
thus probably ranks as one of the decisive battles of 
the world. (See also 467.) 

246. I. 

Pompeius, qui castra in - colle habebat, ad - infimas - 
partes - montis legiones conlocabat. "In - hoc - loco facile 
victoriam obtinebo," dixit. Caesar, quoniam numero mul- 
tls - partibus erat inferior, suOs - milites continebat, et in - 
idoneo - loco legiones conlocabat. 

Pompei - amicis, legatis - tribunlsque, magnum proeli - 
studium erat, sed id ei non gratuni erat. Tandem studio - 
amicorum superatus - est, pugnareque - paravit. 

Interim Caesar castra movere - constituit, atque signum 
dedit, iamque illi quos primos in - agmine conlocaverat in - 
portis - castrorum erant. Sed eo - ipso - tempore legiones - 
Pompei ab - infimis - montis - partibus in - campum move- 
bant et pugnare - parare - videbantur. Id Caesar vidit atque 
oppugnare - paravit. 

Pompeius in - sinistro - cornu legiones - II conlocaverat : 
in - eo - loco ipse erat. Medium - locum Scipio cum - legi- 
onibus - Syriacis tenebat. Una - legio cum - cohortibus - 
Hispanis in - dextro - cornu erat - conlocata. Numero co- 
hortes CX erant. Hae erant milia XLV. Reliquas cohortes 
VII in castris castellisque conlocaverat. Omnes equites, 
qui optima anna habebant, sagittarii fundi toresque, in sinis- 
tra parte erant. 

Caesar unara legionem in dextro cornu conlocavit. Co- 
hortes LXXX habebat, quae summa erat milia XXII. Co- 
hortes II in castris erant. Ipse contra Pompeium erat. 



124 LESSON XL. 

247. WORD-LIST, 

cohors, cohortis, f., cohort, the tenth part of a. legion. 
longe,_/ar; bene, well; facile, easily. 
multum, or multo, much; subito, suddenly, unexpectedly. 
celeriter, quickly. 

248. 

The last hill which the enemy were holding was 
suddenly attacked by the Romans at night. This hill 
was rather high, and the most of those soldiers who 
first attacked, because they were in a lower position 
than the enemy, were wounded by the latter, whose 
swords were much longer than theirs. But the tri- 
bune greatly surpassed the enemy in skill. He easily 
seized the next 1 hill, which was not far distant 2 and 
much higher than that which the enemy were holding. 
Because of this the enemy quickly retreated 3 to a place 
near their (own) camp. 

1 237. 2 To be distant, ab-esse. 3 178, N. 2. 



LESSON XLI. 



249. 



COMPARING OF ADVERBS. 



POSITIVE. 

acriter, eagerly. 
misere, wretchedly. 
bene, well. 
male, badly. 
multum, much. 



Models. 

COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. 

acrius. acerrime. 

miserius. miserrime. 

melius. optime. 

peius. pessime. 

plus. plurime. 

minus, less. minime. 

magis, more. ' maxime. 

a. What case-ending of the adjective is used to form the 
comparative of the adverb ? 

b. How is the superlative formed from the superlative 
of the adjective ? (Cp. 219.) 

c. Form adverbs from these adjectives, and compare them : 
aeger (aegro-), sick; prudens (prudenti-), wise; liber 
(Hbero); similis (simili-), like; levis (levi-), light. 

250 



. 


ALLIED WORDS. 




Benefit 


Mountain 


Primer 


Celerity 


Optimistic 


Omnivorous * 


Extreme 


Pertain 




Facile 


Plural 





PUGNA PHARSALICA. II. 

251. Quoniam equites - Pompei contra - dextrum - cornu 
complures erant, celeriter cohortes - VI Caesar monuit, 
" Cum - equitibus pugnatote. Capita - eorum telis vulne- 
rare - temptatote; ita celeriter perterrebuntur. " Ex - his - 
equitibus multi erant adulescentes pulcherrimis - comis, cives 
- Romani. 

Piignae - signum ab - utroque datum - est. Nostri - milites 

125 



126 LESSON XLI. 

in - legiOnes - Pompei properaverunt. Primum tells, deinde 
gladiis, pugnare - contenderunt. Equites - Pompei a - sinistra -> 
parte eo - tempore in - nostros - equites contendebant. Nos- 
tri se receperunt. Equites Pompei, hoc acriores, a parte aperta 
nostros milites superare temptaverunt. Turn Caesar suis VI 
cohortibus signum dedit. Hae equites subito oppugnaverunt. 

Hac causa Pompei equites perterriti sunt, atque fuga montes 
altissimos petebant. Omnes sagittarii funditoresque interfecti 
sunt. Turn nostrae VI cohortes Pompei milites qui in sinistro 
cornu pugnabant circumierunt. Illi fuga se servare contende- 
runt, quoniam ex duabus(2 97)partibus anostrisoppugnabantur. 

252. WORD-LIST. 

bene, melius, optime, well, better, best. 

celeriter, celeritis, celerrime, quickly, more quickly, most 

quickly. 

facile, facilius. facillime, easily, more easily, most easily. 

longe, longius, longissime far, farther, farthest. 

magis, maxime, more, most. 

multum, ) -_ ... 

plus, plunmum, much, more, most, mostly. 



multo, 

minus, mini me, less, (east. 
253 

Pompey's Plan of Attack at Pharsalus. 

JPompey said 1 to the leaders of his horsemen, <4 You 
will 2 of a sudden attack the horsemen who are oppo- 
site our left wing. Because you are more numerous and 
have better arms than they you will easily terrify them. 
Then (99, N. 2) you will quickly attack the foot- 
soldiers on their exposed flank. 3 They will at that 
time be fighting with our legions. 

Because they will thus be attacked from two direc- 
tions at one (125) time, they will become frightened 
and will hasten to save themselves by flight." 
1 dixit. 2 Imperative mood. 8 pars. 



LESSON XLII. 

254. ALLIED WORDS. 

Contention Inferiority Omnipotent 

Contentment Malcontent Petition 

Defense Mountainous 

Facility Nostrum 

255. Pugna Pharsalica. — III. 

Turn Pompeius in - sua - castra ex - equo contendit, atque 
iis quos ad - portam conlocaverat dicit, ' ' Castra def endite 
diligenter. ' ' Castra a - cohortibus, quae ibi conlocatae - erant, 
vero ■ diligenter defenduntur ; multo acrius a - Thracibus - 
barbarisque - auxiliis. Nam qui ex - proelio ad - castra mili- 
tes contendunt magis reliqua - fuga se servare quam castra 
defendere - petunt. Tandem omnes telis s^iperantur, atque 
cum - ducibus centurionibus - tribunisque - militum altissi- 
mura - montem qui ad - castra pertinet occupare - petunt. 
Quoniam is - mons est sine - aqua, locum qui prope - flumen 
est turn occupare - petunt. 

Caesar partem suarum copiarum in castris Pompei, partem- 
que in suis castris conlocat, atque cum legionibus MI ad 
hunc locum properat. Nostri l labofe sunt defessi, et nox 
ad-est, tamen milites Pompei nocte aquam petere prohi- 
bent. Pauci nocte fuga se servare petunt ; reliqui in dedi- 
tionem se Caesari dant. 

Signa ex proelio ad eum portantur CLXXX et aquilae 
VIII. 

Interim Pompeius ad litus contendebat et nave terram 
Aegyptum petebat atque ad urbem Alexandriam venit. Ibi 
1 I.e. Caesar's. 

127 



128 LESSON XLll. 

rex erat Ptolemaeus, puer qui magnis copiis sororem Cleopa- 
tram in bello superare temptabat Amici hums regis illis qui 
a Pompeio venerunt gratissime responderunt; tamen Pom- 
peium interficere petebant. Ille ignorans ex nave ex-ivit 
cum paucis suis et interfectus est. 

FINIS. 

256. WORD-LIST, 

noster, nostra, nostrum, our. 
contendo, contendere, contend!, contentum, to strive, to 

hasten, sometimes, to fight. 
peto, peter e, petivi, petitum, to seek, beg, demand. 
defendo, defendere, defend!, defensum, to defend. 

257. 

How Caesar thwarted Pompey's Plan at 
Pharsalus. 

Caesar saw the horsemen of Pompey opposite his 
own right end (251). He quickly said to the lead- 
ers of VI cohorts, "If (146, N. 5) yonder horsemen 
shall get the best of the horsemen who will be defend- 
ing our left end, you will defend the rest of our sol- 
diers." 

Pompey's horsemen easily terrify Caesar's horsemen, 
and then x eagerly hasten against the exposed flank 2 of 
the legion. Those VI cohorts suddenly attack them 
with their swords, and greatly terrify them. They 
then attack the legions of Pompey upon their unpro- 
tected end. Thus Caesar's soldiers overcame Pompey 
by means of the very plan by which Pompey tried to 
overcome them. 

1 turn. 2 See 251, second paragraph. 



LESSON XLIII. 

THIRD CONJUGATION VERBS IN IO. 

capio, f acio, f ugio, iacio and their Compounds. 1 

258. Learn all the tenses of the Indicative, the Present 
Imperative, and the Present Infinitive, Active and Passive, of 
capio (484). 

Compare these tenses of capio with the tenses of rego, and 
note the differences. 

259. 1. Capiebatis, capiebamim. 2. Capit, capiebat, 
capiet. 3. Capiunt, capiebant, capient. 4. Capior, capis, 
caperis. 5. Capiebar, capimur, cepl. 6. Capiar, capimus, 
capere. 7. Cape, captae eramus, captus sum. 8. Ceperamus, 
ceperis. 

a. Inflect in the same way facio, make, and f ugio, flee. 

260. EXAMPLES. 

Quinque annos bellum gerebatur. War was carried on for 
five years. 

Collis centum pedes ab-est. The hill is a hundred feet dis- 
tant, 
a. The accusative annos expresses duration of time, the 

accusative pedes extent of space. They answer 

the questions how long ? and how far? Accusative of Time 

and Space. 

261. Rule. — Duration of Time and Ex= 
tent of Space are expressed by the Accusative. 

1 These are the most common of the verbs of this class. 

I2g 



13° LESSON XLIII. 

262. 

Caesar et Afranius. 

The following is the account of the closing opera- 
tions of Caesar's first campaign in Spain (compare 170), 
before the battle of Pharsalia (245). The incident 
given in 214 occurred during this campaign. 

Afranius, the general who is opposing Caesar, has 
decided to leave the region of Ilerda, since his supplies 
are almost exhausted, and marching southward to make 
a fresh stand in a more favorable region. If Caesar 
can gain possession of a pass over the mountains which 
Afranius must cross, he can prevent this movement 
and perhaps starve his foes into a surrender. The camp 
of Afranius is situated between Caesar's camp and the 
pass. The two camps are in sight of each other, and 
it seems impossible for Caesar to seize the pass in ad- 
vance of Afranius. 

263. I. 

Caesar cum omnibus copiis ex castris ex-ivit, magnoque cir- 
cuitu sine certo itinere exercitum duxit. Hoc Afrani milites 
viderunt et laetissimi erant. " Vide," dlxerunt, " inopia fru- 
menti Caesar fugit atque ad urbem Ilerdam rursus suos milites 
ducit." Sed paulatim ad dextram agmen Caesar ducebat et 
brevi tempore primi superaverant regionem eorum castrorum 
et iam prope montem fuerant. Turn vero celeriter omnes 
copias ex castris Afranius duxit, rectoque ad montes itinere 
contendit. 

Exercitum Caesaris viarum difficultates, Afrani copias equi- 
tatus Caesaris tardabant. Ad montem prius agmen Caesaris 
venit atque ibi contra exercitum Afrani milites conlocati sunt. 
Turn vero et ab equitatu novissimum agmen Afrani exercitus 
premebatur, et ante se legiones Caesaris videbat. Ad collem 
Afranius exercitum duxit atque ibi legiones suas conlocavit. 



LESSON XLlll. 131 

264. WORD-LIST, 

equitatus, -us, m., cavalry. 
duco, ducere, duxi, ductus, to lead. 
died, dicere, dixi, dictus, to say. 

265. 

The enemy tried to seize the gate * by night, and 
thus to lead their forces into the city, but the leader of 
the men who were in the city quickly hastened to the 
gate. He wounded a few of the enemy, and thus 
frightened the rest. They did not attack him during 
the remainder of the night. During the whole of the 
next day, 2 with a few men, he was keeping the enemy 
away from the gate. At length, 3 by night, the enemy, 
wearied, retreated. 4 

1 porta. 2 268. 3 tandem. 4 se recepit. 



LESSON XLIV. 



FIFTH DECLENSION. 



266. Nouns of this declension are feminine, except dies, 
which is masculine. 

a. Dies is sometimes feminine in the singular. 

267. Very few nouns belong to this declension, but some 
of those which do are frequently used, especially acies, dies, 
and res. 

268. dies, day. 
stem die. 



SINGULAR. 




PLURAL. 


Nom. 


dies 


Nom. 


dies 


Gen. 


die! 


Gen. 


dierum 


Dat. 


die! 


Dat. 


diebus 


Ace. 


diem 


Ace. 


dies 


Abl. 


die 


Abl. 


diebus 


Voc. 


(dies) 


Voc. 


(dies) 


269. 


ALLIED WORDS. 




Abduct 




Conductor 


Dictum 


Amiable 




Continue 


Prediction 


Conduce 




Defender 




Conduct 




Diction 




270. 


Caesar 


et Afranius.- 


-II. 


Ex eo loco, 


ubi suum exercitum con 


locaverat, IV cohor- 


tes in eum montem qui 


ibi erat altissimus Afranius misit. 


Hunc magno cursu harum cohortium occupare petivit. Has 








132 



LESSON XLIV. 133 

cohortes equitatus Caesaris ex omnibus partibus oppugnavit. 
Quarum milites in conspectu utrorumque exercituum inter- 
fecti sunt. 

Quoniam equitatus ita proelium commiserat, atque rem 
ita bene gesserat, ad Caesarem celeriter legati, centuriones, 
tribunique militum venerunt. Dixerunt, " In conspectu 
totius exercitus Afrani hae cohortes interfectae sunt. Perter- 
retur eius exercitus; proelium cum tuis legionibus non sustine- 
bit. Cur dubitas proelium committere ? Celeriter victoria 
nobis erit." 

Hoc consilium suorum tamen Caesari non gratum fuit. 
Proelium non commisit. "Proelium non committam," 
dixit, " nam in pugna mei milites vulnerabuntur. Sine 
pugna hanc rem bene geram, nam a frumento Afranium pro- 
hibui." 

Consilium Caesaris militibus n6n gratum fuit, tamen paulum 
ex eo loco ex-ivit. 

Turn Afranius in castris suos conlocavit. 

271. WORD LIST. 

res, rei, f., thing, state of affairs. 

committo, committere, commlsi, commissum, to bring to- 
gether. With proelium, to begin the battle. 

After 1 the whole of Gaul had been overcome by 
Caesar, the Gauls again (81, N. 2) fought with him. 
They harassed 2 him for a long time, and kept him from 
(securing) grain. At length 3 he attempted to retreat 
(cp. 178, N. 2) into the province. 4 The Gauls had very 
many horsemen, and did not hesitate to begin battle with 
Caesar. But Caesar had already 5 sent secretly 6 to the 
Germans, 7 who sent him a great number of horsemen. 
After the Gauls had begun the battle the German cav- 
alry was sent against them, and quickly brought the 
matter to a successful issue. 

1 185, N. 2. 2 289. s 2 6 5) n. 3. 4 pravincia. 5 iam. 
6 clam. 7 Not dative. 



LESSON XLV. 

SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE. 

273. Learn the present and imperfect subjunctive of sum 
(486) and of the active and passive of amo (480), moneo 
(481), rego (482), and capio (484). 

a. In the same way ififlect these tenses of paro, pugno, 
video, perterreo, duco and mitto. 

274. The Subjunctive Mood. 

1. This Mood is used chiefly in Subordinate clauses. 

a. All subordinate clauses, however, do not take the Sub- 
junctive. 

b. The Latin Subjunctive has no relation to the English 
Subjunctive, nor should it be thought of as being generally 
similar to the English Potential (" might," " would "). 

2. The so-called Present and Imperfect tenses have ex- 
actly the same meaning in nearly all subordinate clauses. 
They denote incompleted action, past, present, or future. 

275. Incompleted action represents the action of the 
verb in the subordinate clause as still going 

on at the time to which the sentence refers. Action^ 6 

The "time to which the sentence refers" is 

the time denoted by the main verb of the sentence. 

a. The English and Latin indicative tenses of incom- 
pleted action are : 

I was carrying, Portabam (Latin Imperfect). 

I am carrying, Porto (Latin Present). 

I shall be carrying, Portabo (Latin Future). 

*34 



LESSON XLV. 135 

276. Never think of the Present Subjunctive as denoting 
incompleted action in present time only, like the Pres- 
ent Indicative, or of the Imperfect Subjunctive as denoting 
incompleted action in past time only, like the Imperfect 
Indicative. The names "Present" and "Imperfect" are 
very misleading in this respect. 

RULE FOR USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

277. If the main verb of the sentence denotes pres- 
ent or future time, use the present subjunctive. 

If the main verb of the sentence denotes past time, 
use the imperfect subjunctive. 

278. EXAMPLES. 

Se parant ut pugnent, l~hey prepare themselves that they 
may fight (so that they may fight ', so as to fight, in order that 
they may fight, in order to fight, to fight, for the purpose of 
fighting). 

Se parabant Ut pugnarent, They prepared themselves that 
they might fight, etc. 

Legatos mittunt ne oppidum oppugnetur, They send 
envoys in order that the town may not be attacked, that the town 
may not be attacked, lest the town be attacked. 

Legatos miserunt fie oppidum oppugnare- clauses 

rm , • 7 ,7 / ,i 1 Expressing 

tur, Iney sent envoys in order that the town p urpose . 
should not be attacked. 

a. Notice that the clauses introduced by ut or ne express 
the purpose or intention of the subjects of the principal 
clauses. 

b. Notice that ut introduces a positive, ne a negative, 
purpose. 

c. Notice that the verbs in the clauses expressing purpose 
are in the subjunctive, and conform to the rule. (277.) 

d. Notice the various expressions by which Ut and ne may 
be translated. 



I3<* LESSON XIV. 

279. Rule. — Purpose is expressed by ut and ne with 
the subjunctive. 

a. The infinitive is never to be used in Latin to express 
purpose as it is in English. 1 

280, ALLIED WORDS. 

Adduce Induce Reduce 

Deduce Introduce Traduce 

Deduct Introduction 

Educe Produce 

281. 

1. Ad silvam properabit ut victoriam obtineat. 

2. Defessi principes laboraverunt ut urbs defenderetur. 

3. Ut via defenderetur ad portam urbis properavimus. 

4. Boni principes bene pugnaverunt ut victoriam habe- 
rent. 

5. Porta a paucis hominibus defendetur ut murus a plu- 
ribus teneatur. % 

6. Ne pater defessus sit, pueri ei celeriter auxilium da- 
bunt. 

7. Ne pedites vulnerentur equitatus ut eos defendat pro- 
perat. 

8. Multas cohortes ducet ut murum oppugnet. 

9. Ne nocte laboremus contendemus. 

10. Ex urbe copias ducere temptat ut eis auxilium mittat. 

11. Ex castris principem prohibet ut ipse tutus sit. 

12. Hoc locum occupat ut celeriter ad suos contendat. 

13. Multas copias habet et bellum geret. 

14. Legatos mittam ut auxilium petam. 

15. Copias in castris tenet, sed brevi tempore pedites ad 
montem ducet, et hostem oppugnabit. 

16. Pugnatis ut liberos defendatis. 

1 In classical Latin exceptions to this rule are very rare, and are con- 
fined almost entirely to the works o± Vergil and other poets. 



LESSON XLV. 



137 



282. 

1. He will lead these troops into the winter camp, 
so that he may defend it easily. 

2. He led a cohort into the winter camp, in order 
that he might defend it easily. 

3. He sent help to the cohort, in order that it might 
quickly seize the hill. 

4. He is preparing great forces, lest he be over- 
come. 

5. He will hasten to the town, lest he be wounded. 

6. He left * his baggage in the winter camp, so that 
his soldiers should not have a hard time (86) from 
want of horses. 



M17. 




ROMAE URBIS PORTA OSTIENSIS. 



LESSON XLVI. 

283. PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS. 





F 


IRST 


Person. 






Ego, /. 




SINGULAR. 






PLURAL. 


Nom. 


ego 






nos 


Gen. 


mei 






nostrum or nostri 


DAT. 


mihi 






nobis 


Ace. 


me 






nos 


Abl. 


me 






nobis 




Second 


Person. 






Tu, 


thou. 




Nom. 


tu 






vos 


Gen. 


tui 






vestrum or vestri 


Dat. 


tibi 






vobis 


Ace. 


te 






vos 


Abl. 


te 






vobis 



Third Person. 
Sui, of himself , herself y itself 



Nom. 
Gen. 






sui 


sui 


Dat. 


sibi 


sibi 


Ace. 


se or sese 


se or sese 


Abl. 


se or sese 


se or sese 



138 



LESSON XLVL 139 

a. Notice that sui is reflexive; that is, likesuus (191), it 
refers only to the subject of the sentence, or (sometimes) 
of the clause. 

b. Is, ea, id (ioo) and sometimes hie and ille (93) are used 
for the personal pronoun of the third person when not 
reflexive. 

284. EXAMPLES. 

Ego sum altus, tu es parvus, I am tall, you are small 
Omnes se (or sese) laudant, They are all praising them- 
selves. 

Amicus mecum manebit, My friend will stay with me. 
Quis vestrum se non recepit ? Who of you did not retreat ? 

a. Notice in the first sentence that the subjects ego and tu 
are expressed. They are usually omitted except for empha- 
sis or contrast. 

b. The personal pronouns of the first and second persons 
often have a reflexive sense : Tu te laudas, Thou praisest 
thyself. Omnes nos laudamus, We are all praising ourselves. 

285. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES, 
meus, -a, -urn, my, mine. 

tUUS, -a, -um, thy, thine, your (sing.), yours. 

SUUS, -a, -um, his, hers, its, their, theirs. (Reflexive 191.) 

noster, -tra, -trum, our, ours. 

vester, -tra, -trum, your (rAu.) yours. 

a. Tuus refers to one person : 

Marce, tuum amicum vldi, et tuos equos habuit, Mar- 
cus, I saw your friend, and he had your horses. 

Vester refers to more than one person : 

Mllites, vestros tribunos video, sed ubi est vester 
legatus ? Soldiers, I see your lieutenants, but where is your 
general p 

b. Notice that the word "your" translates both tuus and 
vester. 



x 40 LESSON XLVl. 

286. EXAMPLES. 

N5s qui milites sumus eum laudamus, sed vos, qui le- 
gatl estis, CUlpatis, We, who are soldiers, praise him, but 
you, who are generals, blame him. 

a. Notice that the first qui, because it refers to nos, is the 
subject of a verb in the first person, sumus ; and that the 
second qui, which refers to VOS, is the subject of estis, a verb 
in the second person. 

287. ALLIED WORDS. 

Aqueduct Dictionary Predicate 

Captor Express Predictive 

Commit Impress 

Compress Repress 

288. Caesar et Afranius. — III. 

Caesar milites in montibus inter Afrani castra castraque sua 
conlocavit. PosterO die principes exercitus Afrani, quoniam 
in compluribus partibus premebantur,perturbati sunt, atque de 
his rebus consilium ceperunt. In concilio eis nuntiatur, "Qui 
aquam petunt ab equitatu Caesaris prementur. ,, Quam ob 
rem in via quae ad aquam pertinuit equites legionariasque 
cohortes conlocaverunt, et posterum diem vallum ex castris 
ad aquam ducere temptaverunt ut intra vallum aquam pete- 
rent atque ne ab equitatu premerentur. Hos dies tamen 
inopia frumenti premebantur ; aquam aegre petebant. Fru- 
menti copiam parvam legionarii milites habebant, sed auxi- 
liis non fuit, et ea causa magnus eorum numerus omne hoc 
tempus ad Caesarem veniebant, atque se ei dabant. Tandem 
Afranius ad oppidum Ilerdam rursus properare temptavit, et 
ex castris ex-ivit. Caesar equitatum misit, ut novissimum 
agmen premeretur ; ipse ex castris legionarios milites duxit, 
ut equitatui auxilium daret. 



LESSON XLVl. 



141 



289. WORD-LIST. 

aqua, aquae, water, dies, diei, m. and f., day. 
legionarius, -a, -um, belonging to a legion, legionary. 
premo, premere, press!, pressus, to press to harass. 
capio, capere, cepi, captus, to take. 

290. 

(Use whatever words you think will express the sense 
of the following lines, which are taken from Macaulay's 
" Battle of Lake Regillus. ' ') 

The Challenge. 

Mamilius spied Herminius 
And dashed across 1 the way ; 
** Herminius, I have sought thee 
Through many a bloody day. 
One of us two, Herminius, 
Shall never 2 more go home. 3 
I will lay on for 4 Tusculum, 
And lay thou on for Rome." 



291. 

POSITIVE. 

bonus, -a, -um 
exterus, -a, -um 
inferus, -a, -um 
magnus, -a, -um 
multus, -a, -um 
parvus, -a, -um 
posterus, -a, -um 
superus, -a, -um 



REVIEW WORD-LIST. 
COMPARATIVE. 

melior, -ius 
exterior, -ius 
inferior, -ius 
maior, -ius 

plus 

minor, minus 
posterior, -ius 
superior, -ius 

prior, -ius 



SUPERLATIVE. 

optimus, -a, -um 
extremus, -a, -um 
infimus, -a, -um 
maximus, -a, -um 
plurimus, -a, -um 
minimus, -a, -um 
postremus, -a, -um 
summus, -a, -um 
(supremus, -a, -um) 
primus, -a, -um 



1 Crossed, trans-Ivit 
be paraphrased, « ' His 



2 119, N. 4. 'Perhaps these two lines might 
city shall never more see one of us. * pro. 



142 





LESSON XLVL 




obtineo 


obtinere 


obtinui 


obtentus 


contineo 


continere 


continui 


contentus 


pertineo 


pertinere 


pertinui 






capio 


cap ere 


cepi 


cap t us 


committo 


committere 


commisi 


commissi].: 


contendo 


contendere 


contend! 


contentus 


defendo 


defendere 


defend! 


defensus 


dico 


dicere 


dixi 


dictus 


duco 


ducere 


dux! 


ductus 


gero 


gerere 


gessi 


gestus 


mitto 


mittere 


mis! 


missus 


peto 


petere 


petivi 


petltus 


premo 


premere 


press! 


pressus 


aqua, aquae 


bene 








celeriter 




cohors, cohortis 


facile 




mons, montis 


longe 




equitatus, 


-us 


multum, multo 


exercitus, 


-us 


subito 




res, re! 




legionarius, -a 


i, -um 






noster, nostra. 


, nostrum 


contra 




suus, -a, -um 





LESSON XLVII. 

Reading Lesson. 



292. 


ALLIED WORDS. 




Aquarium 


Fact 


Position 


Capture 


Impetuous 


Postern 


Deduction 


Induction 




Diurnal 


Inexpressible 





293. Caesar et Afranius. — IV. 

Equitatus noster in novissimum agmen exercitus Afrani im- 
petus faciebat. Non multum spatium Afranius eo die iter 
fecit, atque quoniam impetibus equitatus premebatur mon- 
tem altum cepit ibique castra ponere videbatur. Postquam 
Caesar castra posuerat equites ; in agros iverunt ut frumen- 
tum caperent atque equls suis darent. Afranius rursus su- 
bito iter facere temptavit. Sed Caesar cum legionariis e 
castris in eura properavit ; in castris impedimenta atque pau- 
cas cohortes reliquit. Celeriter equitatus quoque venit. 
Acriter impetum in novissimum agmen fecit. Complures 
legionarii milites, etiam centuriones, interfecti sunt. 

Turn vero exercitus Afrani rursus castra posuit. Haec 
castra in loco qui longe ab aqua a-fuit posita sunt. Caesar 
impetum non faciebat, sed eo die tabernacula in suis castris 
non posuit, ut celeriter in eos impetum facere paratus 
esset. Posterum diem in castris suos Afranius tenebat. Prima 
nocte ut aquam peteret non ex-ivit, sed proximo die paucas 
cohortes in castris reliquit atque omnes reliquas copias ad 

143 



144 LESSON XLVIL 

aquam duxit. Taraen earn diem frumentum ex agris ut equis 
darent capere non temptavit. 

294. WORD-LIST, 

impetus, impetus, m., an attack. 
facio, facere, feci, factus, to make, do. 
pono, ponere, posui, positus, to place. 

295. 

1. For many days he tried to take the town. 

2. He takes the sons of the chiefs as hostages, in 
order that they may not wage war upon him. 

3. He placed his camp upon the highest hill, in order 
not to be attacked. 

4. Caesar hurries to Spain to attack Afranius (279). 

5. The cavalry attacked the rear rank of the army, 
in order that it should not march a great distance upon 
that day. 

6. He went out of the camp in order to lead his 
forces to water. 

7. He kept his men in the winter quarters for many 
days, lest the enemy should see them (279). 

8. At what time will you see him ? 



LESSON XLVIII. 





NUMERALS. 






296. Learn the cardinals (479). 






297. 


Unus, one. 




Duo, two. 




MASC. 


FEM. NEUT. 


MASC. 


FEM. 


NEUT. 


Nom. unus 


una unum 


duo 


duae 


duo 


Gen. unius 


► unius unius 


duorum 


duarum 


duorum 


Dat. unl 


unl unl 


duobus 


duabus 


duobus 


Ace. unum unam unum 


duos, duo duas 


duo 


Arl. uno 


una uno 


duobus 


duabus 


duobus 


Voc. (unus una unum) 


(duo 


duae 


duo) 


Tres, three. 


Plural of Mllle, 


thousand. 




M. AND F. NEUT. 








Nom. 


tres tria 




milia 




Gen. 


trium trium 




milium 




Dat. 


tribus tribus 




milibus 




Ace. 


tres tria 




milia 




Abl. 


tribus tribus 




milibus 




Voc. 


(tres tria) 




(milia) 





a. The declension of unus has been referred to before 

298. The cardinals from quattuor to centum are inde- 
clinable. 

The hundreds (excepting centum) are declined like the 
plural of bonus. 

Centum and mille in the singular are indeclinable. 

145 



146 LESSON XLVUU 

299. EXAMPLES. 

Sex milites sunt in castris, Six soldiers are in the 
camp. 

A sex militibus oppugnatus est, He was [J*^' , 

assailed by six soldiers. 

Triginta tribus militibus dona dedit, He gave gifts to 
thirty-three soldiers. 

Mille equites ad eum contendunt, A thousand horsemen 
hasten to him. 

Quinque milia equitum ad eum contendunt, Five thou- 
sand horsemen hasten to him, 

a. Notice in the fourth sentence that mille (the singular) 
takes the same construction as the other cardinals (like sex 
in the first), but that milia (the plural) in the fifth sentence 
is a (neuter) noun, followed by the genitive. 

b. This is called a partitive genitive, because it denotes 
the whole of which a part is taken. Other 

examples of this genitive, which has been fre- Genitive 
quently used in preceding exercises, are pars 
frumenti, pauci militum. 

. c. Notice in the third sentence that a declinable cardinal 
is inflected even when it stands with an indeclinable one. 

300. ALLIED WORDS. 

Century Dual Trio 

Circumnavigate Factor Unit 

Co-operation Repression 

Deposit September 

301. Caesar et Afranius. — -V* 

Caesar interim vallum circum castra exercitus Afrani du- 
cere temptabat. Dies duos haec Opera consiliaque geruntur ; 
tertio die magna pars operis perfecta erat. Illi ut Caesarem 
ex opere prohibeant signum dant aciemque Instruunt. Cae- 
sar ex opere legionarios milites re-vocat aciemque instruit. 



LESSON XLVlll. 147 

Acies quam Afranius instruxerat legionum quinque erat; 
Caesaris primam aciem cohortes ex quinque legionibus 
tenebant. 

Non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab illorum castris 
castra Caesaris ab-sunt, cuius spati partes duas acies quae 
Instructae sunt tenent; tertia ad impetum militum relinqui- 
tur. Facilis fuga militibus Afrani est. Hac causa Caesar 
pugnare non temptat. Afranius quoque non pugnare sed ex 
Opere legionarios Caesaris prohibere temptat. Ad noctem 
acies ita continentur. 

302. WORD-LIST. 

acies, aciei, f., line of battle, instruo, instruere, Instruxi, 

opus, operis, n., work. instructum, to construct. 

ab-sum, ab-esse, a-fui, to Of troops, to draw up. 
be distant or absent. 

303. The Gauls were attacking the winter camp 
for ten days. There were only x three cohorts in it, 
and the gate which was the nearest 2 to the enemy 
was defended by not more than two hundred soldiers. 
Thirty of these were killed, and a hundred and five 
wounded. The legate himself hastened to the gate 
with twenty-two more soldiers, of whom five were 
wounded in a short time. Nevertheless 3 he defended 
the gate with much bravery. The enemy retreated 
(178, N. 2) by night. During this day five hundred 
Romans and two thousand of the enemy were killed 
(141, N. 6). 

1 tantum. 2 237. s tamen. 



LESSON XLIX. 

304. Learn the first twenty-one ordinals (479). 

305. ALLIED WORDS. 

Cent Minority Summit 

December Mural Unify 

Duel Pugnacious 

Decimal Quart 

306. Caesar et Afranius. — VI. 

Postero die Caesar vallum ducere rursus paravit ; illi trans 
flumen quod non longe a-fuit copias ducere temptabant. 
Celeriter Caesar Germanos equitumque partem trans flumen 
misit, ut ab hac re eos prohiberet. 

Tandem, quoniam ita ab omnibus rebus prohibebantur, 
atque magna aquae frumentique inopi«a erat, tam premebantur 
ut 1, conloquium peterent. Datus est obsidis loco Caesari tilius 
Afrani. 

In hoc conloquio Afranius se suumque exercitum in dedi- 
tionem Caesari dedit. 

307. 

Pompey led one hundred and ten cohorts and seven 
thousand horsemen from his camp to wage battle with 
Caesar at the place Pharsalia. He had forty five thou- 
sand men. He himself with two legions held one wing 
(199). Caesar led eighty cohorts from his camp, and 
had twenty five thousand men. He himself, with the 
soldiers of one legion, was opposite 2 Pompey. In this 
battle two hundred of Caesar's soldiers, with thirty cen- 
turions, 3 were killed (141, N. 5). Of Pompey's soldiers 
more than ten thousand were killed. 

1 308, 2 contra. 3 321 

148 



LESSON L. 

308. EXAMPLES. 

Milites ita fortes sunt ut impetum faciant, The soldiers 
are so brave that they make an attack. 

Milites ita fortes fuerunt ut impetum facerent, The 
soldiers were so brave thai they made an attack. 

Is miles a tribus Gallis oppugnatus est, ut vulneraretur, 
This soldier was attacked by three Gauls, so that 

he Was WOUnded. Subjunctive 

of Result. 

Hie miles tarn fortis est ut non a Gallis 
perterreatur, This soldier is so brave that he is not frightened 
by the Gauls. 

a. Notice that the clauses introduced by ut and Ut non all 
express a result. 

b. Notice that a negative result is introduced by utnon. 
How is a negative purpose introduced? 

309. 

Rule. — The result of an action is expressed by the sub- 
junctive with ut and ut non. 



310. 


ALLIED WORDS. 


Aquatic 
Caption 
Exposition 
Factory 


Inductive Operate 
Instruction Press 
Interdiction 
Impetuosity 


311. 




i. Miles defessus erat ut ad urbem Ilerdam non mitteretur. 


2. Quis nostrorum perterretur ut non aciem instruat ? 

3. Contendit ad silvas ut non ab hostibus caperetur. 

4. Contendit ad urbem ne ab hostibus capiatur. 




149 



150 LESSON L. 

5. Nos urbem tarn diligenter defendimus ut non capiatur. 

6. Flumen viginti pedes altum fuit. 

7. Caesar quinquaginta sex annos vixit. 

8. MOns decern milia pedum altus est. 

9. Quis natus est centesimo anno ante Christum natum ? 
No nne Caesar est ? 

10. Ut in Caesarem bellum gerant hominum milia centum 
Bellovaci habent, atque ex eo numero sexaginta dabunt. Sues- 
siones oppida habent duodecim, et hominum quinquaginta 
dabunt, quindecim milia Atrebates, Ambiani decern milia, 
Morini viginti et quinque milia, Menapii septem milia, Velo- 
cassi decern milia, Caeroesi cum reliquis ad quadraginta milia. 

SUMMA HELVETIORUM. 

11. Omnium rerum summa erat capitum Helvetiorum milia 
duo centum et sexaginta tres ; Tulingorum milia et triginta 
sex ; Latovicorum quattuordecim ; Rauracorum tres et vi- 
ginti ; Boiorum duo et triginta ; ex his qui arma habebant 
ad milia nonaginta duo. 

312. 

1. He worked all the time, so as to have plenty of 
grain. 

2. He works with eagerness, so that he has a supply 
of grain. 

3. He defended himself with the greatest bravery, so 
that he was not captured. 

4. He sent help to the town, so that it was not taken. 

5. He will send footmen to the camp, so that it may 
not be taken. 

6. He sent a legion to the winter camp, so that it 
should not be taken. 

7. He sent a cohort to the hill, so that it was not 
taken by the enemy. 

8. The legions are so many that the legate placed 
some of them in one camp, and some in another (126). 



LESSON LI. 

313. Learn the indicative, the present infinitive, and the 
present and imperfect subjunctive of possum (486). 

a. To inflect the present, imperfect and future of possum 
prefix pot- to the forms of sum, remembering that pot be- 
comes pos before s, and that the es of essem is dropped in 
the imperfect subjunctive. 

b. The perfect, pluperfect and future perfect drop the f of 
fill, etc. 

314. ALLIED WORDS. 

Barbarian Military Sign 

Cogent October Unite 

Decimate Relinquish 

Impossible Republic 

315. Baculus Centurio. 

During Caesar's wars in Gaul (170) the Eburones, a 
tribe living next to the Rhine, treacherously ambushed 
a Roman force of about six thousand men, which was 
wintering among them, and totally destroyed it. The 
incident described in 225 occurred during the fight. 

The following summer Caesar attacked the Eburones 
with an overwhelming force. They did not attempt to 
resist, but took refuge in the woods and swamps. Cae- 
sar left his baggage in a camp at Aduatuca, and scat- 
tered his troops in small divisions over the country. 
But the Roman soldiers found it hard and dangerous 
work to hunt the Eburones from their hiding-places ; 

151 



152 LESSON LI. 

consequently Caesar announced that any of the neigh- 
boring Gauls or Germans who desired were free to aid 
him. He offered as inducement the slaves (or prison- 
ers of war) and plunder (or herds and other property) 
which they might secure. The following narrative 
relates how this invitation to all the marauders of these 
wild regions almost brought disaster upon himself. 

316. I. 

Trans flumen Rhenum ad Germanos venit rumor, " Om- 
nes qui bellum gerere possunt ad praedam Eburonum a Cae- 
sare e-vocantur. " Cogunt equitum duo milia SugambrI, qui 
sunt Germanorum proximi Rheno. Trans-iverunt Rhenum 
navibus triginta milibus passuum infra eum locum ubi pauci 
legionarii a Caesare rellCtl. Eburonum multos quos exerci- 
tus Caesaris fuga se servare COgebat magnamque praedam 
ceperunt. 

Sed unus ex captivis, "Quidvos"; dixit, "hanc miseram 
capitis praedam ? Fortunatissimi esse poteritis, nam cele- 
riter contendere ad castra Aduatucam potestis, quo in loco 
omnes suas fortunas exercitus Romanorum coegit, ut ibi mag- 
nam praedam capere possitis. Milites tam pauci sunt, ut in 
castris omnes se tenere COgantur, et centuriones suos ducere 
extra muros non audeant. ' ' 

Laetissime Sugambri suam praedam relinquunt, captivum 
esse ducem cogunt, et ad castra Aduatucam contendunt. 

317. WORD-LIST. ' 

possum, posse, pOtUl, to be able, can. 
cogo, cogere, coegi, coactus, to collect, to compel. 
relinqu5, relinquere, reliqui, relictus, to leave behind. 
praeda, praedae, plunder. 

318. 

i . He hastens with a small force to the winter camp 
to defend it (279). 



LESSON LI. 153 

2. Because of the lack of grain he was unable to 
keep together the troops which he had collected from 
all regions for the purpose of carrying on war. 

3. They were greatly disturbed (321), so that they 
left their booty and hurried into the woods (309). 

4. Is yQur foot or (218, N. 8) mine the smaller? 

5. We will send the foot-soldiers to the hills, in order 
that they may not be harassed by the horsemen. 

6. Are you able to collect the men who are in the 
fields ? 

7. I was compelled to hasten to your camp because 
I was unable to defend my own. 

8. He sent five hundred soldiers with me, 1 so that 
I might be able to take the town (279). 

1 mecum. 



LESSON LII. 

READING LESSON. 

319. ALLIED WORDS. 

Instructor Posse Terrestrial 

Impetus Perturbation Unification 

Manufactory Predatory 

Opulent (cp. inopia) Proposal 

320. Baculus Centurio. — II. 

Cicero, qui princeps in castris erat, eo tempore quinque 
cohortes frumenti causa in proximos agros miserat, quos inter 
et castra unus collis erat, ut vero pauci in castris essent, 
quorum multi erant ex legionibus a Caesare aegri relicti. 

Hoc ipso tempore Sugambrorum equites venerunt, atque 
subito a decumana porta in castra contendere temptant. 
Nostri re nova perturbantur, ac vix primum impetum cohors 
in statione sustinere poterat. Aegre portas nostri defende- 
bant ; reliqua loca murus ipse per se defendit, 

Tota castra perturbantur, atque alius ex alio causam rei 
petebat. Alius dicebat, "lam castra capta sunt ! " alius, 
"Caesar interfectus est atque barbari, victoria laeti, vene- 
runt." 

Erat'aeger in castris relictus Publius Sextius Baculus, ac 
diem iam quintum cibum edere non poterat. Hie sine 
armis ex tabernaculo ex-ivit ; vidit hostes qui in porta cum 
paucis nostrorum pugnabant, cepit arma a proximis militibus 
atque ad portam contendit. Cum eo iverunt centuriones 
eius cohortis quae in statione erat. 

154 



LESSON III. 155 

Parvum tempus proelium sustinere poterant. Reliquit 
animus Sextium, qui graviter vulneratus est : aegre ab aliis 
centurionibus servatus est atque intra portam portatus est. 
Quoniam hoc spatium temporis virtute Baculi inter-positum 
erat, reliqui tandem in muro et ad portam iverunt ut castra 
defenderent. 

Interim cohortes quinque qui in agris fuerant ad castra 
venerunt. Germani tandem ex-iverunt et cum ea praeda 
quam in silvis reliquerant trans flumen Rhenum se recepe- 
runt. 

Finis. 

321. WORD-LIST. 

centurid, centurionis, m., centurion. Each cohort was di- 
vided into three "maniples," and each maniple into 
two "centuries." Each century was commanded by 
a centurion. The centurions were all men who had 
been ordinary soldiers (milites) and had been promoted 
because of bravery or efficiency. Each legion had 60 
centuries, and each century contained from 60 to 100 
men. 

inter-flcio, inter-ficere, inter -feci, inter -fectus, to kill. 

re-cipio, re-cipere, re-cepi, re-ceptus, to take back, to receive; 
se recipere, to retreat. 

alius, alia, aliud, another (125, 126). 

perturbo, -are, -avi, -atus, to disturb greatly, throw into 
confusion. 

322. 

1. With much difficulty (217, line 12) he leads the 
men through (166, N. 2) the woods to the top of the 
mountain, in order that they may be able to see the 
cities, rivers, hills, and roads of all this region. 

2. For three years he had been preparing to wage 
war, so that his cities should not be captured. 

3. Caesar led the line of march to the nearest hill, 



*5 6 LESSON LIU. 

in order that there he might draw up the line of 
battle. 

4. Because he has fewer soldiers than the Gauls he 
keeps them in camp, lest they be killed (279). 

5. The leader said to his soldiers: " You are men 
who have fought well in many battles in Gaul, so that 
you are easily able to take yonder camp (309). I my- 
self will lead you. " 

6. They are in difficulty from want of javelins, so 
that they are unable either 1 to make an attack or 1 to 
retreat (309). 

7. Cannot you yourself give me the horse ? 

8. Some gave him a hundred, some fifty, hostages. 

LESSON LIII. 

FOURTH CONJUGATION. F-VERBS. 
Audio (stem audi-), hear. 
Principal parts, audio, audire, audivi, auditus. 

323. Learn all the tenses, active and passive, of audio 
(485). How do the forms of audio differ from those of rego 
and capio ? 

324. 1. Audit, audiebat, audiet. 2. Audi, audire. 3. 
Audiunt, audiuntur. 4. Auditis, audiebatis, audietis. 5. 
Audiebam, ne audires, audite. 6. Audiam, auditur, audie- 
bamur. 7. Audiar, audimur, audiri. 8. Ut audirent, audie- 
batur. 9. Ut andias, audietur. 

325. Inflect munio, fortify, and venio, come, like audio. 

326. Proelium Mundae. 2 

Ad proelium Mundae, quod postquam Pompeius interfectus 
erat in Hispania gestum est, Caesar cilm eius filiis pugnavit. 

1 See aut in vocabulary. 

2 This anecdote is related by Plutarch, in his Life of Caesar. Its 
truth has been doubted. 



LESSON LIU. 157 

Tarn acriter pugnatum est ut de hoc proelio amicis Caesar 
diceret, " De victoria saepe pugnavi, sed de vita hoc uno 
tempore. ' ' 

327. GallI et German!. 

Olim Germanos Galli virtute tam superaverunt ut ultrd cum 
eis bella gererent, et propter hominum magnum numerum 
agrique inopiam trans Rhenum colonias mitterent. Itaque 
ea, quae fertilissima Germaniae sunt, loca circum Hercyniam 
silvam, Volcae Tectosages, qui Galli sunt, occupaverunt. Hi 
ad hoc tempus x his locis sese continent. Nunc a Germanis 
tam multis proeliis Galli sunt superati ut non se ipsi illis vir- 
tute pares existimare possent. 

328. 

1. He hastens from camp to make an attack (279). 

2. He hastened to the winter camp, in order not to 
be attacked. 

3. He tried to capture the baggage of the whole 
legion, so that he might be able to prevent the march 
by the lack of food. 2 He seized the baggage of eight 
cohorts, so that very many soldiers are in want of food. 
But our legate will send the cavalry to the fields, that 
he may thus obtain grain. 

4. The Gauls once sent colonies across the river 
Rhine into Germany, so that they have held the most 
fertile parts of this country until the present time. 
Nevertheless (303, N. 3) they are not the equals of the 
Germans in number, or 3 in other respects, 4 so that the 
latter now wage war upon them of their own accord. 

1 That is, the time of Caesar. 2 cibus, -I. 3 aut. 4 res. 



*5& LESSON UK 

LESSON LIV. 

REVIEW OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 

329. Learn the perfect and pluperfect subjunctives and 
the perfect and future infinitives of all the model verbs. 

Review the Use of Principal Parts (83). 
Review carefully the Personal Endings (76) and Tense 
Signs (188). 

330. Each verb has three stems ; one for the Present, 
Imperfect and Future tenses ; one for the Perfect, Plu- 
perfect and Future Perfect tenses, Active ; and one for 
the same tenses in the Passive. This is why the " Prin- 
cipal Parts" must be learned. 

a. Do you see any reason, in the meanings of the tenses, 
why the stem of the Present, Imperfect and Future is different 
from that of the Perfect, Pluperfect and Future Perfect tenses ? 
(Cp. 275, a.) 

331. Every verb form in the Present, Imperfect and Future 
tenses contains some or all of these divisions : Stem, Ending, 
Conjugation (or Connecting) vowel, Tense sign ; nunti-a- 
ba-t, hab-e-bi-mus, pet-e-nt. 

332. Conjugation Vowel.: First Conjugation, A : nunti- 
At, nuntiAbat, nuntiAbit, nuntiAret, except in the Present 
Subjunctive, nuntiEt. Second Conjugation, E: habEt, ha- 
bEbat, habEbit, habEat, habEret. Third Conjugation, 
variable. Fourth Conjugation, I, audit, audlebat, audlet, 
audlat, audlret. 

a. Notice that verbs in io of the third conjugation have 
some forms like the fourth. Which are they ? 

333. Tense signs : Imperfect Indicative, BA : nuntia- 
BAt, habeBAt, peteBAt, capieBAt, audieBAt. 



LESSON LV. 159 

Future Indicative : First and Second Conjugation, bo, 
bi, bu-nt. 

The Third and Fourth Conjugations have the vowel A in 
the First person, andE in the other persons: regAm, regEs, 
audiAm, audiEs. 

Present Subjunctive : First Conjugation, vowel E : nun- 
tiEm. Other Conjugations, vowel A : habeAm, petAm, 
capiAm, audiAm. 

Imperfect Subjunctive, RE : nuntiaREs, habeREs, 
peteREs, capeREs, audlREs. 

334. Personal Endings: Active, 6 or m (/), s {thou), 
t {he), mus {we), tis {you), nt {they). 

Passive, r (/), ris {thou), tur {he), mur {we), mini 
{you), ntur {they). 

335. 

a. What unexplained peculiarity is there in the imperfect 
indicative of the fourth conjugation ? 

b. Notice that the imperative and infinitive do not conform 
to these rules. 

LESSON LV. 

THE INFINITIVE. 

336. We are accustomed to think of the infinitive as 

meaning "to make," "to do," etc., and nothing else, but 
the Latin infinitive really has two meanings in Eng= 
lish. The words eum mittere, for instance, in one con- 
struction mean "to send him," and in another, "that he is 
sending. ' ' 

337. The infinitive has two main uses : 

I. It completes the meaning of a verb, as in English. 

Vult venire, He wishes to come. 

Me interficere temptat, He is trying to kill me. 



160 LESSON LV: 

I, a. It has been very frequently used thus in the preceding 
lessons. This construction is easily understood (155). 

The perfect and future infinitive are rarely used in this 
construction. 

I, b. Caution. — The infinitive by a similar usage in English 
expresses purpose. 

Venit ut me videat, He comes to see me. 

The idea of purpose is expressed in Latin by the sub- 
junctive with ut or ne (279). 

II. Use of Infinitive in Indirect Statements. 
EXAMPLES. 

Tu oppugnas, You are at- Dicit te oppugnare, He 

tacking. says that you are attacking. 

Urbs oppugnata est, The Existimamus urbem op- 
city has been attacked. pugnatam esse, We suppose 

that the city has been attacked. 
Tu oppugnabis, You will Cognosco te oppugnatu- 
attack. rum esse, / know that you 

will attack. 

II, a. Compare the sentences in these two columns. The 
sentences in the second column contain indirect state= 
ments. What is an indirect statement? 

II, b. Now compare each sentence in the second column 
with its translation. Notice that te oppugnare is translated 
" that you are attacking" ; urbem oppugnatam esse, " that 
the city has been attacked"; te Oppugnaturum esse, " that 
you will attack. ' ' 

II 5 c. Notice that there is no word in the Latin to corre- 
spond to the English word ' ' that. ' ' The English word 
that, when used to introduce an indirect statement, cannot 
be translated into Latin. 

It is very important that the pupil remember this fact. 



LESSON LV. 161 

338. Thus, after a verb denoting mental action ("to 
say," "think," "notice," "learn," etc.) the English usually 
uses the particle "that," followed by a finite verb; for 
instance, " He knows that you are the person." 

The verb or verbs introduced by the English " that '» 
are in Latin put in the infinitive. 

These infinitives are called infinitives in Indirect 
Statements. 

339. In the model sentences in 337 notice that not only 
are the verbs of the direct statement changed to infini= 
tives in the indirect statement, but that the nominatives 
tu and urbs are changed to accusatives, te and urbem, 

although in the English translation each still remains the 
subject of the same verb as in the Direct Statement. 

These accusatives are said to be the subjects of the 
infinitives which follow them. 

340. Rule. — The subject of the infinitive is in the 
accusative. 

341. Rule. — Statements after verbs and other expres- 
sions of saying, thinking 9 knowing, and perceiving are 
called Indirect Statements, and are expressed by the 
infinitive with subject accusative. 

342. 

1. Dicit se tribunum futiirum esse.. 

2. Dicit fugere Romanos. 

3. Ei niintiant eos arma capere. 

4. E castris equitatum e-duci cognoscunt. 

5. Existimat Caium Fabium legatum cum legionibus dua- 
bus in castris relictum esse. 

6. Cognoscit eorum fuga reliquum equitatum esse perter- 
ritum. 



1 62 LESSON LV. 

7. Ad Aeduos principes duos, quos ill! interfectos esse 
existimant, cum equitibus niittit. 

8. Caesar cognoscit summis copiis castra oppugnata esse ; 
et multos tells vulneratos esse. Summo studio militum brevi 
tempore ad castra per-venit. 

9. Ubii, qui obsides dederunt, dicunt nulla auxilia ex sua 
civitate in Treveros missa esse. Treveri trans flumen Rhe- 
num legatos mittunt. Legati Germanis dicunt magnam 
partem exercitus nostri interfectam esse, atque multo mino- 
rem super-esse partem. Sed German! eis dicunt se non 
bello amplius fortunam temptaturos esse. 

10. Dicunt se per hanc terrain iter facturos esse. Legatus 
dicit se eos prohibiturum esse. Illi dicunt se aliud iter 
habere nullum. 

11. Dicis magnum numerum militum ad te celeriter a 
tribuno ad-duci. 

12. Dicunt oranes equites Aeduorum interfectos esse, et 
ipsos fugisse. 

343. Turn the indirect statements in the first six sen- 
tences of 342 back into direct statements. If the perfect 
infinitive is used in the indirect statement, a tense denoting 
past time should be used in the direct statement; if a present 
infinitive, a tense denoting present time ; if a future infini- 
tive, a tense denoting future time. 



LESSON LVl. 



163 



LESSON LVL 



344. 



THE TENSES OFTHE INFINITIVE IN INDIRECT 
STATEMENTS. 



DIcet (teoppugna- 
Dlxit ) vlsse > 

Dicit ) - _ _ 

DIcet ' urbem oppugna- 

Dlxit ( tam esse > 



He says 

rr < J7 ( that 
He will say 

He said 



He says 
He will say 
He said 



you attacked 
{have attacked). 



that the city 
{has been) 
tacked. 



was 
at- 



Dlcit 
DIcet 
Dixit 



Dicit 
DIcet 
Dixit 



te oppugnare, 



Dicit ) . 

DIcet I"**?. °PP U " 

Dbdt § nan ' 



te oppugnatu- 
rum esse, 



He says ) that you are attack- 
He will say f ing. 
He said that you were attacking. 

He says ) that the city is being 
He will say [ attacked. 
He said that the city tvas being 
attacked. 



He says \ 
He will say f 



that you will attack. 



He said that you would attack. 



Dicit ~) M „. ■ nn ^„„ s (He says ) that the city will be 
DIcet Ur ^ em ?PPf§ na - He will say attacked. 
Dixit tum in ' 



He 



ujlli, tuy j UliUOKCU. 

said that the city would be 
attacked. 

a. Notice the change in the English translation from are to 
were under the present infinitive, andzw'/Zto would under the 
future infinitive. 

b. Notice that these changes occur because the English 
takes the point of view, as to time, of the man who quotes 
the original speaker ; that is, the point of view of the one 
who speaks or writes the completed sentence. 

1 More commonly fore ut urbs oppugnetur ( oppugn aretur, after Dixit), 
Fore is equivalent to futurum esse (486), 



1 64 LESSON LVl. 

A little reflection will show that this is always the point of 
view of the present, or present time. 

c. The Latin, unlike the English, retains the point of 
view, as to time, of the person whose words are quoted, 

that is, the point of view of the person denoted in the Eng- 
lish sentences above by "He." 

345. The time denoted by the infinitive, then, is the 

same as the time which was denoted by the verb of the 
direct statement whose place the infinitive has taken. 

a. The direct statement, for instance, "Venerat," "He 
had gone," always takes a perfect infinitive when it is turned 
into an indirect statement ; " Venio," " I am going," a pres- 
ent infinitive ; " Venies," " You will go" a future infinitive. 

346. Rule. — The tenses of the infinitive in indirect 
statements denote past, present, or future, relatively to the 
time denoted by the verb of saying. 

a. The tenses of English verbs in indirect statements are 
past, present, or future, relatively to present time. 

347. 

i. Eo tempore murum defendebat. 

2. Dixit se murum defendisse. 

3. Eo tempore dixit se murum defendere. 

4. Dicit eum eo tempore murum defendisse. 

5. Caesar dixit se saepe proelium commisisse. 

6. Caesar dicit se saepe proelium committurum esse. 

7. Caesar dixit se proelium committere. 

8. Caesar dicit eum proelium committurum esse. 

9. Nuntiatum est iter facile eum facturum esse. 

10. Caesarem certiorem facient sese non facile ab oppidis 
hostes prohibere posse. 

1 1 . Haedui ad Caesarem legatum mittunt ut eum certiorem 
faciant paene in conspectu exercitus nostri agros Helvetios 
pccupavisse. 



LESSON LVIL 165 

12. Considius dicit montem ab hostibus teneri ; id se a 
Gallorum armis cognovisse. Sed multo die Caesar cdgnoscit 
montem a suis teneri. 

13. Allobroges* fuga se ad Caesarem receperunt et eum 
certiorem fecerunt sibi praeter agros nihil relictum esse. 

14. Eodem die certior f actus est hostes sub monte impe- 
dimenta posuisse milia passuum ab ipsius castris octo. 

348. WORD-LIST 

cognosco, cognoscere, cognovi, cognitus, to learn about, to 

recognize, to examine. 
certus, -a, -um, certain, trustworthy ; certiorem facere, to 

inform. facilis, facile, easy (167). 

349. 

1. He learned that the enemy had made an attack. 

2. He learns that his own men are holding- the 
mountain. 

3. He learned that his own men had held the moun- 
tain for two days. 

4. He learns that the enemy will make an attack. 

5. He learned that the enemy was making an attack. 

6. He learned that an attack had been made by the 
cavalry. 

7. He will learn that the enemy is fighting with 
great bravery 

8. He learns that the soldiers are tired. 



LESSON LVII. 

350. The Appeal of the Gauls to Caesar. 

Postquam Caesar bellum cum Helvetiis gessit, concilium 
totius Galliae die certo habitum est. Ex eo concilio prin- 
cipes ad Caesarem veniunt atque ita ei nuntiant : 

Galliae totius factiones esse duas ; harum alterius princi- 
patum tenere Haeduos, alterius Arvernos. Hos inter se mul- 



1 66 LESSON LVll 

tos annos contendisse, atque ab Arvernis et Sequanis Germa- 
nos trans Rhenum flumen ductus esse. Cum his Haeduos 
armis contendisse ; omnes principes et omnem equitatum in 
proeliis interfectos esse. Coactos esse Seqftanis obsides dare, 
et iurare sese neque obsides a Sequanis neque auxilium a 
populo Romano petituros esse. Sed peius Sequanis quam 
Haeduis accidisse. Ariovistum, regem Germanorum, in eo- 
rurn terram suum exercitum duxisse, tertiamque partem agri 
occupavisse, atque nunc alteram partem tertiam capere temp- 
tare. Hominem esse barbarum ; non posse eius imperia 
diutius sustineri. 

Caesarem unura Galliam omnem ab Ariovisto posse defen- 
dere. 

351. 

1. Caesar learned that the Arverni had brought 
Ariovistus with a large army into Gaul ; that the 
Gauls had been compelled to give hostages to Ario- 
vistus; that he was about to seize a very large part 
of Gaul and give it to the Germans ; and that Cae- 
sar alone was able to defend the Gauls from him. 

2, Change 350 from coactos esse to the end into 
a direct statement. 



LESSON LVIII. 

352. EXAMPLES. 

Timeo ut properet, 1 1 fear that he is not 

Timeo ne non properet, j hastening. vStsof FwrinS!" 

Timeo ne properet, I fear that he is haste?iing, 

or, I fear lest he be hastening. 

a. Notice that verbs of fearing are followed by ut or ne 
with the subjunctive. 

b. Notice that ne, in this construction, can always be trans- 
latedby "lest." 



LESSON LVUL 167 

c. Notice that ne can also be translated by ' ' that, ' ' and 
that ut means ' ' that not. ' ' Ut and ne thus seem to exchange 
the meanings which they usually have. 

353. Rule. — The subjunctive with ut or ne is used 
after verbs of fearing; ut meaning "that not,'" and ne 
"that" or "lest." 

354. 

1. Tres annos frumentum parabant, ut in itinere copiam 
haberent. 

2. Timemus ut bonum consilium capias. 

3. Timemus ne malum consilium capias. 

4. Mons erat altissimus, ut facile pauci eos prohibere pos- 
sent. 

5. Timebat ut venirem. Timebat ne aeger essem. 

6. Ut auxilium dare posset, reliquas sex legiones pro 
castris in acie posuit. 

7. Alius alii in pfigna auxilium dabat, 

8. Ita celeriter venerunt ut paene uno tempore et ad sil- 
vas et ad nostram aciem hostes viderentur. 

9. Legati timuerunt ne aqua toti exercitui dari non pos- 
set. 

10. Dicit Nammeium principem locum obtinuisse et nun- 
tiavisse se per illam terram iter facturum esse. 

1 1 . Timemus ne noster exercitus celeriter non veniat et 
urbs a principibus hostium capiatur. 

12. Caesar certior factus erat eorum fuga reliquum esse 
equitatum perterritum. 

13. Ita dies qulndecim iter fecerunt, ut spatium inter no- 
vissimum hostium agmen et nostrum primum non amplius 
quinque aut sex milibus passuum esset. 

14. Partem suarum copiarum trans flumen ducere tempta- 
verunt, eo consilio, ne hiberna oppugnarentur. 

15. In concilio optimum esse videtur ad suam terram quem- 
que venire, ne in aliorum terris sed in suis pugnent. 

16. Qua re erit ut totlus terrae copiae ab eo premantur. 



1 68 LESSON LVlll. 

17. In collibus legionarios ponet, ut de consiliis princi- 
pum cognOscere possit. 

18. Ut omnes uno tempore in hostes impetum facerent, a 
proelio suos tenebat. 

19. Timent ut hostes impetum faciant. 

20. Timuerunt ne hostes impetum facerent. 

21. Legionarios ex urbe duxit ut hostis impetum faceret. 

22. Legionarios ad superiorem locum ducit ne hostes im- 
petum faciant. 

23. Legionarios ad locum superiorem duxit, ut hostes im- 
petum non facerent. 

24. Hiberna non amplius quinque milibus passuum a flu- 
mine ab-sunt. 

355. WORD-LIST, 

venio, venire, veni, ventus, to come. 
timeo, timere, timul, — , to be afraid, to fear. 

356. 

1. He came to see you, but was afraid that you 
would not be able to see him. 

2. He is afraid that you will not be able to see him, 
so that he has not come to see you (309). 

3. They said that the enemy tried last night to seize 
the gate of the town, and wounded five men (341, 346). 

4. They say that the fleet will attack his ships, but 
that his soldiers will easily defend themselves (341, 346). 

5. He learns that the Germans will attack him, and 
is about to abandon this region, so that they may not be 
able to do 1 this (179, 346). 

6. He is leaving this region, in order that the Ger- 
mans may not be able to attack him (179). 

7. He took possession of this hill and of yonder 
mountain, so that he should be able to make an attack 
upon the enemy from three directions at the same time. 

8. He said that he was afraid that you would leave 
the baggage. 

1 facio. 



LESSON L1X. 



169 



LESSON LIX. 

PARTICIPLES. 

*357. Learn the participles of the model verbs (480-486). 

ji. Observe that there is no present passive or perfect 
active participle. 

That is, taking the verb "to send" as an example, there 
are no forms in Latin corresponding to " having sent ' ' or 
" being sent." 

b. What participles are used as parts of the compound 
tenses in the model verbs ? 

358. Participles are declined like adjectives, and, like 
them, agree with nouns or pronouns in gender, number, 
and case. 

Present Participle. 

Amans, loving. 





SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 




M. & F. 


N. 


M. & F. 


N. 


Nom. 


amans 


amans 


amantes 


amantia 


Gen 


amantis 


amantis 


amantium 


amantium 


Dat. 


amantl 


amantl 


amantibus 


amantibus 


Ace. 


amantem 


amans 


amantes, -is 


amantia 


Abl. 


amante, -1 


amante, -1 


amantibus 


amantibus 


Voc. 


(amans 


amans) 


(amantes 


amantia) 



The declension is similar to that of sapiens (167). 
Perfect (amatus) and Future (amaturus) Participles 
are declined like bonus (474). 



359. 



EXAMPLES. 



Ad Gallos oppugnantes oppidum venit, He came to the 
Gauls (tvhile they were) attacking a town. 
Prlnceps captus ad Italiam mittetur, The chief, if he is 



170 LESSON LIX. 

captured (or, when captured, literally, having been taken), will 
be sent to Italy. 

Principem captum ad Italiam misit, He sent the chief, 
when he had been captured {having been captured), to Italy. 

Galli graviter perturbati fortiter pugnaverunt, The 

Gauls, (although) greatly disturbed (having been greatly dis- 
turbed), fought bravely. 

Legatus, perturbatus, ad suds properavit, The legate, 
(because he was) disturbed (having been disturbed}, hastened 
to his own men. 

Navem relictam cepit, He took the ship which had been 
left behind. 

Oppidum Oppugnatum est, The town has been (or was) 
attacked. 

a. The present (active) participle represents the action 
as going on at the time denoted by the main 

verb. "*\ of , 

Participle. 

b. Notice the various ways in which the 

perfect (passive) participle can be translated. It lep- 
resents the action as completed at the time denoted by the 
main verb. This explains the somewhat puzzling fact illus- 
trated by the last sentence, that est, when combined with 
the perfect participle of a regular verb to form the perfect 
passive tense, seems to change its meaning to "was." 
Oppidum oppugnatum est, if translated literally, means 
" The town is (in a state of} having (formerly) been 
attacked. ' ' 

Does this also explain why erat, when found in the plu- 
perfect passive of a regular verb, is translated "had been" 
instead of "was," and why erit, when found in the future 
perfect passive, is translated ( ' shall have been ' ' instead of 
"shall be" f 



LESSON L1X. 171 

360. Rule. — With names of towns the place to which 
is expressed by the accusative without a 
e re Pos*ion. ' SE3££> 

Ad urbem Romam veni, I came to the city Names of Town.. 

Rome. 

Romam veni, / came to Rome. 
Ad Galliam veni, / came to Gaul. 

a. In the first sentence ad governs urbem, with which 
Romam is in apposition. 

In the second Romam is used alone, and so is without a 
preposition. 

b. Notice that the rule does not apply to the names of 
countries. 

c. Domus (420, 472) also conforms to this rule. 

361. Curio in Africa. 

Caesar's operations against the Senate and Pompey 
before the battle of Pharsalia (245) included the send- 
ing of an army under Caius Curio to invade the Roman 
province of Africa, in order to conquer Varus, a gen- 
eral who was friendly to the Senate. Varus secured 
the help of king Juba, who ruled over the tribes living 
in the mountains south and west of the province. 

362. I. 

His temporibus Caius Curio in Africam, 1 a Caesare missus, 
ex Sicilia duas. legiones ex quattuor quas ei dederat Caesar 
et quingentos equites trans-portavit et ad locum Anquilla- 
riam venit. Huius adventum Lucius Caesar filius cum de- 
cern longis navibus ad Clupeam exspectans, timens navium 
multitudinem ex alto ad proximum litus fugerat et pedibus 
Hadrumentum properaverat. Id oppidum Considius Longus 
una legione tenebat. Reliquae naves Luci Caesaris, fugi- 
entes ex alto, se Hadrumentum receperunt. Lucium Cae- 
1 See Maps IV and V for the places mentioned in 362 and 365. 






*7 2 LESSON L1X. 

sarem fugientem capere temptans Rufus navibus duodecim 
quas ex Sicilia Curio e-duxerat ut classem a Varo missam ab 
onerariis navibus prohiberet, postquam in litore relictam a 
Lucio navem vidit, hanc cepit ; atque ad Curionem cum sua 
classe et nave capta venit. 

Curio Rufum Uticam cum navibus prae-misit ; ipse exerci- 
tum ad flumen Bagradam duxit. Ibi Rebilum legatum cum 
iegionibus reliquit ; ipse cum equitatu properavit ad Castra 
Cornelia, quoniam is locus idoneus habebatur. Is est mons 
ad litus, et ab-est ab Utica paulo amplius passus mille. 

363. WORD-LIST. 

fugio, fugere, fugl, fugitUS, to run away, to flee. 

364. (Use participles wherever you can.) 

i. — The Death of Dumnorix. 

Dumnorix, fearing that Caesar was going to kill 
him, fled from the Roman camp with the horsemen of 
the Haedui. Horsemen were sent by Caesar, so that 
he might be captured while he was fleeing. They 
killed him while he was trying to defend himself, and 
repeating (saying often 1 ) that he was free himself and 
the chief of a free state. His horsemen, terrified, 
came back again 2 to Caesar. 

2. Lucius Caesar, fearing lest he should be cap- 
tured by the fleet which had been sent from Italy, left 
his ship upon the nearest shore and came on foot to 
Hadrumentum. The fleet of Rufus, who was trying 
to capture the ships of Lucius Caesar, came to the 
ship which the latter had abandoned. Rufus came 
with the captured ship to Curio, who sent him to 
Utica. 

1 saepe. 2 iterum. 



LESSON LX. 173 

LESSON LX. 

READING LESSON. 

365. Curio in Africa. — II. 

Ex hue monte Curio castra Vari vidit. Eudem tempore 
vidit multa ex omnibus partibus per vias a populu portari, 
quae bellum timentes ex agris in urbem portabant. Ad has 
vias equitatum misit, ut haec caperet, eodemque tempore ses- 
centi equites ex oppido peditesque quadringenti, a Varo missi, 
ex-iverunt. Equites pugnaverunt, neque vero primum impe- 
tum nostrorum sustinere potuerunt, sed interfecti sunt circiter 
centum et viginti. Reliqui se in castra ad oppidum receperunt. 

Interim adventu longarum navium Curio magistris onerari- 
arum navium nimtiavit, quae ad Uticam numero circiter 
ducentae stabant, " Eum hostium habebo loco, qui non ad 
Castra Cornelia suas naves traduxisset." Omnes naves ex 
Utica ex-iverunt et ad Castra Cornelia venerunt. Qua re 
omnium rerum copiam obtinere exercitus potuit. 

Turn Curio se in castra ad Bagradam flumen recepit, poste- 
roque die exercitum Uticam duxit et prope oppidum castra 
ponebat. Ei castrorum vallum facienti equites nimtiant 
magna auxilia equitum peditumque a rege Iuba missa Uticam 
venire, eodem tempore magna pulvis videtur, et brevissimo 
tempore primum agmen est in conspectu. Novam rem timens 
Curio equites prae-mittit ut ita primum impetum sustineat ; 
ipse celeriter ab opere legionarios ducit aciemque instruit. 
Equites proelium committunt et, quoniam nullum timentes 
principes hostis iter faciebant, tota auxilia regis perturbata 
ac perterrita fugere cogunt, magnumque peditum numerum 
interficiunt. Equitatus fuga servatur, atque se per litus cele- 
riter in oppidum recipit. 



174 LESSON LXl. 

366. 

The Gauls say that the plan of this messenger is a 
very good (one). They will make an attack upon the 
Romans while they are making * a march through the 
forest. They will first attack the auxiliary troops, whom 
they will easily be able to throw into confusion, so that 
these by their terror 1 may disturb the legionary troops. 

2. The chiefs, sent 1 by king Juba, while they were 
marching x to Utica with many hundred horsemen and 
footmen, came in sight of the Romans, who were build- 
ing the rampart of their camp. When attacked 1 by the 
Roman cavalry the horsemen fled along the shore to 
Utica. 

LESSON LXI. 

367. DEPONENT VERBS. 

Deponent verbs are passive in form, but active in 
meaning. 

Utor, I use (not, I am used). 

Sequitur, he follows (not, he is followed). 

There are deponent verbs belonging to each of the conju- 
gations, but the more common ones are nearly all of the third 
conjugation. 

368. Their conjugation differs from that of the passive of 
other verbs in two ways : 

i. The future infinitive of deponent verbs is active in 
form : conaturus esse (not conatum iri). 

2. Deponent verbs have the participles of both voices : 
conans, trying. 
conaturus, about to try. 
conatus, having tried. 
conandus, (gerundive). 
a. Does 357, a, apply to deponent verbs? 
1 Use a participle. 



LESSON LXL 175 

THE ABLATIVE WITH SOME DEPONENTS. 

369. There are five deponent verbs which, with their 
compounds, take no direct object in the accusative case. 
They govern the ablative case instead; thus, 

Uteris meo gladio, You are using my sword. 

Quis labore n5n fruitur ? Who does not enjoy labor /> 

370. Rule.— Utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor, and 

their compounds, govern the ablative. 

371. 

1. Ut facile eo consilio utatur, impedimenta in loco 
idoneo relinquit. 

2. Facile est totius Galliae imperio potiri. 

3. Eius consilio USl, proficisci temptaverunt. 

4. Tuo gladio in impetu usus est. 

5. Gladiis legionarii non utentur, ne obsides vulnerentur. 

6. Quis bona fortuna non fruitur? 

7. In Italiam celeriter profectus est. 

8. Militem praeda frui dicit. 

9. Milites, urbe potiti, etiam mulieres et liberos interfe- 
cerunt. 

10. Impediments hostium potiti sum us, quoniam impe- 
tum non sus-tinere potuerunt. 

11. Laetissimi erant milites, quoniam urbe cum omni prae- 
da potiti erant. 

12. Bello defessus, in Italiam cum una cohorte proficisci 
contendit. 

13. Caesar proficiscebatur ut agmen hostis a monte prohi- 
beretur. 

14. UtI equitatu temptabat, sed labore equi defessi erant. 

15. Qui erant hostium longius profectl, hos levis arma- 
turae interfecerunt. 

16. Tandem conatus est Caesar opera per-ficere, ut impe- 
tum sus-tineret. 

17. Suo quisque consilio utebatur. 



I 7 6 LESSON LXII. 

1 8. Nuntium misit, quem pauca locutum loqui p lura Galba 
prohibuit. 

19. Ea quae secuta est hieme Usipetes German! magna 
cum multitudine hominum Airmen Rhenum trans- iverunt, 
quoniam a Suebis complures annos premebantur. 

20. Eodem die ex urbe proficiscitur magnisque itineribus 
in Senones per-venit. 

372. WORD-LIST. 

utor uti, usus sum, (deponent) to use. 

proficiscor, proficisci, profectus sum, (deponent) to set 
out, to go. 

sus-tineo, sustinere, sustinul, sustentum, to hotd out 
against, sustain. 

373. 

1 . It was told to the lieutenant, as he was setting 
out with three cohorts, that the Gauls would assault him 
suddenly among the hills. Fearing that foot-soldiers 
would not be able to hold out against their attack, he 
gave horses to the soldiers of the cohorts, using the 
horses of the auxiliary troops. 

2. When he had set out (359) from the camp he 
marched quickly, using the captured horses. 

3. Harassed during seven years by their enemies, they 
at length gained possession of a few ships, in order to 
come to their friends. But when their enemies learned 
that they were trying to make use of the ships which 
they had secured, they made an attack by night and 
captured them. 

LESSON LXII. 

374. EXAMPLES. 

Centurion! milites parent, Soldiers obey the centurion, 
Sibi nocent, They are injuring themselves. 
Mini persuasit ut el crederem, He per- Da ^^^° 
suaded me to believe him. 



LESSON LXll. 177 

A large number of verbs which are transitive in English 
(that is, admit of a direct object) are in Latin intran- 
sitive (that is, admit only of an indirect object). Hence 
they are said to govern the dative (23). 

375. Rule. — Most verbs meaning to favor, please, 
believe, trust, help, and their opposites ; also, to per= 
suade, command, obey, serve, resist, and the like, are 

followed by the dative. 

376. 

1. Nobis amicorum bonis uti persuadet. 

2. Et sibi et Civitatl nocebit, si ab urbe proficiscetur. 

3. Te cum studio sequemur. 

4. Isti nuntid credere non possum. 

5. Tibi ut venias persuadebimus, ut montes videas. 

6. Civitatl persuasit ut a terra sua Caesarem omnibus 
cum copiis prohiberent. Id hoc facilius els persuasit, quo- 
niam loci natura continentur. 

7. In eo itinere persuadet Casticout imperium in civitate 
sua occupet, quod pater ante habuit, Dumnorlgique Haeduo, 
fratri Divitiaci, qui hoc tempore imperium in Civitate obti- 
nuit, ut idem temptet persuadet. 

8. Persuadent his civitatibus ut, eodem usi consilio, cum 
iis proficiscantur. 

377. WORD-LIST, 

persuades, persuadere, persuasi, persuasus, to persuade. 
Followed by the subjunctive with ut or ne (279). 
ci vitas, civitatis, f. , a state or nation. 

378. 

1 . Because the land of the Helvetians is hemmed in 
on all sides by very high mountains, Orgetorix easily 
persuaded the chiefs of this state to believe 1 that their 
land was too small, and that they, making use of their 
numerous soldiery, would be able to seize quickly the 
finest fields of Gaul. 

1 credere. Not infinitive. 



I7 8 LESSON LXUL 

2. The legate sent two men to the chief, who told 
him, " The Romans ask 1 you to come 2 to them in order 
that they may make use of your skill in war." He 
believed them, so that they were easily able to persuade 
him to set out, 2 having only 3 three hundred of his own 
men with him. The Romans attacked him in a suitable 
place, as he was making the journey, and killed him. 

LESSON LXIII. 

THE IRREGULAR VERBS VOLO , NOLO , MALO . 

( void, velle, volui. 
Principal Parts : } nolo, nolle, nolui [ne-volo] . 

( malo, malle, malui [magis-volo] . 

379. Learn the conjugation of void, nolo and malo 
(487). 
380. 

1. Vult venire. Dixit se velle venire. 

2. Noluit sequi. DIcunt se nolle sequi. 

3. Vis proficisci. Cognoscimus te velle sequi. 

4. Aliorum bonis frui malumus quam nostris utl. 

5. Noluistl audire. 

6. Accidit ut ad illam civitatem venire vellet. 

7. Dicitur eum hoc donum illo maluisse. 

8. Volentes aut nolentes impetum facient. 

9. Dicunt se voluisse Caesarem sequi. 
10. Mavult re-duci. 

n. Non vultis aciem instrui. 

12. Noll perterreri. 

13. Agmen exercitus sequemini. 

14. Nollte persuader!. 

15. Agmen Gallorum cum equitatu sequebatur* 

16. Vultisne me eodem tempore venire? 

17. Malumus te a-futuram esse. 

1 petere. 2 Not infinitive (279). 3 tantum. 



LESSON LXIV. 179 

18. Volam ad-esse, sed ille superiore tempore noluitquem- 
quam praeter vos vestrumque patrem ad-esse. Timeo ne me 
venire nolit. 

Nolumus ilium videre nisi te ad-esse voluerit. 

381. WORD LIST. 

V0I6, velle, volui, to be willing, to wish. 

nolo, nolle, ndlui, to be unwilling. 

sequor, sequi, secutus sum (deponent), to follow. 

382. 

1. He was informed that this lieutenant would follow 
another, but was unwilling- to lead the line of march 
himself (341, 346). 

2. He wished to set out for Italy, but could not (do 
so). 

3. He prefers to attack the winter camp by night, 
but his soldiers have said that they are unwilling to 
follow him (341, 346). 

4. We were unwilling to follow you, for you did not 
give us the grain in the fields. 

5. Do you not wish us to use (370) the things which 
you gave us ? 

6. I can use two swords at the same time, but he is 
unable to use even 1 one (370). 

LESSON LXIV. 

383. EXAMPLES. 

Cum milites in castra venerunt, legatus eos hortatus 
est, When the soldiers came into camp, the legate encouraged 
them. 

Cum bellum perfectum erit, Romam veniam, When the 
war is {shall have been) finished, I will go to Rome. 

1 etiam. 



i8o LESSON LXIV< 

Cum milites in castra venirent, Galli eos oppugnaverunt, 

While the soldiers were coming into the camp the Gauls attacked, 
them. 

Cum oppidum captum esset, Massiliam 
contendit, When the town had been captured he (or Temporal). 
hastened to Massilia. 

a. Notice the moods and tens.es of the verbs in the cum 
clauses. 

384, Rule. — Cum, meaning when, is followed by the 
subjunctive, if the tense is the imperfect or pluperfect; 
otherwise, by the indicative. 

385. 

i. Cum barbari proelium committere petereht, princeps 
unum ex hostibus telo vulneravit. 

2. Milites cum oppidum ceperunt, omnes homines inter- 
fecerunt. 

3. Milites cum oppidum cepissent, omnes homines inter- 
fecerunt. 

4. Cum ad eum centurionem ducerem, multa dixit. 

5. Legatus nuntio duce usus exercitum per silvas duxit. 

6. Equites, cum legatus aciem instrueret, ei hostem prope 
esse nuntiaverunt. 

7. Legato instruenti aciem equites id nuntiaverunt. 

8. Legatus, cum aciem instruxisset, complures equites 
prae-misit. 

9. Cum Caesar per extremos Lingonum fines iter faceret, 
circiter milia passuum decern a Romanis tribus in castris 
Vercingetorix suas copias constituit, et equitum ducibus nun- 
tiat venisse tempus victoriae. 

10. Signum dat et a dextra parte alio ascensu eodem tem- 
pore Aeduos mittit. 

11. Cum in Italiam proflcisceretur Caesar, Galbam cum 
legione duodecima et parte equitatus in Nantuates aliasque 
civitates misit, quae a finibus Allobrogum ad summas Alpes 
pertinent. 



LESSON LXV. 181 

12. Caesar cum ab hoste non amplius passuum milibus 
duodecim ab-esset, ad eum legati venerunt. 

13. Cum celeriter nostri arma cepissent atque una ex parte 
castrorum equites e-missi hostibus superiores fuissent, hi suos 
reduxerunt. 

386. 

1. He gave me this gift when he set out from Rome. 

2. When the twelfth legion shall have seized the 
hill, he will make the attack with the greatest eagerness. 

3. When he saw that he would not be able to take 
the town, he placed a camp in a suitable position. 

4. When he came to see me he gave me this sword. 

5. When he came to me he persuaded me to give 
(378, N. 1) him a greater (228) number of troops than 
you had yourself (222). 

6. They all set out when there was much grain in 
the fields. 

7. When they had collected a large number of 
men they hastened to Aduatuca. 

8. When he saw you he said that it was you who 
had tried 1 to wound his foot with your javelin in the 
battle (341, 346). 

LESSON LXV. 

387. REVIEW SENTENCES. 

1. Dicit sese ad eum venire noluisse. 

2. Milites equitesque duxit ut eos qui fugerant per-seque- 
retur. 

3. Aristium, tribunum militum, iter ad legionem faci- 
entem ex oppido Galli e-ducunt. 

4. Libo, profectus ab Orico cum classe longarum navium 
quinquaginta, Brundisium venit. 

5. Petit ut ipse cum Pompeio conloquatur. 

1 Pluperfect subjunctive. 



l82 LESSON LXV. 

6. Libo ad Pompeium proficiscitur. 

7. Saepius fortunam temptare Galba nolebat. 

8. His de rebus Caesar certior factus, ipse cum primum 
per anril tempus potuit ad exercitum contendit. 

9. Dixit Romanos nullam facultatem habere navium. 

10. Hostes proelio superati cum se ex fuga receperunt ad 
Caesarem legatos de pace miserunt. Cum his legatis Com- 
mius venit, quem dixeram a Caesare in Brittaniam prae- 
missum esse. 

11. Equites nostri cum hostium equitatu proelium com- 
miserunt. Cum se illi in silvam ad suos reciperent ac rursus 
ex silva in nostros impetum facerent, neque nostri longius 
sequi auderent, interim legiones sex ad collem venerunt ubi 
castra ponere Caesar constituerat. Cum prima impedimenta 
nostri exercitus ab iis, qui in silva erant, visa sunt, subito 
omnibus copiis ad nostra castra in eos qui in opere occupati 
sunt contenderunt. 

388. 

The Gauls captured the tribune while he, hav- 
ing set out with the two cohorts which he was 
leading, was marching to attack (378, N. 1) three 
hundred of the enemy who had fled into the forests. 
They led him and his soldiers, after he had been cap- 
tured, to the gate x of the camp from which he had set 
out, and there killed them, in order that the Romans 
who had been left in the camp might be terrified. 

The Romans who were in the camp, when they saw 
that the Gauls had killed the tribune and all of the 
soldiers whom they had captured, fearing lest they 
themselves would be overcome, on the following night 
hastened through (166, N. 2) the forest to the winter 
camp of the legate. The Gauls upon the next day 
carried all that the soldiers had left in the camp 
(away) from it to their own homes (420, 472). 

1 porta. 



LESSON LXVL 183 

LESSON LXVI. 

GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. 

389. EXAMPLES. 

Sui defendendi causa id fecit, He did this for the sake of 
defending himself. 

Operam dat oppidis expugnandis, He 

devotes himself to taking towns by storm (to towns to be taken by 
storm). 

Venit ad bellum gerendurq, He came to wage war (for 
war to be waged}. 

Multa de muniendis castris dixit, He said many things 
about fortifying camps (about camps to be fortified). 

a. The Gerundive is a verbal adjective. It is called an 
adjective because it agrees with its noun in gender, num= 
ber and case, as in the sentences above. It is a verbal 
adjective because it expresses action. 

390. Causa urbem videndi venient, They will come for 
the sake of seeing the city. 

Mull utiles sunt impedimenta portando, 

Mules are useful for carrying baggage. 

Victoria oppidum expugnando el erat, Victory was his by 
storming the town. 

a. The Gerund is a verbal noun, of the neuter gender, 
and used only in the singular. It takes a direct object. It 
is the same in meaning as the gerundive. 

b. The Nominative case is wanting in the gerund. 
The infinitive is used instead, thus : 

Cedere est turpe, To yield is disgraceful. 



1 84 LESSON LXVl. 

391. EXAMPLES. 

Faculties habent ^SStS&B, ( ™* *~ ~ 

sources for (of) taking the town. 

a. In the two ways of expressing this sentence, which uses 
the gerundive? 

392. Dicit omnes Galliae copias ad se oppugnandum 
venisse, He says that ail the troops of Gaul came to attack him 

(/0 him [a man who Was] to be attacked'). Purpose Clauses. 

See also 389, third sentence. 

a. Notice that ad with the gerundive or gerund is used 
to express purpose. In what other ways may purpose be 
expressed ? 

393. 

1. Consilium urbem capiendi nuntiavit. 

2. Consilium urbis capiendae nuntiavit. 

3. Veniunt ad urbem videndam. 

4. Neque consili habendi neque arma capiendi facultas 
datur. 

5. Complura dicendo eis persuadet. 

6. Ad urbem capiendam laborem dat. 

7. Laborandi causa ad vallum properavit. 

8. Caesar ab urbe proficiscitur atque in ulteriorem Gal- 
liam pervenit, ubi cognoscit missum esse in Hispaniam a 
Pompeio Rufum, quem paucis ante diebus captum ipse di- 
miserat. 

9. Dixit profectum esse Domitium ad occupandam Massi- 
liam navibus septem. 

10. In praeda capienda hostibus nocet. 

11. Dicit Carnutes interficiendi eorum prlncipis consilium 
capturos esse. 

12. Studio eorum futuram esse aliquam pugnandi facultatem 
existimavit. 



LESSON LXVll. 185 

13. Aliquem prlncipum quos secum ad consilium capien- 
dum habebat misit. 

14. Galli ad nos interficiendos. contendunt. 

15. Tribunus suis rem de mittendis legatis nuntiat. 

16. Primo milites videndi causa laeti ex castris ex-Iverunt. 

17. Ipsi per-ficiendi operis causa longius proficiscuntur. 

18. Legatos monet ut contineant milites ne studio pugnandi 
aut spe praedae longius proficiscantur. 

19. Signum recipiendi dedit. 

20. Ad salutem obtinendam pugnabunt. 

394. (Translate where possible in two ways.) 

1. He has very great resources (396) for waging war. 

2. He wishes you to give him the opportunity to see 
(of seeing) the city. 

3. He announces a plan for capturing the baggage. 

4. He was kept from making an attack upon the 
wall by lack of javelins. 

5. She takes (uses) too much time in preparing food. 1 



LESSON LXVII. 

READING LESSONS. 

395. Curio in Africa. — III. 

Proxima nocte centuriones duo ex castris Curionis cum 
legionariis duo et viginti ad Varum fugiunt. Hi ei nuntiant 
quam forsitan habuerunt opinionem ; dicunt totum exercitum 
Curionis nullum pugnandi studium habere, maximumque 
opus esse in conspectum exercitus eius venire et dicendi mili- 
tibus facultatem dare. 

Erat in exercitu Vari Quintilius, qui in Italia se suasque 
copias Caesari in deditionem dederat. Hie di-missus a Caesare 
in Africam venerat, quod bellum gerendi facultatem petebat, 
legionesque eas traduxerat Curio quas superioribus tempori- 

1 cibus, -I. 



1 86 LESSON LXVll. 

bus ex eo receperat Caesar. Hoc viro ad rem gerendam 
Varus utitur. 

Centurionum opinione ad- ductus Varus postero die legiones 
ex castris e-ducit, quod Quintilio facultatem dicendi dare 
vult. Facit idem Curio, quod Varus proelium committendi 
facultatem dare videtur, at que suas uterque copias instruit. 
Hac facultate dicendi usus, Quintilius aciem Curionis circum- 
ivit atque legionariis dixit, i( Primam sacramenti, quod apud 
me dixistis, memoriam de-ponere atque bellum gerere nolite 
contra eos qui eadem fortuna usi sumus. Si me atque Varum 
sequemini complura dona vobis dabimus." 

Sed nullam in partem ab exercitu Curionis haec eo tempore 
grata videbantur, atque ita suas uterque topias re-duxit. 

Curio dixit, "Cumprimum pugnandi facultas erit data, 
proelio rem committam." Postero die copias productas 
eodem loco quo superioribus diebus instruxerat, in acie con- 
locavit. Varus quoque cum pugnandi studio suas copias pro- 
duxit. Erat vallis inter duas acies, non ita magna, sed dif- 
ficili ascensu. Subito a sinistro cornu Vari equitatus omnis 
atque multae levis armaturae cum se in vallem de-mitterent 
videbantur. Ad hos Curio equitatum et duas cohortes misit, 
quorum primum impetum equites Vari non sustinuerunt, sed 
celeriter ad suos fugerunt. Levis armaturae, relictae, circum- 
ventae sunt a nostris atque interfectae sunt. 

Ita omnes qui erant tota in acie Vari suos perterritos fugere 
videbant. Turn Rebilus, legatus Caesaris quem Curio secum 
ex Sicilia duxerat quod eum magnum consilium in bellum ge- 
rendo habere existimabat, " Perterritum," dixit, " hostem 
vides, Curio ! Cur ita secundo tempore uti non vis ? " Curio 
signum dedit, et in vallem aciem duxit. Difficilis militibus 
ascensus vallis erat, sed Vari milites, fuga suorum perterriti, 
nihil de sese defendendo exlstimabant. Quod omnes milites 
Vari se ab equitatu circum-veniri existimaverunt fuga se in 
castra recipere contendunt. 

Qua in fuga Fabius, quidam miles ex exercitu Curionis pri- 
mum agmen fugientium secutus st Vare ! Vare ! " appellabat, 



LESSON LXVll. 187 

lit a Varo unus esse ex eius militibus et monere aliquid velle 
existimaretur. Cum ille saepius appellatus stetit lit ei dice- 
ret, umerum gladio vulnerare Fabius temptavit, quod peri- 
culum ille scuto vix vitavit. Fabius a proximis militibus cir- 
cum-ventus interfectus est. 

Hac fugientium multitudine portae castrorum occupantur 
atque iter impeditur, pluresque in eo loco sine vulnere quam 
in proelio aut fuga interfecti sunt. Tamen Curio castra non 
oppugnare temptavit, quod se natura loci prohiberi existi- 
mavit. Exercitum in sua castra reduxit. 

Nostrorum nullus miles praeter Fabium interfectus est : ex 
numero hostium sexcenti interfecti atque mille vulnerati sunt. 

396. WORD-LIST. 

facultas, facultatis, f., ability, opportunity. Plural also, 
resources. 

existimo, -are, -avi, -atus, to suppose, think. 
quod, because. 

397. 

1. By chance three hostages were wounded by the 
frightened (359) horsemen. 

2. He is afraid that the footman has wounded your 
foot with his sword (353). 

3. The soldiers, tired out by the long march, were 
unable to defend themselves, and were killed while 
trying to retreat (359). 

4. He is unwilling that you should give help to his 
son. 

5. Bibulus stationed the ships of the fleet along 1 the 
whole 2 shore, so that Caesar was unable for a long 
time to obtain more troops. 

6. He refused to flee, saying that it was better to be 
killed (341, 346). 



1 88 LESSON LXVlll. 

7. This is a good plan for carrying on the war, but 
that is a better (one). 

8. He wishes her to follow him to Rome, but she is 
unwilling to leave her son. 

9. The messenger said that, the cohorts had occupied 
the top of the mountain for two days (341, 346). 

10. The people went 1 to see the army as it was set- 
ting out (279, 359). 

1 1 . They will not have time to lead (of leading) the 
cohorts to the hill. 

12. This is a very suitable spot 2 for placing a camp. 

13. It was reported to Caesar that this chief had per- 
suaded many of the Gauls to make war (378, N. 1). 

14. Is the soldier able to use this javelin ? 

15. When fifty-five had been killed, the rest gave 
their chief as a hostage. 

LESSON LXVIIIo 

398. THE DATIVE OF END OR SERVICE. 

Legionem tibi praesidio dat, He gives the legion to you as 
a guard (for a defence) . 

Pedites auxilio mittit, He sends foot-soldiers as a rein- 
forcement. 

Notice that praesidio and auxilio denote the end or pur- 
pose which legionem and pedites serve. 

Notice in the first sentence that the same 

. . n Dative of End or 

sentence may contain a dative of service and Service, 
an indirect object. 

399. Rule. — The end or purpose which an object serves 
may be denoted by the dative. 

a. Often a second dative is used, to denote the person or 
thing affected, as castris in the following sentence: 

Copias praesidio castris relinquet, He will leave troops as 
a guard for the camp. (Cp. 20, c.) 

1 Ivit. 2 230. 



LESSON LXVlll i«9 

400. Rule. — Many verbs compounded with 
ad, ante, con, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, Dativ p e ^;J h s Com " 
sub, and super are followed by the dative. 

a. These verbs are intransitive, that is, they do not take 
a direct object. The dative which follows them is an in- 
direct object (23). 

b. All of the compounds of sum govern the dative, ex- 
cepting possum (486) and ab-sum. 

c. Prae-ficio takes both a dative and an accusative (cp. 
e.g. 401, n, 17). 

d. Prae-mitto does not come under this rule. 

401. 

1. Magnas copias praesidio navibus reliquit. 

2. Brittani perturbati hunc toti bello prae-fecerant. 

3. Caesar eos praesidio utrisque castris reliquit. 

4. Id si facient magno cum periculo nostris erit. 

5. Una res erat magno usui nostris. 

6. His prae-erat Viridovix. 

7. Cum nox oppugnandi finem fecisset, Remus, qui op- 
pido prae-fuerat, nuntium ad Caesarem misit, sese diutius sus- 
tinere non posse. Nocte Caesar, iisdem ducibus usus, qui 
nuntii a Remo venerant, sagittarios auxilio misit. 

8. Ad flumen partem suarum copiarum traducere conati 
sunt, eo consilio, 1 ut aut castellum, cui prae-erat Titurius, ex- 
pugnarent aut agros Remorum occuparent, qui magno usui 
nobis ad bellum gerendum erant. 

9. Magno usui ei erit si loca, flumina, silvas cognoscet. 

10. Hoc periculo duci Caesar equitatum auxilio dedit. 

11. Omnem equitatum prae-misit. His Cottam legatum 
prae-fecit, 

12. Brutus classi prae-erat. 

13. Illi, cum iis cohortibus quae, praesidio castris relictae, 
non defessae labore erant, celeriter ad eum locum pervenerunt. 

14. Ut naves longae parvum spatium ab oneraiiis navibus 
conlocarentur imperavit, quae res magno usui nostris fuit. 

1 89. 



T90 



LESSON LXIX. 



15. Id cum cognitum est, Crassus, qui equitatui prae-erat, 
tertiam aciem nostris laborantibus misit. 

16. Omnia de-erant quae ad impetum faciendum erant 
usui. 

17. Caesar in hiberna in Sequanos exercitum duxit : hiber- 
nis Labienum prae-fecit. 



402. 

1. Caesar placed other legates over the fifth legion. 

2. The cohort was (for) a protection to the baggage. 

3. They sent the footmen as an aid to the cohorts. 

4. The weapons were of great use to me (401, 5). 

5. The legate who commands these legions has per- 
suaded Caesar to place * you over the cavalry. 

6. Of what use are these hostages ? 

7. The Germans (401, 10) were a great help to Caesar. 

8. He sent forward the cavalry, but hastened him- 
self to the nearest hill to defend l the baggage there. 

9. These javelins will be (for) a great help to us in 
attacking the town. 

10. He is unable to persuade me to hurry 1 to the 
city. 



LESSON LXIX. 



403. 



Hoste oppugnante, 
fugerunt, 



Dato signo, proe- 
lium commisit, 



The enemy attacking, 
When the enemy attacked ', 
Because the enemy at- 
tacked, 

The signal having been ^ 

given, 
When the signal had been 
\ given, 
Because the' signal had 

been given, 
{Having givenihe signal), ^ 

Not infinitive. 



they fled. 



he began 
the battle. 



LESSON LXIX. I9 1 

Multis obsidibus ad Caesar em a Gallis missis, pacem 
fecit, When many hostages had been sent (many hostages having 
been sent) by the Gauls to Caesar, he made peace. 

f Antony being legate, 
Antonio legato, J If Antony be legate, I we will 

vincemus, j Since Antony will be \ conquer. 

[ legate, 

a. In these sentences notice that oppugnante, dato and 
missis are participles in the ablative case, agreeing with the 
nouns hoste, slgno and obsidibus respectively. 

b. Notice that this union of noun and participle in the 
ablative makes a complete clause, which can be translated 
in various ways in English. 

c. Notice that either noun or participle may have modify= 
ing words dependent upon them, as multis, ad 

_ , _ _ ,,_ , , . , Ablative Absolute. 

Caesarem and a Gallis in the third sentence. 

d. There is no participle in the last sentence. This is be- 
cause the verb sum has no present participle. 

e. This construction of the participle with a noun is gram- 
matically independent of the rest of the sentence, like a 
parenthesis in English. Hence it is called the Ablative 
Absolute. 

f. The noun or pronoun in the ablative in this construction 
cannot refer to the subject or object of the main verb of the 
sentence. 

g. The ablative absolute is a common construction with 
the perfect passive participle. Can you see any reason why ? 
(Cp. 357, «•) 

404. 

i. Navibus compluribus factis, classem sequi conati sunt. 

2. Ibi Ceutrones, locis superioribus occupatls, ex itinere 
exercitum prohibere conantur. 

3. Compluribus proeliis gestis in fines Vocontiorum per- 
venit. 

4. Hoc proelio facto trans flumen exercitum traducit. 



*9 2 LESSON LXIX. 

5. Quibus rebus cognitis per fines Sequanorum equitatum 
traducere conatus est, obsidesque els dedit. 

6. Ea re permissa ex finibus suis in silvas fugere cdna- 
bantur. 

7. Eo concilio di-misso principes cum Caesare loqui volu- 
erunt. 

8. Obsidibus datis in eorum fines tamen equitatum ducere 
conabantur. 

9. Re frumentaria parata magnis itineribus ad Ariovistum 
contendit. 

10. Occupato oppido ibi legionarios conlocat. 

11. Caesar loquendi finem facit seque ad suos recipit. 

12. Proelium non committebat, ne superatis hostibus dici 
posset eos ab se in conloquio circum-ventos esse. 

405. WORD-LIST, 

finis, finis, m., limit, end. Plural, borders, hence, country, 

land. 
conor, conari, conatus (deponent), to attempt, try. 
loquor, loqui, locutus (deponent), to speak, say. 

406. (Where possible use the Ablative Absolute in these 
sentences.) 

1. When the line had been drawn up, he began the 
battle. 

2. When this hill had been seized, he tried to cap- 
ture the next. 

3. After the camp had been placed, he sent his cav- 
alry to the fields. 

4. When this thing had been done, he prepared to 
make an attack. 

5. Since four messengers had been sent, he did not 
send more. 

6. He attacked the enemy while they were preparing 
to flee (359). 

7. When hostages had been given he set out for Italy. 

8. Having learned this, he hastened to Rome. 



LESSON LXX. 193 

9. When we have waged this war all Gaul will have 
been overcome. 

10. With Caesar as leader what can we fear ? 

1 1 . The hostages who have been given by the Gauls 
are the children of chiefs. 

12. Having followed the enemy, he began battle. 

LESSON LXX. 

407. Review carefully 274-277. 

408. The tenses of the Indicative which denote present 
or future time (the Present, Future, and Future Perfect) 
are called primary tenses. 

The tenses of the Indicative which denote past time (the 
Imperfect, Perfect and Pluperfect) are p ri maryand sec 
called secondary tenses. ondary Ten«es. 

409. The rule given in 277 can be restated thus : 

A primary tense in the main clause is followed by the 
present subjunctive. 

A secondary tense in the main clause is followed by the 
imperfect subjunctive. Perfecland p|uper 

410. EXAMPLES. feci Subjunctive. 

Timeo ut nuntium miserit, I am afraid that he did not send 
the messenger. 

Timebam ut nuntium misisset, I was afraid that he had 
not sent the messenger. 

a. Notice that the subjunctives in these sentences represent 
their action as completed at the time denoted by the main 
verbs. 

b. Notice that the primary tense timeo is followed by the 
Perfect Subjunctive, and the secondary tense timebam by the 
pluperfect subjunctive. 

c. The perfect and pluperfect tenses of the subjunctive 
have the same meaning. They denote com= Full Rule for Se- 

t . , „„4«^.. quence of Tenses, 

pleted action, See 4 u. 



194 LESSON LXX. 

411. Rule. — A primary tense in the main clause is fol- 
lowed by the present or perfect subjunctive. 

A secondary tense in the main clause is followed by the 
imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive. 

412. EXAMPLES. 

Dicit cum venerit te edere, He says that you were eating 
when he came. 

Dixit cum venisset te edere, He said that you were eating 
when he came. 

Dicit cum veniat te laetum futurum esse, He says that 
you will be glad when he comes. 

Dixit cum veniret te laetum futurum esse, He said that 
you would be glad when he came. 

a. The cum clauses in these sentences are in the indirect 
statement, since they are a part of what is quoted, but are in 
subordinate clauses, since they are introduced by the subordi- 
nate particle cum, and hence their verbs cannot be put in the 
infinitive (341). 

b. Notice that their verbs (venerit, venisset, veniat, 
veniret) are in the subjunctive, and follow the rule for se- 
quence of tenses (411). 

413. Rule. — The main verb of an indirect statement 

is put in the infinitive, with subject accusa- Fu || R u | e f rin- 
tive, and depends upon the verb or expression direct statements. 
of saying, thinking or perceiving. 

The Subordinate clauses of an indirect statement have 
their verbs in the subjunctive, and conform to the rule for 
the sequence of tenses. 

414. The Appeal of Divitiacus. 

Divitiacus Haeduus Caesari ita locutus est ; Civitatem 
Haeduorum armis contendisse cum Germanis quos civitas 
Sequanorum auxilio trans Rhenum flumen traduxisset. Supe- 
ratos, qui sua virtute et populi Roman! amlcitia plurimum 



LESSON LXX. 195 

ante in Gallia potuissent, coactos esse Sequanis obsides dare, 
ut sua civitas a populo Romano auxilium non peteret. Unura 
se esse ex omnI civitate Haeduorum qui adduci non potuisset, 
ut liberos suos obsides daret. Ob earn rem se ex civitate 
fugisse et Romara venisse ut auxilium peteret, quod solus non 
obsidibus teneretur. 

Sed peius victorious Sequanis quam Haeduis ac-cidisse, 
quod Ariovistus, rex Germanorum, tertiam partem agri eorum, 
qui esset optimus totius Galliae, occupavisset et nunc alteram 
partem tertiam occupare vellet, quod Germanorum milia 
hominum quattuor et viginti ad eum venissent, quibus locum 
pararet. Futurum esse paucis annis ut oranes ex Galliae finibus 
pellerentur atque omnes Germani Rhenum trans-irent. 1 Cae- 
sarem solum Galliam omnem ab Ariovisto posse defendere. 

415. 

1 . Caesar said that he gave the opportunity of be- 
ginning battle to Ariovistus when the line of battle had 
been drawn up, but that the latter restrained his men 
from battle, because he did not think the time a suit- 
able one. 

2. He learned that the council of the Gauls had been 
held 2 for many years at this place. 

3. When his soldiers were pressed for want of water, 
he persuaded them to send him 3 as an envoy to Caesar. 

4. They defended this region with the greatest cour- 
age, so that the enemy were not able even 4 to seize the 
grain in the fields (309). 

5. Turn 414 from Sed peius to the end into a direct 
statement. 

1 Imperfect subjunctive. Cp. 488. 2 habe5. 3 Not infinitive. *etiam. 



r 96 LESSON LXXl. 

LESSON LXXI. 

THE IRREGULAR VERB E0, GO. 

Principal Parts, ed, ire, Ivi (ij), (iturus). 

416. Learn the conjugation of eo (488). 

417. EXAMPLES. 

Ex castris profectus est, He set out from the camp. 

Populus f rumento caruit, The people were in want of grain. 

Equi aqua privati sunt ut milites biberent, The horses 
were deprived of water in order that the soldiers might drink. 

Notice that in the last two sentences the idea of separation 
or privation (expressed in the first by ex) is expressed by the 
ablatives frumento and aqua without a preposition. 

418. Rule. — Separation is expressed by 

the ablative, often without a preposition. of Apa'Stiin. 

419. 

1 . Frumentum ut quisque domo ex-portaret imperaverunt. 

2. Dixit Haeduis se redditurum obsides non esse. 

3. Erant itinera duo, quibus itineribus domo exirepos- 
sent. 

4 Octavius, cum iis quas habebat navibus, Salonas per- 
venit. Gives cum non perterrere posset, oppidum oppug- 
nare conatus est. Compluribus interfectis Octavius Dyrr- 
hachium sese ad Pompeium recepi.t. 

5. Multos dies terra prohibitus, tandem cum classe ex-iit. 

6. Tigurini, cum domo ex-issent, patrum nostrorum me- 
moria Pisonem legatum interfecerant. 

7. Ille Oricum proficiscitur. Turn subito Apolloniam it. 
Stabetius Apollonia, qui huic oppido prae-erat, fugit. 

8. Equitibus per litus conlocatis, Antonius aqua classem 
prohibebat. 



LESSON LXXL 197 

9. Duae fuerunt Ariovisti uxores, una quam domo secum 
duxerat, altera quae Sueba natione erat. 

10. Proelio a.bs-tinebat. 

11. Ariovistus milibus passuum duubus ultra Caesarem cas- 
tra fecit, eo cunsilio, ut frumento eum prohiberet. Caesar, ne 
diutius frumento prohiberetur, ultra ilium alia castra posuit. 

12. Quod, omne frumento a-misso, in sua terra nihil est, 
Allobrogibus imperat ut iis friimenti copiam faciant. 

13. Calenus, legionibus in naves im-positis, naves solvit. 

14. Hi cum essent ex terra Epiri visi, Coponius, qui classi 
prae-erat, naves suas Dyrrhachio e-duxit. 

420. WORD-LIST. 

domus, domus, (domi), f., house, home (472). 
421. 

1. He told me that he was going home l (413). 

2. He wished you to go with us. 

3. When he left home he first went to see you (384). 

4. We are going to the river to bring (279) water 
(back) home. 1 

5. He will attempt to keep the Romans out of his 
country. 

6. He said that he would not begin battle, since 
the army of the other legate had retreated (413). 

7. They said that they were unable to persuade 
the Allobroges to keep 2 their men from battle. 

8. Marcus says that he surpasses all other men in 
bravery (194). 

9. Kept 2 from (securing) grain for a long time, 
he at length went away. 

10. He is collecting many things suitable for waging 
war (20, c, 389-392). 

x 3 6 °, << 2 4i9, 5- 



I9 8 LESSON LXXII. 



LESSON LXXII. 

422. Read again 278, 279, 308, 309. 
When the subject of a verb in a subordinate clause denot- 
ing purpose (or result) is different from the subject of 

the main verb of the sentence, qui (and not ut) introduces 
the subordinate clause. 

Legatus Galbam mittit, qui loci naturam cognoscat, 

The legate sends Galba, who is to find out the nature of the place ; 
or, The legate sends Galba to find out the nature 

nf iho ■hlrtro Subjunctive in 

°J lne place. Relative Clauses. 

Marcus hominem misit qui cognosceret, 

Marcus sent a man who should find out. 

Marcus hominem misit ut cognosceret, Marcus sent a 
man in order that he {himself, Marcus*) might find out. 

The last two sentences illustrate the distinction between qui 
and Ut. 



423. When a clause introduced by a relative pronoun de- 
notes cause, its verb is put in the subjunctive. 

Fortissimus erat Marcus, qui tres Gallos cepisset, Mar- 
cus was very brave, who captured three Gauls {for he captured 
three Gauls). 

424. Sometimes relative clauses other than those just 
described have the verb in the subjunctive. 

a. This is usually the case when the antecedent is indefinite 
(as, aliquis, anyone) or general, (as, omnia, all things). In 
such a case it is evidently the purpose of the relative clause 
to define or characterize the antecedent. 

Hominem video qui sit caecus, I see a man who is blind. 
Hoc nuntiavit cuidam qui esset meus amicus, He told 
this to one who is my friend. 

b. From this fact all such clauses are called clauses of 
characteristic. 



LESSON LXXll 199 

425. Rule. — Relative clauses of purpose, result, 
cause, and characteristic take the subjunctive. 

426. EXAMPLES. 

Cum obsides dedissent, pugnare noluerunt, Since they 
had given hostages, they re/used to fight. 

Cum pauci sint, tamen pugnabunt, Although they are 
few, still they will fight. 

427. Rule. — Cum, when it means since Cum Causal or 

' Concessive. 

or although, is used with the subjunctive. 

428. 

1. Equitatum omnem prae-mittit, qui videant quas in par- 
tes hostes iter faciant. 

2. Horainem qui natiiram montis cognosceret misit. 

3. Equitatum qui sustineret hostium impetum miserat. 

4. Quo aqua portari posset nihil erat relictum. 

5. Legatus erat magna virtute, qui interfici quam exercitu 
a-misso salutem petere mallet. 

6. Haec cum ita sint fuga salutem petet. 

7. Nullus miles erat qui equitatum regis Iubae non time- 
ret. 

8. Non is sum qui proeli periculo perterrerar. 

9. Turn Ariovistus partem suarum copiarum, quae castra 
minora oppugnaret, misit. 

10. Duas legiones in interiorem Galliam qui duceret lega- 
tum misit. 

11. Quis est qui hoc facere audeat? 

12. Soli centum erant qui portas defendere possent. 

13. Hunc legatum Caesar idoneum iudicaverat quern mit- 
teret. 

14. Haec arma cui dabo, cum neminem alium praeter te 
videam ? 

15. Ibi partem suorum militum traducere conatl sunt qui 
cum hoste pugnarent. 



200 LESSON LXXIII. 

1 6. Primos qui fliimen trans-ierant nostro equitatu cir- 
cumventos interfecerunt. 

17. Caesar, acie instructs, equitatum mittit qui hostium 
impetum sustineat. 

18. Multi erant qui hiberna oppiignare vellent. 

429. 

1. He will send a horseman to inform x the legate. 

2. What soldier was there who did not wish to at- 
tack the enemy ? 

3. A hill that is high can be easily defended. 

4. A camp which is placed upon the top of a hill 
cannot be easily captured. 

5. Although the Gauls had fled to the forests, he 
hastened to depart from their country. 

6. He wishes to see some one who will tell him 
about 2 this matter. 

7. What high hill is there in this region, which we 
can easily defend ? 

8. He thinks that this mountain is much higher than 
that (2 22). 

9. Although the Gauls have given many hostages to 
the Germans, they fear that the latter will send another 
army to attack them (353). 

10. He says that he will not fight with a man who 
is smaller than he (is J (413)- 

LESSON LXXIII. 

THE IRREGULAR VERBS FERO AND FIO, 

. . , _ ( fero, ferre, tuli, latus. 

Principal Parts :•<-__ ~ _ x 

r I fio, fieri, factus sum. 

430. Learn the conjugation of fero and flO (489, 490). 

a. F16 is used as the passive of facio (except in some com- 
pounds). 

b, The i is long except when followed by -er and in fit. 

1 Not infinitive, 2 de. 



LESSON LXX111. 20 1 

431. 

1. Learn to unite 

A genitive with the nearest noun or pronoun. 

A preposition with its noun. The noun follows the pre- 
position. 

Adjectives with words in the same cases. 

The infinitive, if not following a verb of saying, think- 
ing, etc., with the nearest following indicative or subjunc- 
tive (155); if following a verb of saying, thinking, etc., with 
this verb, translating it as the main verb of the quotation, 
(i.e. the verb introduced in English by " that." Cp. 413). 

2. As regards nouns and adjectives, think of the commoner 
forms and constructions first. Learn to think 

of Hints for Reading. 

A nominative as a subject. 

The endings -m, -6s, -as as denoting the object. 

The ending -a as denoting, first, the object in the ac- 
cusative neuter plural; then, the nominative neuter plural, 
or else, the nominative singular feminine. 

The ending -a as denoting the ablative feminine, 

An ablative, if alone, as denoting cause or means. 

An adjective standing alone (or a pronoun standing 
alone) in the nominative or accusative as referring, if mas- 
culine, to people ; if neuter, to things. 

The endings -is, and -ibus as first, the ablative, and then, 
the dative. 

432. Curio in Africa. — IV. 

Postero die Curio vallum circum Uticam ducere paravit. 
Multitudine in oppido perterrita de deditione omnes iam 
loquebantur, et cum Varo gerebant, ne hoc bello omnium 
fortunas perturbari vellet. Haec cum loquerentur nuntii 
prae-missi ab Iuba rege venerunt, qui locuti sunt ilium 
celeriter venire cum magnis copiis. Nuntiabantur haec eadem 
Curioni, sed quod iam Caesaris res secundae 1 in Africa nun- 
1 Caesar's successes against Afranius. 



202 LESSON LXXIII. 

tiatae erant, nihil contra se regem facturum esse existimabat. 
Sed cum certis nuntiis Curio cognoscit minus quinque et 
viginti milibus passuum longe ab Utica Iubae regis copiasab- 
esse, relictis castris sese in Castra Cornelia rursus recipit. Ad 
hunc locum frumentum portare castraque conlocare constituit, 
atque in Siciliam mittit, ut duae legiones reliquusque equita- 
tus ad se mittatur. Castra haec erant ad bellum diicendum 
aptissima natura loci et aquae salisque copia et quod ad litus 
erant. Itaque Curio reliquas copias exspectare et bellum du- 
cere constituit. 

433. 

1. While Caesar was waging- war in Spain, Curio 
was fighting in Africa. 

2. This was announced to him while he was speaking 
to his friends in the council. 

3. Since the cavalry had become terrified, the le- 
gionary soldiers were unable to hold the hill. 

4. When this battle had been fought, he set out for 
the winter camp. 

5. He is afraid to do this. 

6. He wished them to go home (360, c). 

7. When he goes 1 to Gaul he will wage war upon 
all who refuse to give him hostages. 

8. He wishes to place the winter camp in this re- 
gion, but fears that there is no suitable place. 

1 Future Perfect. 



43 



WORD-LIST FOR REVIEW. 



praeda, praedae 

alius, -a, -ud 
certus, -a, -urn 

facilis, facile 
quod 



centime, -onis 

civitas, -atis 
facultas, -atis 
finis, finis 
opus, operis 



impetus, -us 



acies, aciei 
dies, diei 
res, rei 



ab-sum, ab-esse, a-fui. 
possum, posse, potui. 

existimo, -are, -avi, -atus. 
perturbo, -are, -avi, -atus. 

persuadeo, persuadere, persuasi, persuasus. 
sustineo, sustinere, sustinui, sustentus. 
timeo, timere, timui, . 

cogo, cogere, coegi, coactus. 

cognosce, cognoscere, cognovi, cognitus. 

instruo, instruere, instruxi, instructus. 

pono, ponere, posui, positus. 

relinquo, relinquere, reliqui, relictus. 

facio, facere, feci, fact us. 

fugio, fugere, fugi, fugitus. 

interficio, interficere, interfeel, interfcctus 

recipio, recipere, recepi, receptus. 

venio, venire, veni, ventus. 
eo, ire, ivi (ii), (iturus). 

conor, conari, conatus. 
loquor, loqui, locutus. 
proficiscor, proficisci, profectus,, 
sequor, sequi, secutus. 
utor, uti, usus. 
volo, velle, volui. 
nolo, nolle, nolui. 
203 




204 




205 



2-o6 LESSON LXXIV. 

LFSSON LXXIV. 

READING LESSONS. 
435. Curio in Africa. — V. 

His rebus constitutis ex quibusdam qui ex oppido fugerant 
audit Iubam regem rursus ad eius terrain bello contendere 
coactum esse, atque Saburram, eius ducem, cum parvls copiis 
missum prope Uticam esse. Itaque rem proelio committere 
constituit. 

Equitatum omnem prima nocte ad castra hostium mittere 
constituit, ad flumen Bagradam, quibus castris prae-erat Su- 
burra, de quo ante erat auditum, sed rex Iuba omnibus copiis 
sequebatur et sex milibus passuum ab-erat. Equites missi 
nocte ad hostes nihil timentes impetum faciunt, multos inter- 
ficiunt; complures perterriti fugiunt. Quo facto ad Curionem 
equites rursus veniunt captivosque ad eum re-ducunt. 

Curio cum omnibus copiis ex-ierat, cohortibus quinque 
castris praesidio relictis. Profectus milia passuum sex ad 
equites venit, et rem gestam cognovit. Captivos vidit, 
et ex iis quaesivit, " Quis castris ad Bagradam flumen prae- 
est?" responderunt, "Saburra." Reliqua studio itineris 
con-ficiendi ex captivis quaerere praeter-misit, sed, militibus 
qui proxima signa sequebantur loquens, " Videtisne," dixit, 
"captivorum orationem con venire cum oratione eorum qui 
ex hoste ad nos fugerunt ? ab-esse regem, parvas esse copias 
missas, paucis equitibus pares esse non potuerunt. Ad prae- 
dam, ad gloriam properate ! " 

Equites praeterea captos homines equosque producebant ; 
itaque Curionis militibus studia non de-erant. Equitatui ut 
sese sequeretur imperavit ipseque multum properavit, ut ad 
hostes ex fuga perterritos venire posset. Sed equites, itinere 
totius noctis con-fecti, sequi non poterant, atque alii alio loco 
stabant. Iuba rex, certior factus a Saburra de superiore proe- 



LESSON LXXIV. 207 

lio duo milia eorum equitum quos praesidio circum se habe- 
bat et partem peditum ad Saburram misit ; ipse cum reliquis 
copiis elephantisque sexaginta secutus est. Existimans prae- 
missis equitibus ipsum venturum esse Curionem, Saburra co- 
pias equitum peditumque instruxit, copiis suis imperavit ut 
adventu Curionis viso paulatim se reciperent ; sese dixit cum 
opus esset signum proeli daturum esse. Curio, cum hostes 
quod a Saburra imperatum erat id facere atque se recipere 
vidit, existimans eos qui superiore nocte equitibus perterriti 
fugissent rursus fugere, ut sequeretur copias ex locis superio- 
ribus in campum duxit. Quibus ex locis cum longius esset 
profectus, dedit suis signum Saburra et circum-iens aciem 
imperavit ut equites in aciem Curionis mitterentur. 

Cum equites Saburrae in aciem Curionis impetum ita fece- 
runt Curio non de-erat virtute, neque defessis militibus neque 
equitibus, paucis et labore con-fectis, studium ad pugnandum 
virtusque de-erat. Equites erant numero ducenti ; reliqui in 
itinere steterant. Hi quamcumque in partem impetum facie- 
bant, hostes ex eo loco fugere cogebant, sed equis defessis 
non longius fugientes sequi pot erant. Equitatus hostium ab 
utroque cornu aciem nostram circum-ibant. Cum nostrae co- 
hortes ex acie pro-cucurissent, hostes celeriter impetum nos- 
trorum ex-fugiebant, rursusque ad aciem redire conatos 
novo impetu circum-ibant, ut magna cum difficultate ad 
suam aciem rursus venire nostri possent. Novae copiae mis- 
sis a rege auxiliis perveniebant. Nostri defessi erant et 
vulneratis nullus tutus locus erat, quod tota acies equitatu 
hostium tenebatur. 

Curio perterritis omnibus unam rem reliquam esse existi- 
mans, suis militibus imperavit ut proximos collis caperent. 
Sed hos quoque prae-occupaverat missus a Saburra equitatus. 
Turn vero, nulla spe salutis relicta, ad summam desperatio- 
nem nostri pervenerunt. Complures, fugientes, ab equitatu 
interfecti sunt ; alii salutem fuga non petebant sed in ipso 
loco ubi stabant defessi atque sine spe procumbebant. 



208 LESSON LXXIV. 

Ad Curionem Domitius, dux equitum, cum paucis equiti- 
bus veniens, eum salutem fuga petere et ad castra contendere 
voluit ; hanc unam spera ei relinqui atque se ab eo non ex- 
iturum dixit. Sed Curio numquam se, a-misso exercitu quern 
a Caesare sibi com-missum accepisset, in eius cdnspectum rur- 
sus venire dixit, atque ita pugnans interfectus est. 

Equites ex proelio pauci se receperunt ; sed ii qui ad no- 
vissimum agmen equorum re-ficiendorum causa steterant, fuga 
totius exercitus visa, salutem fuga petiverunt atque sese cele- 
riter in castra receperunt. Milites ad unum omnes interfecti 
sunt. 

Qui in castris praesidio a Curione relicti erant, horum 
pauci navibus in Siciliam fugere potuerunt ; reliqui Varo, 
qui ad Uticam erat, se in deditionem dederunt. Quorum 
complures Iuba rex Varo nolente interfecit ; paucos captivos 
in terram suam misit. 

FINIS. 

436. (See that the sentences in your Latin translation of 
this exercise are as long as the English sentences, which follow 
the Latin idiom.) 

The Romans set out with ten cohorts to march 
through (397, N. 1.) the forest to the winter camp. 
When they had gone a short distance * the Gallic cav- 
alry began 2 to harass the rear rank. While the rear 
line of march was being thus harassed by the Gallic 
horsemen, the rest of the Gauls suddenly attacked the 
three foremost cohorts from two directions, in order 
that they might throw them into great confusion 
(greatly disturb them). The foremost soldiers, (though) 
in confusion, none the less 3 did not flee, but, hastily 
following the legate with the cohort which was in the 
rear rank of the three, they seized the nearest hill 
very quickly. When the line of battle had been 
1 spatium. 2 coeperunt. 3 tamen. 



LESSON LXXIV. 209 

formed in this place they defended themselves with 
great bravery for a long time, supposing that the other 
seven cohorts would come to give them help. 

But the other legate, who was over these cohorts, 
being informed by a few soldiers who had fled at the 
first attack that the greater part of the soldiers of the 
first three cohorts had' been killed, and that the rest 
were following in flight, 1 fearing lest his own soldiers 
would be disturbed, commanded (419, 1) them to with- 
draw to a suitable place, where, 2 during the rest of the 
day, he was (engaged in) fortifying 3 a camp. 

Meantime 4 the soldiers of the three cohorts, lacking 
everything of use for fortifying a camp, since their bag- 
gage had been captured at the first attack, wearied by 
the previous march, and so 5 few in number that no 
chance was given of sending fresh soldiers to stand 6 in 
the line in the place of those who were wounded or 
killed, were compelled to defend themselves with their 
swords and shields. 7 When at length 8 (only) a small 
part of the day was left the centurions, since many 
soldiers were wounded or dead, (and) the rest were 
terrified, supposing that the remaining cohorts were 
hard pressed by the Gauls and for this reason were 
unable to send help, fearing also 9 lest they all be 
killed during the night, persuaded the legate to ask for 
the chief of the Gauls and confer with (talk with) him 
as to 10 surrender. 11 

When opportunity was given in this way, the three 
cohorts, when the legate and six centurions had been 
given as hostages, surrendered to the Gauls. 

x fuga. 2 ubi. 3 munio, munire. * interim. 6 tam. 6 sto, stare. 
7 scutum. 8 tandem. 9 quoque. 10 de. " deditio. 



2io LESSON LXXV. 



LESSON LXXV. 

437. EXAMPLES, 

Direct Questions. Indirect Questions. 

Ubi est ? Cognoscam ubi sit, 

Where is heP j I will find out where he is. 

Ubi eras ? Quaerit ubi sis, 

Where were you? He asks where you were. 

Quaesivit ubi esses, 

He asked where indirect 

Questions. 

you were. 
Ubi venistis ? . Scit ubi veneritis, 

Where did you go P He knows where you went. 

Scivit ubi venissetis, 

He knew where you went. 

a. Compare these two sets of sentences, and determine 
from them what constitutes an indirect question in Latin. 

b. Is it the same as an indirect question in English gram- 
mar ? 

c. Notice that indirect questions follow verbs denoting 
mental action, but that they do not follow the rule for in- 
direct statements (413). 

d. Notice that they conform to the rule for sequence of 
tenses (411). 

438. Rule. — An indirect question takes the sub- 
junctive. 

439. EXAMPLE. 

Quam maxima oppida cepit, He took as Q Ua mwith 

many towns as possible. Superlative. 

This sentence illustrates a use of quam with the superlative. 



LESSON LXXV. 211 

440. 

1. Ab his quaesivit quae civitatesin armis essent et quid in 
hello possent. 

2. Equitibus imperat ut quam maximum frumentum agris 
hostium ex-portent. 

3. Dumnorix apud Sequanos plurimum poterat. 

4. Eius rei quae esset causa ex ipsis quaesivit. 

5. Quam plurimas civitates occupare volebat. 

6. Caesar quam maximis potest itineribus in Galliam ulte- 
riorem contendit. Quam maximum potest militum numerum 
cogit. 

7. Con-vocato concilio et ad id concilium ad-hibitis centu- 
rionibus Caesar ex iis quaesivit cur quaererent aut quam in 
partem aut quo consilio ducerentur : quid timerent ? cur 
sese de-esse virtute existimarent ? 

8. Ariovistus a Caesare quaerit quid sibi velit ; cur in suas 
possessionem veniat. 

9. Ad Ariovistum legatos Caesar misit ; quos cum in suis 
castris Ariovistus vidisset, con-clamavit quid ad se venirent. 
Sed conantes dicere prohibuit. 

10. Cum ex captivis quaereret Caesar quam ob rem Ario- 
vistus nou pugnaret, dixerunt eas mulieres quae nuntiarent 
utrum proelium ex usu esset nec-ne, ita dicere, non Germa- 
nos superaturos esse si ante novam lunam proelio contendis- 
sent. 

11. Cum ille homo quis sit mihi nuntiare nolit, ei non per- 
mittam ut in domum eat. 

441. 

1 . We asked what you wanted. 

2. He takes as much grain as possible. 

3. He asked whether the soldiers wished to fight. 

4. They ask who the most powerful man in this state 
may be. 

5. He is informed that they are collecting as many 
soldiers as possible. 



2 1 2 LESSON LXXVL 

6. When Ariovistus saw the envoys of Caesar, he 
asked why they had come to his camp. 

7. He hurried into Italy by the longest marches 
possible. 

8. He orders (419, 1) his soldiers to carry away as 
many arms as possible from the camps of the enemy. 

9. When this help had been given by the cavalry, 
the enemy were so pressed by our soldiers that some 
of them retreated, and some surrendered (126). 

10. He says that they will come. 

LESSON LXXVI. 

442. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 

Conditional sentences contain two clauses : a condition 
(introduced by si, if, or one of its compounds) and a 
conclusion. 

443. There are three classes of conditional sentences: 

I. Nothing Implied. 

Si venit, viderunt, If he came, they saw him. 
SI veniet, videbunt, If he co??ies, ihey will see him. 
Si id fecerit, laetus ero, If he does {shall have done) this, 
I will be glad. 

a. There is nothing in the first two sentences by which 
one can infer whether the person spoken of came or not. 

b. This class makes use of the indicative in both clauses. 

c. Why is the Latin future perfect more exact than the 
English future in the last sentence ? 

Rule. — Simple conditional sentences take the indica 
tive in both condition and conclusion. 

11. Less Vivid Future. 

This represents the act as scarcely probable. 

Si veniat, laetus sim, If he should come, I would be glad. 



LESSON LXXVl. 213 

a. Notice that the present subjunctive is used in both 
clauses. 

b. Notice the tenses "should" and " would ", used in 
English in this form of conditional sentence. 

Rule. — Less vivid future conditions take the present 
subjunctive in both condition and conclusion. 

III. Contrary Implied. 

In this class one is able to infer whether the condition has 
been fulfilled. 

For example, we say in English : 

If he had come to town, I would have see?i him. 

Has he or has he not come to town ? 

If he were in the building, I would know it. 

Is he in the building ? 

Si impetum faceret, hostis nos non premeret, If he 
were making an attack, the enemy would not be harassing us. 

SI impetum fecisset, hostis nos non pressisset, If he had 
made an attack, the enemy would not have harassed us. 

a. Notice that the subjunctive imperfect is used in both 
clauses to denote present time, and the subjunctive plu- 
perfect in both clauses to denote past time. 

Rule. — Conditions contrary to fact take the imper- 
fect subjunctive when referring to present time, and the 
pluperfect subjunctive when referring to past time. 

444. 

1. Si obsides dedissent, bellum iis non in-tulisset. 

2. Si quidquam Romanis accidat, summam in spem imperi 
obtinendi Dumnorix veniat. 

3. Nisi quodquam in Caesare sit auxilium, omnes Galli 
domo ex-eant. 

4. Si quidquam voluissent, venissent. 

5. Id si fiat, magno cum periculo ei sit. 

6. Militibus perterritis Caesar dixit ; "Si Ariovistus bel- 
lum intulerit, quid timeatis ? proxima nocte ad hostem pro- 



2 14 LESSON LXXVL 

ficiscar. Si nemo praeterea sequatur, tamen ego cum sola 
decima legione ibo, de qua non dubito." 

7. Legatis qui a Caesare missi quaerebant ut locum con- 
loquio diceret Ariovistus dixit; ".'Si quid mihi a Caesare 
operis esset, ego ad eum venirem ; si quid ille vult, cur ille ad 
me non venit?" Caesar respondit; "Si ea quae postulo 
feceris, amicus tibi ero ; si non fades, ego auxilium Haeduis 
contra te dabo." 

Ariovistus respondit ; " Si ipse populo Romano imperarem 
quas res gerant, turn vero bona causa ita mihi imperares. Si 
Haedui ea quae postulo facient, bellum non in-feram ; sed si 
id non fecerint, bellum acriter in-feram. Si auxilium Caesar 
iis det contra Germanos, quibuscum nemo sine magno peri- 
culo contendit, quid possit?" 

8. Cum ea ita sint, tamen vobiscum bellum inferam. 

9. Cum magna virtute hie miles signum in hostes in-tulerit, 
fiet centurio. 

10. Cum hunc regem non tuleris, ilium ferte. 

445. 

1. If I should ask you for anything, you would give 
it to me. 

2. If he were in the city, I would be there too (436, 
N. 9). 

3. If he had a sword, he would not be able to wound 
anyone with it. 

4. If Ariovistus had not conquered the Haedui, he 
would not have been attacked by Caesar. If Caesar 
had not waged war upon him, many more Germans 
would have crossed the river Rhine. 

5. If you wish to speak with me, come to my house. 

6. If you had wished to see me, you would have 
come to me. 

7. If you should do this, I would be compelled to be 
your enemy. 

8. If I were your enemy, I would not be giving you 
aid. 



LESSON LXXVIL 215 

9. If the hostages had been given, there would have 
been no war. 

10. Would we be afraid of them, if they were very 
brave men ? 



LESSON LXXVII. 

446. EXAMPLES. 

Positive. Negative. 

Mittam, let me send. • Ne mittam, let me not send. 

Mittas, ) Ne mittas, ) 

Miser is, v send. Ne miser is, [• do not send. 

Mitte, ) Noli mittere, ) 

tar- •! r let him send. « T - _ .' I let him not send. 
Miserit, [ Ne miserit, j 

a. Diagram the usage in the plural in the commands and 
same way. Appeals. 

b. Observe that both imperative and subjunctive forms 
are used. 

c. Observe that the negative is ne. 

d. The imperative of nolo (noli, nolite) with the infin- 
itive is frequently used. 

447. Rule. — Commands are put in the imperative or 
subjunctive ; appeals in the subjunctive. The negative 
is ne. 

448. EXAMPLES. 

Cum vis, veni, When you wish, come. 
Dicit cum veils venias, He says that you may come when 
you wish. 
Dixit cum velles venires, He said that you 

Could Come when you wished. Indirect Discourse; 

- T _ . T , 7 . , 7 . Commands and 

JMe moneat, Let him not advise. Appeals. 

Dicit ne moneat, He says that he may not advise. 
Dixit ne moneret, He said that he should not advise. 



216 LESSON LXXVIL 

a. Notice that after a verb denoting mental action the im- 
perative veni in the first sentence is changed to the sub- 
junctive, and the subjunctive moneat in the fourth remains 
a subjunctive. 

b. Observe that the rule for Sequence of Tenses (411) is 
followed. 

449. Rule. — In Indirect Discourse the subjunctive of 
Appeals and Commands remains a Subjunctive. 

The Imperative is in Indirect Discourse changed to the 
Subjunctive. 

450. The three forms of Indirect Discourse have now 
all been studied : 

Indirect Statements (413) take the Infini= 
tive with Subject Accusative and the Sub= TL _.. 

The Three Forms 

junctive in Subordinate Clauses. , of indirect Dis- 

Indirect Questions (438) take the Sub= course ' 

junctive. 

Indirect Commands (449) take the Subjunctive. 

The Subjunctives throughout conform to the rule for 

the Sequence of Tenses (411). 

451. I. 

Ariovisto Caesar nuntium misit : " Haec sunt, quae a te 
postulo : primum, ne hominum multitudinem trans Rhenum 
flumen traducas, deinde, obsides red-ire per-mittas, atque ne 
Haeduis bellum inferas." 

Ariovistus respondit ; " Cum Haedui superati sint, obsides 
red-ire non per-mittam. Cum vis, veni ; cognosces quid 
German! virtute possint." 

Caesar cum exercitu venit et in conloquio Ariovisto dixit ; 
' ' Ne Haeduis bellum in-ferto; obsides red-ire per-mittito; plu- 
res Germanos trans Rhenum ne tra-ducito." Ariovistus re- 
spondit ; " Quid mihi vis? cur in meas possessiones venisti ? 
Si te interfecero, multis principibus populi Romani gratum 
erit. ' ' 



LESSON LXXVIL 217 

Hoc conloquio habito Ariovistus per legates dixit ; " Con- 
loquendi finem ne feceris, sed aut aliquem conloquio diem 
constitueris aut ex tuis aliquem ad me miseris." 

Duos legatos Caesar misit, quos cum Ariovistus vidisset, 
conclamavit, " Cur ad me veniunt ? " atque eos hostium in 
numero habuit. 

II. 

Caesar nuntiavit haec esse quae postularet ; ne multitudi- 
nem in Galliam Ariovistus traduceret, obsides red-ire per- 
mitteret, ne Haeduis bellum in-ferret. 

Ariovistus respondit se obsides non red-ire permitturum 
esse ; cum Caesar vellet, veniret. 

Caesar in conloquio postulavit ne bellum Haeduis Ariovis- 
tus in-ferret ; obsides red-ire per-mitteret, plures Germanos 
trans Rhenum ne traduceret. 

Ariovistus quaesivit quid Caesar vellet, et dixit si eum in- 
terfecisset id multis Romanis gratum futurum esse. 

452. 

1 . The Germans ask why the Romans are demand- 
ing that they shall not take hostages from those states 
of Gaul which they have conquered. They ask why 
the Romans have come into that part of Gaul which 
they, and not the former, have conquered. Do the 
Romans wish to wage war with them ? (they ask). If 
they do, they say, let them come: war is always 1 
pleasing to the Germans. 

2. They wish me to ask you what you want. 

3. You may come if you wish, but do not talk with 
me. 

4. Come to me some other day, since I am unable 
to give you anything to-day 2 (427). 

5. I demand that you do not come to the camp if 
the legate be unwilling. 

1 semper. 2 hodie. 



218 LESSON LX XVIII. 

LESSON LXXVIII. 

453. The First (or Active) Periphrastic l Conjugation 

is formed by combining the future active First Periphrastic 
participle with the tenses of the verb sum. Conjugation. 

Te moniturus erat, He was about to {going to, intending 
to) advise you. 

Te missurus erit, He will be about to send you. 

a. What form of this conjugation has already been used 
freely ? 

454. The Second (or Passive) Periphrastic l Conju= 
gation is of frequent occurrence. It is second Periphrastic 
somewhat puzzling, because it scarcely ad- Conjugation, 
mits of a literal translation into English. It is used frequently 
by Caesar and other Latin writers. 

It is formed by combining the Gerundive with the tenses 
of the verb sum. 

The Second Periphrastic Conjugation is Passive and 
denotes a necessity or duty. 

Mittendus sum, / am to be {must be, ought to be, deserve to 
be) sent. 

Mittendus eram, / was to be {should have been, ought to 
have been, deserve to have been) sent. 

Mittendus ero, / shall have to be sent. 

455. Rule. — The gerundive with the verb sum is 
used to form the passive (or second) periphrastic con= 
jugation, denoting obligation or duty. 

456. Another peculiarity of this Conjugation is that it 
uses a dative to denote the doer or agent, 

. . Dative of Agent. 

where the ordinary conjugations use the abla- 
tive of agent. 

1 The adjective " periphrastic " and noun " periphrasis " are derived 
from the Greek. The corresponding Latin derivative is " circumlocu- 
tion (circum, loquor), " Periphrasis" means "a roundabout method of 
expression." 



LESSON LXXVlll. 219 

Tibi mittendus sum, / must be sent by you. 
Caesarl omnia agenda sunt, Everything had to be done by 
Caesar. 

Rule. — The agent with the gerundive- is expressed by 
the dative. 

457. The Impersonal construction is frequent with this 
conjugation. 

Impersonal means having no personal subject. The 
clause is sometimes considered the subject. 

Ad urbem exercitui veniendum est, The army must come 
to the city (the necessity of coming to the city is to the army). 

Mini pugnandum est, I must fight {the necessity 0/ fighting 
is to me). 

458. 

1. Tibi exercitus ducendus est. 

2. Ad montem proximum legionibus veniendum est. 

3. His cognitis Labienus existimavit sibi contenden- 
dum esse. 

4. Acriter Galli pugnaverunt. 

5. Acriter a Gallis pugnatum est. 

6. Acriter Gallis pugnandum est. 

7. Cum a hostibus premeremur, tamen nobis castra po- 
nenda erant. 

8. Galbae cum reliquis copiis proficiscendum est. 

9. Duabus legionibus atque impedimentis totius exercitus 
relictis ad Boios veniendum est. 

10. Galba cum peditibus ad castra mittendus fuit. 

11. Frumenti inopia oppidum in deditionem Caesari dan- 
dum est. 

12. Illud mihi non dicendum est. 

13. In idoneo loco legato castra ponenda sunt. . 

14. Ei illius gladius capiendus erat. 

15. In Gallos Romanis impetus faciendus est. 



220 LESSON LXXVUL 

1 6. Caesar existimavit hostium castra sibi oppugnanda 
esse. 

17. Praesidio in castris relicto omnes copiae ad a'quam 
ducendae fuerunt. 

18. Omnia bene mini gerenda sunt. 

19. Caesari omnia uno tempore erant facienda ; ab opere 
re-vocandi milites, acies instruenda, signum tuba dandum. 

20. His rebus cognitis Caesar existimavit consilium sibi 
capiendum esse ex loci natura. Erant circum castra Pompei 
per-multl colles. Hos primum praesidiis tenendos esse con- 
stituit. Pompeius quoque constituit sibi quam plurimos 
collis quam maximo circuitu occupandos esse, ut multa ea 
causa proelia fierent. 

21. Cum complures barbari populo Romano bellum in- 
ferant, tamen superabuntur. 

22. Labienus, cum . hunc locum occupavisset, magnum 
hostibus terrorem in-tulit. 

459. 

1. You must hurry. 

2. The Germans must be kept out of Gaul by the 
Romans. 

3. He said that the river had to be crossed. 1 

4. He asked what you were going to do. 

5. We must go to the city. He asks why 2 we 
must go. 

6. The legate thought that he ought to send a 
legion to hold the mountain, since the Gauls were 
about to attack with large forces. 

7. The town must be defended by the soldiers, 
although one of the two legates is wounded. 

8. The signal of battle must be given. 

9. If you must make the attack, fight very bravely. 
10.. He says that we must attack all of the winter 

camps of the Romans upon the same day. 
1 trans-eo. * cur. 



READING LESSONS. 221 

•READING LESSONS. 

460. The Dying Standard Bearer. 

In proelio cum graviter aquilifer vulneratus esset, videns 
equites nostros " Hanc aquilam ego" dixit, " et vivus mul- 
tos per annos magna diligentia defend! et nunc moriens 
eadem fide ad Caesarem mitto. Nolite committere quod 
ante in exercitu Caesaris non accidit incolumemque ad eum 
deferte." 

Ita aquila servatur, omnibus primae cohortis centurioni- 
bus interfectis praeter principem priorem, 

461. Dying for his Men. 

Marcus Petronius octavae legionis centurio, cum portas 
oppidi Gallorum excidere conatus esset, a multitudine Gal- 
lorum superatus ac iam vulneratus militibus suis qui eum 
secuti erant " Quoniam " dixit ^mevobiscum servare non 
possum, vestrae certe vitae providebo, quos spe gloriae ad- 
ductus in periculum duxi. Vos data facilitate vobis provi- 
dete." 

Haec lociitus in hostes contendit duobusque interfectis 
reliquos a porta paulim summovit. Conantibus auxilium 
dare suis " Frustra " dixit il meae vitae subvenire cona- 
mini, qui iam gravius vulneratus sum. Ab-ite dum est fa- 
cultas, vosque ad legionem recipite." Ita pugnans suis 
saluti fuit et brevi tempore interfectus est. 

462. The three selections which follow relate inci- 
dents which occurred during Caesar's campaign in 
Africa. The partisans of the Senate collected in this 
province after the battle of Pharsalia (245), where 
Varus and king Juba, who had defeated Curio (361), 
were still unsubdued. Since Pompey was dead (255) 
Scipio was declared by them to be the only real ' ; im- 
perator .", or general-in-chief of the Roman govern- 
ment. 



222 READING LESSONS. 

463. Is Caesar an Imperator? 

Plancus Caesaris legatus petivit ah eo ut sibi daretur facultas 
cum Considio agendi, si posset perdue! ad sanitatem. Itaque, 
data facultate, litteras captivo dat perferendas in oppidum ad 
Considium. Ad quern cum captivus pervenisset, litterasque 
Considio dabat ; prius quam acciperet ille "A quo", dixit, 
"illas?" Turn captivus, " Ab imperatore Caesare " Turn 
Considius, " Unus est ", dixit, " Scipio imperator hoc tem- 
pore populi Romani." Deinde in conspectu suo imperavit 
ut captivus statim interficeretur, litterasque dedit homini 
certo qui eas ad Scipionem perferret. 

464. Labienus Meets his Match. 

Labienus, during Caesar's wars in Gaul, had been 
long commander of Caesar's most trusted legion, the 
tenth. He here appears fighting against his former 
soldiers (cp. 185). 

Labienus in equo capite nudo in prima acie pugnabat, et 
nonnumquam legionarios Caesaris appellabat ; " Quid tu ", 
dixit, " miles tiro, tam feroculus es?" Turn miles, " Non 
sum", dixit, "tiro, Labiene, sed de legione decima vetera- 
nus." Turn Labienus, "Non agnosco ", dixit, "signa de- 
cumanorum." Turn miles, "lam me, quis sim, cognos- 
cas", et statim cassidem de capite de-iecit, ut cognosci ab 
eo posset, atque statim telum in Labienum mittere contendit. 
Equo vulnerato, dixit, "Labiene, decumanum militem, qui 
te petit, cognosce esse." 

465. Faithful Until Death. 

Ex classe quam a Sicilia ad Caesarem miserat Allienus, 
navis una, in qua fuerat Cominius et Ticida, eques Romanus, 
tempestate Thapsum delata, excepta est et ad Scipionem 
deducta. Item altera navis ex eadem classe tempestate ad 
Aeginurum delata a classe Vari et Octavi est capta, in qua 
milites veteran! cum uno centurione et non-nulli tirones fue- 



READING LESSONS. 223 

runt ; quos Varus, servatos, misit ad Scipionem. Qui post- 
quam ad eum pervenerunt, " Non" vestra ", dixit, "sponte 
vos, scio, sed illius vestri imperatoris imperio coactos esse 
cum nobis optimis pugnare. Quos quoniam fortuna in nos- 
tram detulit potestatem, si rem publicam cum optimo quoque 
defendetis, vobis vitam et praemia dabimus. ' ' 

Postquam ita dixerat Scipio, cum existimavisset pro suo 
beneficio ab iis gratias sibi actum iri, potestatem iis dicendi 
fecit. Ex eis centurio legionis quartae decimae " Pro tuo ", 
dixit, "summo beneficio, Scipio, tibi gratias ago (non nam 
imperatorem te appello) quod mihi vitam captivo polliceris ; 
et forsitan isto uterer beneficio, si non ei summum scelus ad- 
iungeretur. Egone contra Caesarem, imperatorem meum, 
eiusque exercitum, pro cuius victoria amplius sex et triginta 
annis pugnavi, armatus consistam? Non ego istud facturus 
sum. Contra cuius copias contendis, nunc cognosce. Co- 
hortem unam, quae est tuarum firmissima, constitue contra 
me ; ego autem ex his militibus quos nunc in tua tenes po- 
testate, non amplius decern summam ; turn ex virtute nostra 
cognosces quid, a tuis copiis contra ilium agi possit." 

Postquam haec centurio est locutus, Scipio, incensus, an- 
nuit centurionibus quid fieri vellet, atque ante pedes centu- 
rionem interfecit. Ut veterani a tironibus secernerentur im- 
peravit. " Abducite ", dixit, " istos scelere affectos ! " Ita 
extra vallum deducti sunt et interfecti. 

466. An Incident at the Battle of Pharsalia. 

Erat Crastinus in exercitu Caesaris, qui superiore anno 
apud eum primum pilum in legione decima duxerat, vir magna 
virtute. Hie, signo dato, " Sequimini me ", dixit, " mani- 
pulares mei qui fuistis, et vestro imperatori, quam constituis- 
tis, operam date. Unum hoc proelium super-est, quo con- 
fecto et ille suam dignitatem et nos libertatem recuperabi- 
mus." Simul Widens Caesarem, "Faciam", dixit, c< hodie, 
imperator, ut aut vivo aut mortuo gratias agas." . . . 
1 at the same time. 



224 READING LESSONS. 

In eo proelio interfectus est etiam fortissime pugnans 
Crastlnus, cuius mentionem supra fecimus. Neque id fuit 
falsum, quod ille in pugnam proficiscens dixerat. Ita Caesar 
existimabat, eo proelio excellentissimam viitutem Crastini 
fuisse. 

467. PUGNA PHARSALICA. 

The battle of Pharsalia has already been briefly de- 
scribed (245). After Caesar had succeeded in bringing 
his whole army over from Italy as already described 
(170) he attempted to shut Pompey in at Dyrrhachium 
by surrounding his army with entrenchments. In this 
attempt he was disastrously defeated by Pompey. 1 He 
retreated rapidly into Thessaly, pursued by Pompey, 
who was joined by Scipio with reinforcements. It 
seemed to followers of the latter that success was now 
certain, and they could not understand why he was re- 
luctant to risk another battle with Caesar's veterans. 

Pompeius paucis post diebus in Thessaliam pervenit, atque 
apud totum exercitum suis agit gratias, receptisque omnibus 
Scipionis legionibus spes victoria augetur. Inter se de prae- 
miis principes eius exercitus contendebant ; alii domos bona- 
que eorum qui in castris erant Caesaris petebant. 

Re frumentaria parata confirmatisque mllitibus et satis 
longe spatio temporis a superioribus proeliis intermisso temp- 
tandum esse Caesar existimavit quid Pompeius studi pugnandi 
haberet. Itaque ex castris exercitum eduxit aciemque in- 
struxit, sed primo suis locis pauloque a castris Pompei longius. 

Pompeius, qui castra in colle habebat, ad infimas partes 
montis aciem instruebat, semper exspectans si iniquis locis 
Caesar se subiceret. Caesar nulla ratione ad pugnam elici 
posse Pompeium existimans hanc sibi commodissimam belli ra- 
tionem iudicavit, ut castra ex eo loco moveret semperque es- 
set in itineribus, haec exspectans, ut movendis castris pluri- 
busque adeundis locis commodiore re frumentaria uteretur et 

1 An incident of this battle is related in 460. 



READING LESSONS. 225 

in itinere ut aliquam occasionem pugnandi repenret. His 
constitutes rebus signo iam dato visum est paulo longius a 
vallo aciem Pompei lisse, ut non iniquo loco posse pugnari 
videretur. Turn Caesar apud suos, cum iam esset agmen in 
portis, " DirTerendum est," dixit, "iter nobis, et de proelio 
cogitandum est, quod semper voluimus. Simus ad pugnan- 
dum parati ; non facile occasionem postea reperiemus. ' ' 

Pompeius quoque constituent pugnare. Etiam in concilio 
superioribus diebus dixerat, " Scio me paene incredibilem rem 
polliceri, sed rationem consili mei accipite. Persuasi equiti- 
bus nostris, idque mihi facturos esse confirmaverunt, ut, cum 
propius agmina issent dextrum Caesaris cornu a parte aperta 
oppugnarent et acie circumventa prius perturbatum eius exer- 
citum pellerent quam a nobis telum in hostem iaceretur." 
Labienus quoque, " Noli," dixit, " exlstimare, hunc esse exer- 
citum qui Galliam Germaniamque superavit. Omnibus inter- 
fui proeliis. Perexigua pars illius exercitus superest ; magna 
pars interiit." Haec cum dixisset iuravit se nisi victorem 
in castra non rursus iturum esse. Pompeius idem iuravit, 
nee vero ex reliquis fuit quisquam qui iurare dubitavit. Haec 
cum facta sunt in concilio magna spes iis fuit, quod Pompeio 
imperatore nihil frustra confirmari videbatur. 

Caesar, cum ad Pompei castra prope venisset, aciem eius 
instructam ita vidit. Erant in sinistro cornu legiones duae 
quarum una prima, altera tertia, appellabatur. In eo loco 
ipse erat Pompeius. Mediam aciem Scipio cum legionibus 
Syriacis tenebat. Cilicensis legio cum cohortibus Hispanis 
in dextro cornu erant conlocatae. Has firmissimasse habere 
Pompeius existimabat. Reliquae inter aciem mediam cornua- 
que erant conlocatae. Numero cohortes erant centum et de- 
cern. Haec erant milia quadraginta quinque. Reliquas co- 
hortes septem in castris castellisque praesidio posuerat. In 
dextro cornu eius erat rivus quidam, qua causa omnem equi- 
tatum cum sagittariis funditoribusque sinistro cornu posuerat. 

Caesar decimam legionem in dextro cornu, nonam in sini- 
stro, conlocaverat, et huic sic adiungit octavam ut paene unam 



2 20 READING LESSONS. 

ex duabus efficeret, atque imperavit ut altera alter! praesidio 
esset. Cohortes in acie octaginta constitutes habebat, quae 
summa erat milium duo et vlgintl. Cohortes duas castris 
praesidio reliquerat. Sinistro cornu Antonium, dextro Sul- 
lam, mediae aciei Domitium praefecit. Ipse contra Pom- 
peium constitit. Acie Pompei visa, timens ne a multitudine 
equitum dextrum cornu circumveniretur, celeriter ex cohorti- 
bus tertiae aciei quartam fecit equitatuique opposuit * et quid 
fieri vellet nuntiavit monuitque eius diei victoriam in earum 
cohortium virtute constare. Tertiae aciei totique exercitui 
imperavit ne concurreret nisi ipse imperaret ; se, cum id fieri 
vellet, signum daturum esse. 

His constitutis signum dedit. Inter duas acies tantum erat 
relictum spati ut satis esset ad cursum utriusque exercitus. 
Sed Pompeius suis praedixerat ut Caesaris impetum exciperent 
neve 2 se loco moverent, ut duplicato cursu Caesaris milites 
essent defessi. Sed nostri milites dato signo cum procucur- 
rissent atque vidissent non concurri a militibus Pompei, usii 
periti 3 suasponte ad medium paene spatium constiterunt, par- 
voque intermisso temporis spatio rursus cucurrerunt 4 et statim 
tela miserunt. Neque vero milites Pompei huic rei defuerunt. 
Et tela missa exceperunt et impetum legionum tulerunt et 
telis missis ad gladios redierunt. 

Eodem tempore equites ab sinistro Pompei cornu procucur- 
rerunt. Quorum impetum noster equitatus non tulit, equi- 
tesque Pompei, hoc acriores, aciem nostram a parte aperta 
circumibant. Quod cum Caesar cognovisset quartae aciei 
quam paraverat sex cohortium dedit signum. Illi celeriter 
procucurrerunt et in Pompei equites tam acriter impetum 
fecerunt ut eorum nemo constaret, atque non solum loco pel- 
lerentur sed fuga montes altissimos peterent. Quibus pulsis 
omnes sagittarii funditoresque sine praesidio interfecti sunt. 
Eodem impetu cohortes sinistrum cornu pugnantibus etiam 
turn in acie Pompei circumierunt. 

Eodem tempore tertiae aciei, quae se ad id tempus loco 
tenuerat, Caesar imperavit ut procurreret. Ita ex duabus 
1 set against. 2 -ve, and. 3 skilled. i charged. 



READING LESSONS. 227 

partibus eodem tempore acies Pompei oppugnabatur. Mili- 
tes eius ea causa impetum sustinere non potuerunt, sed omnes 
fugerunt atque ad castra contenderunt. 

Caesar, nullum spatium perterritis dandum esse existimans, 
suis militibus imperavit ut castra oppugnarent. Castra a 
cohortibus quae praesidio erant relictae acriter defendebantur ; 
multo etiam acrius a Thracibus barbarisque auxiliis. Neque 
vero diutius qui in vallo constiterant multitudinem telorum 
sustinere potuerunt, sed multis vulneratis locum reliquerunt 
et. omnes ducibus usi centurionibus tribunisque militum in 
altissimos montes qui ad castra pertinebant fugerunt. Prox- 
ima die in deditionem Caesari se dederunt. 

In hoc proelio non amplius ducentos milites, sed centurio- 
nes circiter triginta, Caesar amisit. Ex Pompei exercitu cir- 
citer milia quindecim interfecta esse videbantur, sed in dedi- 
tionem venerunt milia viginti quattuor ; multi praeterea fuge- 
runt ; signaque ex proelio ad Caesarem sunt relata centum et 
octoginta et aquilae novem. 



FINIS. 



TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 



468. 



NOUNS. 
First Declension. — A Stems. 







SINGULAR. 




PLURAL. 








FEMININE. 










N. silva 




N. silvae 








G. silvae 




G. silvarum 






D. silvae 




D. silvis 








Ac. silvam 




Ac. silvas 








Ab. silva 




Ab. silvis 








V. (silva) 




V. (silvae) 




469. 


Second Declension. 


, — Stems. 








SINGULAR 








M. 


N. 


M^ 


M. 


N. 


N. 


murUS 


oppidum 


vir 


ager 


consilium 


G. 


murl 


oppidi 


virl 


agrl 


consill 


D. 


murd 


oppido 


vird 


agrO 


consilio 


Ac. 


murum 


oppidum 


virum 


agrum 


consilium 


Ab 


, murO 


oppido 


vird 


agro 


consilio 


V. 


(mure) 


(oppidum) 


(vir) 


(ager) 


(consilium) 



PLURAL. 

N. murl oppida virl agrl consilia 

G. murorum oppidorum virorum agrorum consiliorum 

D. muris oppidis viris agris consiliis 

Ac. murOS oppida virOS agrOS consilia 

Ab, muris oppidis viris agris consiliis 

V. (murl) (oppida) (virl) (agrl) (consilia) 

228 



NOUNS. 



229 



70. 


Third Declension. 








Mute Stems. 








SINGULAR. 






m. 


M. 


N. 


N. 


princeps 


rex 


caput 


G. 


principis 


regis 


capitis 


D. 


principl 


regl 


capiti 


Ac. 


principem 


regem 


caput 


Ab. 


principe 


rege 


capite 


V. 


(princeps) 


(rex) 

PLURAL. 


(caput) 


N. 


principes 


reges 


capita 


G. 


principum 


regum 


capitum 


D. 


principibus 


regibus 


capitibus 


Ac. 


principes 


reges 


capita 


Ab. 


principibus 


regibus 


capitibus 


V. 


(principes) 


(reges) 

Liquid Stems. 
singular. 


(capita) 




M. 


M. & F. 


N. 


N. 


consul 


homo 


litus 


G. 


consulis 


hominis 


litoris 


D. 


consul! 


hominl 


litori 


Ac. 


consulem 


hominem 


litus 


Ab. 


consule 


homine 


litore 


V. 


(consul) 


(homo) 

PLURAL. 


(litus) 


N. 


consules 


homines 


litora 


G. 


consulum 


horn in um 


litorum 


D. 


consulibus 


hominibus 


litoribus 


Ac. 


consules 


homines 


litora 


Ab. 


consulibus 


hominibus 


litoribus 


V. 


(consules) 


(homines) 


(litora) 



230 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 







Stems 


in i. 








SINGULAR. 






M. & F. 


F. 


F. 


N. 


N. 


hostis 


nubes 


urbs 


animal 


G. 


hostis 


nubis 


urbis 


animalis 


D. 


host! 


nubi 


urbl 


animall 


Ac. 


hostem 


nubem 


urbem 


animal 


Ab. 


hoste 


nube 


urbe 


animall 


V. 


(hostis) 


(nubes) 


(urbs) 


(animal) 






PLURAL. 




N. 


hostes 


nubes 


urbes 


animalia 


G. 


hostium 


nubium 


urbium 


animalium 


D. 


hostibus 


nubibus 


urbibus 


animalibus 


Ac. 


hostis, -es 


nubis, -6s 


urbis, -es 


animalia 


Ab. 


hostibus 


nubibus 


urbibus 


animalibus 


V. 


(hostes) 


(nubes) 


(urbes) 


(animalia) 


471. Fourth Declension. — U Stems. 






SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 




M. 


N. 


M. 


N. 


N. 


cursus 


cornu 


N. cursus 


cornua 


G. 


cursus 


cornus 


G. cursuum 


cornuum 


D. 


cursUl, -U 


cornu 


D. cursibus 


cornibus 


Ac. 


curstim 


cornu 


Ac. cursus 


cornua 


Ab. 


cursti 


cornu 


Ab. cursibus 


cornibus 


V. 


(cursus) 


(cornu) 


V. (cursus) 


(cornua) 


472. 


Domus, F. 






SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 




N. domus 


N. domus 






G. domus, doml 


G. domuum, 


domdrum 




D. domui 


',, domo 


D. domibus 






Ac. domum 


Ac. domus, domOS 




Ab. domu, 


domo 


Ab. domibus 






V. (domus) 


V. (domus) 





ADJECTIVES. 



, 2 3* 



473. Fifth Declension. — E Stems. ^ 

SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

MASC. & FEM. 



N. dies 
G. die! 
D. die! 
Ac. diem 
Ab. die 
V. (dies) 



N. dies 

G. dierum 

D. diebus 

Ac. dies 

Ab. diebus 

V. (dies) 



ADJECTIVES. 
474. First and Second Declensions. 







SINGULAR. 






MASCULINE. 


FEMININE. 


NEUTER. 


N. 


bonus 


bona 


bonum 


G. 


boni 


bonae 


boni 


D. 


bono 


bonae 


bono 


Ac. 


bonum 


bonam 


bonum 


Ab. 


bono 


bona 


bono 


V. 


(bone) 


(bona) 

PLURAL. 


(bonum) 


N. 


boni 


bonae 


bona 


G. 


bonorum 


bonarum 


bonorum 


D. 


bonis 


bonis 


bonis 


Ac. 


bonos 


bonas 


bona 


Ab. 


bonis 


bonis 


bonis 


V. 


(boni) 


(bonae) 


(bona) 



23 2 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 







SINGULAR. 




MASCULINE. 


FEMININE, 


NEUTER. 


N. 


liber 


libera 


liberum 


G. 


liberi 


liberae 


liberi 


D. 


libero 


liberae 


libero 


Ac. 


liberum 


liberam 


liberum 


Ab. 


libero 


libera 


libero 


V. 


(liber) 


(libera) 

PLURAL. 


(liberum) 


N. 


liberi 


liberae 


libera 


G. 


liberorum 


liberarum 


liberorum 


D. 


liberis 


liberis 


liberis 


Ac. 


liberos 


liberas 


libera 


Ab. 


liberis 


liberis 


liberis 


V. 


(liberi) 


(liberae) 


(libera) 



475. 



i. Third Declension. 



• SINGULAR. 

MASC. FEM. NEUT. 

N. acer acris acre 

G. acris acris acris 

D. acrl acrl acrl 

Ac. acrem acrem acre 

Ab. acrl acrl acrl 



PLURAL. 
MASC. FEM. NEUT. 

N. acres acres acria 

G~ acrium acrium acrium 

D. acribus acribus acribus 

Ac. acris, -es acris, -es acria 

Ab. acribus acribus acribus 



V. (acer) (acris) (acre) V. (acres) (acres) (acria) 





SINGULAR. 




PLUR 


AL. 




M. & F. 


N. 




M. & F. 


N. 


N. 


facilis 


facile 


N. 


faciles 


facilia 


G. 


facilis 


facilis 


G. 


facilium 


facilium 


D. 


facili 


facili 


D. 


facilibus 


facilibus 


Ac. 


facilem 


facile 


Ac. 


facilis, -es 


facilia 


Ab. 


facili 


facili 


Ab. 


facilibus 


facilibus 


V. 


(facilis) 


(facile) 


V 


(faciles) 


(facilia) 



ADJECTIVES. 



2 33 



SINGULAR. 



PLURAL. 



N. audax audax N. audaces audacia 

G. audacis audacis G. audacium audacium 

D. audacl audacl D. audacibus audacibus 

Ac. audacem audax Ac. audacis, -es audacia 

Ab. audacl, -e audacl, -e Ab. audacibus audacibus 

V. (audax) (audax) V. (audaces) (audacia) 



Declension of Comparatives. 





SINGULAR. 




PLURAL 






M. & F. 


N. 




M. & F. 


N. 


N. 


altior 


altius 


N. 


altiores 


altiora 


G. 


altioris 


altioris 


G. 


altiorum 


altiorum 


D. 


altiorl 


altiorl 


D. 


altioribus 


altioribus 


Ac. 


altiorem 


altius 


Ac. 


altiores, -is 


altiora 


Ab. 


altiore, -I 


altiore, -1 


Ab. 


altioribus 


altioribus 


V. 


(altior) 


(altior) 


V. 


(altiores) 


(altiora) 



3. Declension of Present Participle, 
singular. plural. 





M. & F. 


N. 




M. & F. 


N. 


N. 


amans 


amans 


N. 


amantes 


amantia 


G. 


amantis 


amantis 


G. 


amantium 


amantium 


D. 


amantl 


amantl 


D. 


amantibus 


amantibus 


Ac. 


amantem 


aman s 


Ac. 


amantes 


amantia 


Ab. 


amante, -1 


amante, -1 ' 


Ab. 


amantibus 


amantibus 


V. 


(amans) 


(amans) 


V. 


(amantes) 


(amantia) 



234 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION, 



PRONOUNS. 



476. 



Demonstrative. 







SINGULAR. 






PLURAL. 






M. 


F. 


N. 




M. 


F. 


N. 


N. 


hie 


haec 


hoc 




N. hi 


hae 


haec 


G. 


huius 


huius 


huius 




G. horum harum 


horum 


D. 


huic 


huic 


huic 




D. his 


his 


his 


Ac, 


, hunc 


hanc 


hoc 




Ac. hos 


has 


haec 


Ab. 


, hoc 


hac 


hoc 




Ab. his 


his 


his 






SINGULAR. 




PLURAL. 






M. 


F. 


N. 




M. 


F. 


N. 


N. 


ille 


ilia 


illud 


N. 


illi 


illae 


ilia 


G. 


illius 


illius 


illius 


G. 


illorum 


illarum 


illorum 


D. 


illi 


illi 


illi 


D. 


illls 


illis 


illis 


Ac. 


ilium 


illam 


illud 


Ac. 


, illos 


illas 


ilia 


Ab. 


aid 


ilia 


illo 


Ab. 


illis 


illis 


illis 




M. 


F. 


N. 




M. 


F. 


N. 


N. 


is 


ea 


id 


N. 


ei, ii 


eae 


ea 


G. 


eius 


eius 


eius 


G. 


eorum 


earum 


eorum 


D. 


ei 


ei 


ei 


D. 


eis, iis 


eis, iis 


eis, iis 


Ac. 


eum 


earn 


id 


Ac. 


, eos 


eas 


ea 


Ab. 


eo 


ea 


eo 


Ab. 


, eis, iis 


eis, iis 


eis, iis 




M. 


F. 


N. 




M. 


F. 


N. 


N. 


iste 


ista 


istud 


N. 


isti 


istae 


ista 


G. 


istius 


istius 


istius 


G. 


istorum 


istarum 


istorum 


D. 


isti 


isti 


isti 


D. 


istis 


istis 


istis 



Ac. istum istam istud 
Ab. isto ista isto 



Ac. istos istas ista 

Ab. istis istis istis 



PRONOUNS. 



235 



N. idem eadem idem \ ... eaedem e'adem 

I udem 

G. eiusdem eiusdem eiusdem eorundem earundem eorundem 

-r. . j -j . , ( eisdem eisdem eisdem 

D. eidem eidem eidem i .. , 



Ac. eundem eandem idem 



iisdem 
eosdem 



Ab. eodem eadem eodem \ .. , 

\ nsdem 



M. 

N. ipse 



F. 

ipsa 



N. 

ipsum 



ipsms ipsius ipsius 



ipsi 
psum 
ipso 



D. ipsi ipsi 

Ac. ipsum ipsam 

Ab. ipso ipsa 

477. 

SINGULAR. 

M. F. N. 

N. qui quae quod 

G. cuius cuius cuius 

D. cui cui cui 

Ac. quern quam quod 

Ab. quo qua quo 

SINGULAR. 

M. F. N. 

N. quis quae quid 

G. cuius cuius cuius 

D. cui cui cui 

Ac. quern quam quid 

Ab. quo qua quo 

478. 1 



M. 

N. ipsi 

G. ipsorum 

D. ipsis 

Ac. ipsos 

Ab. ipsis 



iisdem 
easdem 
eisdem 
iisdem 

F. 

ipsae 



iisdem 
eadem 
eisdem 
iisdem 

N. 

ipsa 



ipsarnm ipsorum 
ipsis ipsis 



ipsas 
ipsis 



Relative. 



m. 
qui 



N 

G. quorum 
D. quibus 
Ac. quos 
Ab. quibus 

M. 

N. qui 
G. quorum 
D. quibus 
Ac. quos 
Ab. quibus 

Personal. 



plural. 

F. 

quae 

quarum 

quibus 

quas 

quibus 

PLURAL. 
F. 

quae 

quarum 

quibus 

quas 

quibus 



SINGULAR. 

N. ego 
G. mei 
D. mihi 
Ac. me 
Ab. me 



tu 

tui 

tibi 

te 

te 



ipsa 
ipsis 



N. 

quae 

quorum 

quibus 

quae 

quibus 

N. 

quae 

quorum 

quibus 

quae 

quibus 



236 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 





PLURAL. 


(SINGULAR AND 








PLURAL ALIKE.) 




N. nos 


vos 






G. nostrum, 


-tri vestrum, -tri 


sui 




D. nobis 


vobis 


sibi 




Ac. nos 


vos 


se, sese 




Ab. nobis 


vobis 

2. Indefinite, 
singular. 


se, sese 


N. 


aliquis 


aliqua 


aliquid, aliquod 


G. 


alicuius 


alicuius 


alicuius 


D. 


alicui 


alicui 


alicui 


Ac. 


aliquem 


aliquam 


aliquid, aliquod 


Ab. 


aliquo 


aliqua 

PLURAL. 


aliquo 


N. 


aliqui 


aliquae 


aliqua 


G. 


aliquorum 


aliquarum 


aliquorum 


D. 


aliquibus 


aliquibus 


aliquibus 


Ac. 


aliquos 


aliquas 


aliqua 


Ab. 


aliquibus 


aliquibus 

SINGULAR. 


aliquibus 


N. 


quidam 


quaedam 


quiddam, quoddam 


G. 


cuiusdam 


cuiusdam 


cuiusdam 


D. 


cuidam 


cuidam 


cuidam 


Ac. 


quendam 


quandam 


quiddam, quoddam 


Ab. 


quodam 


quadam 

PLURAL. 


quodam 


N. 


quidam 


quaedam 


quaedam 


G. 


quorundam 


quarundam 


quorundam 


D. 


quibusdam 


quibusdam 


quibusdam 


Ac. 


quosdam 


quasdam 


quaedam 


Ab. 


quibusdam 


quibusdam 


quibusdam 







NUMERALS. 


235 


479 


. , NUMERALS. 






MASC. FEM. NEUT. 


SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


N. 


unus una imum 




N. milia 


G. 


unius unius unius 


mille, 


G. milium 


D. 


unl unl unl 


indeclinable. D. milibus 


Ac. 


unum unam unum 




Ac. milia 


Ab. 


uno una uno 




Ab. milibus 




MASC. FEM. 


NEUT. 


M. AND F. NEUT. 


N. 


duo duae 


duo 


tres tria 


G. 


duorum duarum 


duorum 


trium trium 


D. 


duobus duabus 


duobus 


tribus tribus 


Ac. 


duos, duo duas 


duo 


tres tria 


Ab. 


duobus duabus 


duobus 


tribus tribus 






Cardinals. 




Ordinals. 




i. 


unus, -a, -um 


I St. 


primus, -a, -um 




2. 


duo, duae, duo 


2d. 


secundus {or alter) 




3- 


tres, tria 


3d- 


tertius, -a, -um 




4- 


quattuor 


4th. 


quartus, etc. 




5- 


quinque 


5th. 


quintus 




6. 


sex 


6th. 


sextus 




7- 


septem 


7th. 


Septimus 




8. 


octo 


8th. 


octavus 




9- 


novem 


9th. 


nonus 




IO. 


decern 


10th. 


decimus 




ii. 


undecim 


nth. 


undecimus 




12. 


duodecim 


1 2th. 


duodecimus 




J 3- 


tredecim 


13th. 


tertius decimus 




14. 


quattuordecim 


14th. 


quartus decimus 




1 5- 


quindecira 


15 th. 


quintus decimus 




16. 


sedecim, or sexdecim 16th. 


sextus decimus 




i7- 


septendecim 


17th. 


septimus decimus 




18. 


duodeviginti 


1 8th. 


duodevicesimus 




19. 


iindeviginti 


19th, 


undevicesimus 



2$8 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 



20. 


viginti 


20th. 


vicesimus 


21. 


(viginti unus, or 


2 1 St. 


rvicesimus primus, or 
\ unus et vicesimus 




tunus et vigintl 




22. 


viginti duo or 


22d. 


vicesimus secundus,<9; 




duo et viginti 




alter et vicesimus 


28. 


duodetriginta 


28th. 


duodetricesimus 


29. 


undetriginta 


29th. 


undetricesimus 


3°- 


triginta 


30th. 


tricesimus 


40. 


quadraginta 


40th. 


quadragesimus 


50. 


quinquaginta 


50th. 


quinquagesimus 


60. 


sexaginta 


6oth„ 


sexagesimus 


70. 


septuaginta 


70th. 


septuagesimus 


80. 


octoginta 


80th. 


octogesimus 


90. 


nonaginta 


90th. 


nonagesimus 


IOO. 


centum 


1 ooth. 


centesimus 


IOI. 


centum unus or 


200th. 


ducentesimus 




centum et unus 


1000th. 


millesimus 


I02. 


centum duo or 
centum et duo 






200. 


ducenti, -ae, -a 


800, 


octingenti, -ae, -a 


3OO. 


trecenti, -ae, -a 


900. 


nongenti, -ae, -a 


4OO. 


quadringenti, -ae, a 


1,000. 


mille 


500. 


quingenti, -ae, -a 


2,000. 


duo milia 


60O. 


sescenti, -ae, -a 


10,000. 


decern miiia 


700. 


septingenti, -ae, -a 


100,000. 


centum milia 



REGULAR VERBS. 239 

REGULAR VERBS. 

480. First Conjugation. 

Principal Parts : Amd, amare, amavi, amatus. 
Stem : ama-. 

INDICATIVE. 

Active Voice. Passive Voice. 

PRESENT TENSE. PRESENT TENSE. 

I love, am loving, do love. I am loved. 

SINGULAR. SINGULAR. 

amo, I love. amor, I am loved. 

amas, Thou loves/. amaris, Thou art loved, 

amat, He loves. amatur, He is loved. 

PLURAL. PLURAL. 

amamus, We love. amamur, We are loved. 

amatis, You love. amamini, You are loved. 

amant, They love. amantur, l"hey are loved. 

IMPERFECT TENSE. 

I loved, was loving ,- etc. I was loved, etc. 

amabam amabamus amabar amabamur 

amabas amabatis amabaris or -re amabamini 

amabat amabant amabatur amabantur 

FUTURE TENSE. 

I shall love, etc. I shall be loved, etc. 

amabo amabimus amabor amabimur 

amabis amabitis amaberis or -re amabimini 

amabit amabunt amabitur amabuntur 

PERFECT TENSE. 

I have loved, I loved, etc. I have been [was) loved, etc. 

amavi amavimus _.„„ { sum ._ ( sumus 

- : 4.7 - j«*i« amatus, ) n amatl, ) 

amavistl amavistis ' -l es ' -l estis 

amavit amaverunt or -re " ' " ( est ' I sunt 



240 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

/ had loved, etc. / had been loved, etc. 

amaveram amaveramus ._ ( eram amatl, ( eramus 
_ . amatus, \ A - . 

amaveras amaveratis n , -I eras -ae, -a -l eratis 

-a, -um ) ' J 

amaverat amaverant ( erat ( erant 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

I shall have loved, etc. I shall have been loved, etc. 

amavero amaverimus _ / ero . . r erimus 

amatus, \ . amatl, 
amaveris amaventis „ 'J ens -I eritis 

. ^ -a, -um 1 -ae, -a ) 

amavent amaverint f ent ( erunt 







SUBJUNCTIVE. 








PRESENT. 




amem 


amemus 


amer 


amemur 


ames 


ametis 


ameris or -re 


amemini 


amet 


ament 


ametur 


amentur 



IMPERFECT. 

amarem am ar emus amarer amaremur 

amares amaretis amareris or -re amaremini 

amaret amarent amaretur amarentur 



amaverim amaverimus 
amaveris amaveritis 
amaverit amaverint 



PERFECT. 

amatus, 
-a, -um 




amatl, 
-ae, -a 



simus 

sitis 

sint 



PLUPERFECT. 

amavissem amavissemus 



amavisses amavissetis 



amatus, 



amavisset amavissent ' I esset 



essem _ r essemus 

amatl, \ 
esses -I essetis 



-ae, -a 



essent 



REGULAR VERBS. 



241 



Active Voice. 



Passive Voice, 



ama, love thou. 
amate, love ye. 



IMPERATIVE. 
PRESENT. 



amare, be thou loved. 
amamini, be ye loved. 



FUTURE. 



amato, thou shall love, 
amato, he shall love. 
amatdte, jy<9# shall love. 
amanto, they shall love. 



amator, thou shall be loved. 
amator, he shall be loved, 

amantor, they shall be loved. 



INFINITIVE. 

Pres. amare, to love. amari, to be loved. 

Perf. amavisse, to have loved, amatum (-am, -um)esse, to 

have been loved. 
Fut. amaturum (-am, -um) amatum Irl, to be about to be 

esse, to be about to loved. 

love. 

participle. 

Pres. amans, -antis, loving. Perf. amatus, -a, -um, having 
Fut.- amaturus, -a, -um, been loved, 

about to love. 



GERUND. 

G. amandi, of loving. 

D. amando, for loving. 

Ac. amandum, loving. 

Ab. amando, by loving. 

supine. 
Ac. .. amatum, to love. 
Ab. amatu, to love. 



gerundive. 
amandus, -a, -um. 



242 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 

Conjugation by Endings. 

indicative mood. 
Active Voice. Passive Voice. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

am-5 am-a-mus am-o-r am-a-mur 

"-a-s " "-tis "-a-ris " "-mini 

" a-t " a-nt " "-tur " a-ntur 

IMPERFECT TENSE. 

am-a-ba-m am-a-ba-mus am-a-ba-r am-a-ba-mur 

" " ba-s " " " -tis " " ba-ris^rre " " "-mini 
" " ba-t " " ba-nt " " "-tux " " ba-ntur 

FUTURE TENSE. 

am-a-b-6 am-a-bi-mus am-a-bo-r am-a-bi-mur 

" "-bi-s " " "-tis " "-be-risorre " " "-mini 

« « «-t " " bu-nt " "-bi-tur " "-bu-ntur 

PERFECT TENSE. 

amav-i amav-imus amft t sum am r sumus 

« -isti « -istis um es jestis 

" -it " -erunt 1 (est ' I sunt 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

amav-era-m amav-era-mus _ x ( eram __ c eramus 

amatus, l _ amatl, \ 

" eras " " -tis „ \ eras ntx l\ eratis 

-a, -um ; . -ae, -a ; 

" era-t " era-nt C erat ( erant 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

amav-er-o amav-eri-mus .. • ( ero . _ ( erimus 

amatus, ) . amatl, ) 

" -eri-s " " -tis ■( ens a entis 

-a, -um / _,. -ae, -a / 

« " _t " " -nt v ent v. erunt 

1 Or amav-ere. 



REGULAR yERBS. 



! 43 



481. Second Conjugation. — E Verbs. 

moneo advise. 
Principal Parts : moneo, monere, monui, monitus. 

INDICATIVE, 



Active. 



Passive. 





I advise, etc. 


I am advised, etc. 


moneo 


monemus 


moneor monemur 


mones 


monetis 


moneris monemini 


monet 


monent 


monetur monentur 



IMPERFECT. 

/ was advising, etc. / was advised, etc. 

monebam monebamus monebar monebamur 

monebas monebatis monebaris or -re monebamini 

monebat monebant monebatur monebantur 



/ shall advise, etc. 
monebo monebimus 
monebis monebitis 
monebit monebunt 



/ shall be advised, etc. 
monebor monebimur 

moneberis or -re monebimini 
monebitur monebuntur 



PERFECT. 

I have advised, I advised, etc. I have been (was) advised, etc. 

sum 



monui monuimus 

monuisti monuistis 
monuit monuerunt 
or ere 

/ had advised, etc. 
monueram monueramus 



c sum . _ r sumus 

monitus, \ moniti, \ DU1 ^ ue> 
< es < estis 

" a '- um (est - ae > - a 



(sunt 



PLUPERFECT. 

/ had been advised, etc. 



reram 



r eramus 



monitus, 1 - moniti, \ 
monueras monueratis ' X eras I eratis 



monuerat monuerant 



-a, -urn 



(.erat 



-ae, -a 



leraat 



244 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

I shall have advised, etc. I shall have been advised, etc. 

monuero monuerimus .. rero rerimus 

monitus, \ . moniti. \ . . 

monuens monuentis \ ens » \ eritis 

-a, -um } ae a J 

monuerit monuerint Cent ' (.erunt 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

moneam moneamus monear moneamur 

moneas moneatis monearis or -re moneamini 

moneat moneant moneatur moneantur 

IMPEFECT. 

monerem moneremus monerer moneremur 

moneres moneretis monereris or -re moneremini 

moneret monerent moneretur monerentur 

PERFECT. 

monuerim monuerimus ..„ rsim ... rsimus 

. . monitus, \ _ moniti, \ 

monuens monuentis n . „, I sis oo Q \ sitis 

. -a, -uni y . -de. -a y 

monuerit monuerint I sit Ismt 

PLUPERFECT. 

monuissem monuissemus moni- r essem . _ r essemus 

. _ . _,". \ _ moniti, \ 

monuisses monuissetis tus, J esses J essetis 

J -ae, -a ) 

monuisset monuissent -a, -um (. esset (_ essent 

IMPERATIVE. 



mone, advise thou. monere, be thou advised. 

monete, advise ye. monemini, be ye advised. 

FUTURE. 

moneto, thou shall advise. monetor, thou shall be adv'd. 

moneto, he shall advise. monetor, he shall be advised. 



monetote, you shall advise. 

monento, they shall advise. monentor, they shall be adv'd. 



REGULAR KERBS. M5 

INFINITIVE. 

Pres. monere, to advise. moneri, to be advised. 

Perf. monuisse, to have advd. monitum (-am. -um) esse, 

Fut. moniturum (-am, -um) to have been advised. 

esse, to be about to monitum Iri, to be about to be 

advise. advised. 

participles. 

Pres. monens, -entis, advising. 

Fut. moniturus, -a, -um, Ger. monendus, -a, -um. 

about to advise. 

Perf. monitus, -a, -um, ad- 
vised, having been advised. 

GERUND. SUPINE. 

G. monendl, of advising. 
D. monendo, for advising. 

Ac. monendum, advising. Ac. monitum, to advise. 

Ab monendo, by advising. Ab. monitu, to advise, to be 

advised. 

482. Third Conjugation. — E-verbs. 

rego, rule. 
Principal Parts : rego, regere, rexi, rectus. 





INDICATIVE. 




Active. 


PRESENT. 


Passive. 




I rule, etc. 




I am ruled, etc. 


rego 


regimus 




regor regimur 


regis 


regitis 




regeris or -re regiminl 


regit 


, regunt 




regitur reguntur 



IMPERFECT. 

I was ruling, etc. I was ruled, etc. 

regebam, etc. regebar, etc. 

(See the same tense of moneo. ) 



3 40 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 

FUTURE. 

I shall rule, etc. / shall be ruled, etc. 

regam regemus regar regemur 

reges regetis regeris, or -re regemini 

reget regent regetur regentur 

PERFECT. 

I have ruled, etc. I have been ruled. 

rexl rectus (-a, -um) sum 

rexisti, etc. rectus es, etc. 

(Compare the same tenses of amo or moneo.) 

PLUPERFECT. 

I had ruled, etc. / had been ruled, etc. 

rexeram, etc. rectus (-a, -um) eram, etc. 

(Compare the same tenses of amo or moneo.) 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

rexero, etc. rectus (-a, -um) ero, etc. 

(Compare the same tenses of amo or moneo.) 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

regam regamus regar regamur 

regas regatis regaris or -re regamini 

regat regant regatur regantur 

IMPERFECT. 

regerem regerer 

regeres, etc. regereris or -re, etc. 

(The first e of the ending is short ; except for this the 
endings are like those of the same tense in moneo.) 

PERFECT. 

rexerim rectus (-a, -um) sim 

rexeris, etc. rectus sis, etc. 

(Compare the same tenses of amo and moneo). 

PLUPERFECT. 

rexissem, etc. rectus (-a, -um) essem, etc. 

(Compare the same tenses of amo and moneo). 



REGULAR VERBS. 247 

IMPERATIVE. 
PRESENT. 

rege, rule thou. regere, be thou ruled. 

regite, rule ye. regimilll, be ye ruled. 

FUTURE. 

regitO, thou shall rule. regitor, thou shall be ruled. 

regitO, he shall rule. regitor, he shall be ruled. 
regitOte, ye shall rule. 

regunto, they shall rule. reguntor, they shall be ruled. 

INFINITIVE. 

Pres. regere, to rule. regl, to be ruled. 

Perf. rexisse, to have ruled, rectum, (-am, -um) esse, to 

have been ruled, 
Fut. recturum (-am, -um) rectum in, to be about to be 
esse, to be about to ruled, 
rule. 

participles. 

Pres. regens, -entis, ruling. Pres. 

Fut. recturus, a, -um, about Ger. regendus, -a, -um. 
to rule. 

Perf. rectus, -a, -um, ruled. 

having been ruled. 

gerund. supine. ' 

G. regendl, of ruling. 
D. regendo, for ruling. 

Ac. regendum, ruling. Ac. rectum, to rule. 

Ab. regendo, by ruling. Ab. rectu, to rule, to be ruled. 

Third . Conjugation. Verbs in -io. 

483. Verbs of the third conjugation in id retain the i 
of the stem before a, 0, u, and e, and in the gerund and 
present participle. Hence some of the forms of the pres= 
ent stem are similar to the forms of the fourth conjugation. 



248 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 

484. (See 483.) 

Principal parts: Capio, capere, cepi, captum. 

INDICATIVE. 

Active Voice. Passive Voice. 

PRESENT. 

I take, am taking, do take, etc. I am taken, etc. 

capio capimus capior capimur 

capis capitis caperis capimini 

capit capiunt capitur capiuntur 

IMPERFECT. 

I took, was taking, did take, etc. I was taken, etc. 

capiebam, etc. capiebar, etc. 

FUTURE. 

I shall take, etc. I shall be taken, etc. 

capiam capiemus capiar capiemur 

capies capietis capieris or -re capiemini 

capiet capient capietur capientur 

PERFECT. 

I have taken, took, etc. I have been (was) taken, etc. 

cepi cepisti, etc. captus (-a, -urn) sum es, etc. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I had taken, etc. I had been taken, etc. 

ceperam, etc. captus (-a, -urn) eram, etc. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

I shall have taken, etc. I shall been have taken, etc. 

cepero, etc. captus (-a, -um) ero, etc. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

capiam capiamus capiar capiamur 
capias capiatis capiaris or -re capiamini 
capiat capiant capiatur capiantur 



REGULAR VERBS. 249 

IMPERFECT. 

caperem, caperes, etc. caperer, -ereris or -re, etc. 

PERFECT. 

ceperim, ceperis, etc. captus (-a, -um) sim, sis, etc. 

PLUPERFECT. 

cepissem, cepisses, etc. captus (-a, -um) essem, esses, 

etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 

Pres. cape, take ihou. capere, be thou taken. 

capite, take ye. capimini, be ye taken. 

Fut. capitO, thou shatt take, capitor, thou shalt be taken, 
etc. etc. 

INFINITIVE. 

Pres. capere, to take. capi, to be taken. 

Perf. cepisse, to have taken, captum (-am, um) esse, to 

Fut. capturum (-am, -um) have been taken. 

esse, to be about to captum in, to be about to be 

take. taken. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Pres. capiens, -ientis, taking. Ger. capiendus. 
Fut. capturus, about to take. Perf. captus, having been 

taken. 

gerund. supine. 

G. capiendi, of taking, etc. Ac. captum, to take. 

Ab. captu, A; take, to be take?i. 



25 o TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 

485. Fourth Conjugation. 

Principal Parts : Audio, audire, audivi, auditus. 

INDICATIVE. 

Active Voice. Passive Voice. 

PRESENT. 

/ hear, etc. / am heard, etc. 

audio audlmus audior audimur 

audis auditis audiris or -re audimini 

audit audiunt auditur audiuntur 

IMPERFECT. 

/ was hearing, etc. / was heard, etc. 

audiebam, etc. audiebar, etc. 

(See the same tenses of capio.) 

FUTURE. 

/ will hear, etc. / will be heard, etc. 

audiam, audies, etc. audiar, audieris or re, etc. 

(See the same tenses of capio.) 

PERFECT. 

I have heard, I heard. I have been (was) heard. 

audivi, audivisti, etc. auditus (-a, -um) sum, es, 

etc. 

PLUPERFECT. 

I had heard, etc. / had been heard, etc. 

audiveram, etc. auditus (-a, -um) eram, 

etc. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

I shall have heard, etc. I shall have been heard, etc. 

audivero, etc. auditus (-a, -um) ero etc. 



REGULAR VERBS. 251 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

audiam, audias, etc. audiar, audiaris or -re, etc. 

(See the same tenses of capio.) 

IMPERFECT. 

audirem audiremus audirer audiremur 

audires audiretis audireris or -re audiremini 

audiret audirent audiretur audirentur 

PERFECT. 

audiverim, audiveris, etc. auditus (-a, um) sim, sis, 

etc. 

PLUPERFECT. 

audivissem, etc. auditus (-a, um) essem, 

etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 
PRESENT. 

audi, hear thou. audire, be thou heard. 

audlte, hear ye. audimini, be ye heard. 

FUTURE. 

audltO, thou shalt hear. auditor, thou shalt be heard. 

audlto, he shall hear. auditor, he shall be heard. 

audltote, ye shall hear. 

audiunto, they shall hear. audiuntor, they shall be heard. 

INFINITIVE. 

Pres. audire, to hear. audiri, to be heard. 

Perf. audivisse, to have auditum (-am, -um) esse, 

heard. to have been heard. 

Fut. auditurum (-am, -um) auditum iri, to be about to 

esse, to be about to hear. be heard. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Pres. audiens, -entis, hear- Perf. auditus, -a, -um, 
ing. heard, having been heard. 

Fut. auditurus, -a, -um, 
about to hear. 



252 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 



GERUND. 

G. audiendl, of hearing. 

D. audiendo, for hearing, 

Ac. audiendum, hearing. 

Ab. audiendo, by hearing. 

SUPINE. 

Ac. audi turn, to hear. 
Ab. auditu, to hear. 



GERUNDIVE. 

audiendus, -a, -urn. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 
486. i. Sum (stems es, fu), be. 

Principal Parts : sum, esse, fui, futurus. 



INDICATIVE. 



SINGULAR. 

sum, I am. 

es, thou art. 

est, he (she, it) is. 

eram, I was, 
eras, thou wast. 
erat, he was. 



IMPERFECT. 



PLURAL. 

sumus, we are. 
estis, you are. 
sunt, they are. 

eramus, we were. 
eratis, you were. 
erant, they were. 



ero, / shall be. 
eris, thou wilt be. 
erit, he will be. 



erimus, we shall be. 
eritis, you will be. 
erunt, they will be. 



ful, I have been, was. 
fuistl, thou hast been, wast. 
fuit, he has been, was. 



fuimus, we have been, were. 
fuistis, you have been, were. 
fuerunt, or fuere, they have 
been, were. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



2 53 



fueram, / had been. 
fueras, thou hadst been. 
fuerat, he had been. 



PLUPERFECT. 

fueramus, we had been. 
fueratis, you had been. 
fuerant, they had been. 



FUTURE PERFECT. 

fuero, I shall have been. fuerimus, we shall have been. 

fueris, thou wilt have been. fueritis, you will have been. 
fuerit, he will have been. fuerint, they will have been. 







SUBJUNCTIVE. 






PRESENT. 




] 


IMPERFECT. 


sim 


simus 




essem 


essemus 


SIS 


sitis 




esses 


essetis 


sit 


sint 

PERFECT. 




esset 


essent 

PLUPERFECT. 


fuerim 


fuerimus 




fuissem 


fuissemus 


fueris 


fueritis 




fuisses 


fuissetis 


fuerit 


fuerint 




fuisset 


fuissent 






IMPERATIVE. 








PRESENT 







es, be thou. este, be ye. 

FUTURE. 

esto, thou shall be. estote, ye shall be. 

esto, he shall be. sunto, they shall be. 

INFINITIVE. 

Present, esse, to be. 
Perfect, fuisse, to have been. 

futurum, (-am, -urn) esse, to be about to be. 



^ futur 

Future. \ 

fore. 



PARTICIPLE. 

Future, futurus, -a, -um, being about to be. , 



2 54 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 





2. possum, 


posse, potui, - 


, be able, can. 




INDICATIVE. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 




SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 1 


SINGULAR. PLURAL. 


PRES. 


possum 


possumus 


possim 


l possimus 




potes 


potestis 


possis 


possitis 




potest 


possunt 


possit 


possint 


Imp. 


poteram 


poteramus 


possem posse mus 


Fut. 


potero 


poterimus 






Perf 


. potui 


potuimus 


potuerim potuerimus 


Plup. 


potueram 


potueramus 


potuissem potuiasemus 


F. P. 


potuero 


potuerimus 










INFINITIVE. 






Pres. 


posse 


Perf. 


potuisse 


487. 










void, velle, 


volui, , be 


1 willing 


•, will, wish. 




nolo, nolle, 


nolui, , be 


unwilling, will not. 




malo, malle 


, malui, , i 


he more 


willing, prefer. 






INDICATIVE. 




Pres. 


volo 


nolo 




malo 




vis 


non vis 




mavis 




vult 


non vult 




mavult 




volumus 


nolumus 




malumus 




vultis 


non vultis 




mavultis 




volunt 


nolunt 




malunt 


Imp. 


volebam 


nolebam 




malebam 


Fut. 


volam, voles 


;, etc. nolam, noles, etc. 


malam, males, etc 


Perf. 


volui 


nolui 




malui 


Plup. 


volueram 


nolueram 




malueram 


F. P. 


voluero 


noluero 




maluero 






SUBJUNCTIVE. 




Pres. 


velim 


nolim 




malim 




veils 


nolis 




malis 




velit 


nolit 




malit 




velimus 


nolimus 




malimus 




velitis 


nolitis 




malitis 




velint 


nolint 




malint 



IRREGULAR VERBS, 



255 



subjunctive- 


— ( Continued. ) 


Imp, vellem 


nollem mallem 


Perf. voluerim 


noluerim maluerim 


Plup. voluissem 


noluissem maluissem 




IMPERATIVE. 


Pres. 


noli 
nolite 




Fut. 


nolitc 


i, etc. 




INFINITIVE. 


Pres. velle 


nolle 


malle 


Perf. voluisse 


noluisse maluisse 




PARTICIPLE. 


Pres. volens 


nolens 


488. 


Eo, 


go- 


Principal Parts : 


Eo, ire, ii '(or ivi) (iturus) 


INDICATIVE. 




SUBJUNCTIVE. 


Pres. eo imus 




Pres. earn, etc. 


is itis 






it eunt 






Imperf. ibam 




Imperf. irem 


Fut. ibo 






Perf. ii (ivi) 




Perf. ierim 


Plup. ieram (iveram 


) 


Plup. issem 


Fut. Perf. iero 






IMPERATIVE. 




INFINITIVE. 


Pres. i ite 




Pres. ire 


Fut. ito itote 




Perf. isse 


ito eunto 




Fut. iturum (-am, -um) esse 


PARTICIPLES. 




GERUND. 


Pres. iens. Gen. euntis 




Fut. iturus, -a, -um 




G. eundi 


SUPINE. 




D. eundo 


Ac. itum 




Ac. eundum 


Ab. itu 




Ab. eundo 



1 The contracted form is the commoner. 



50 TABLES OF DECLENSION. AND CONJUGATION. 



489. Ferd, bear, carry. 

Principal Parts : Ferd, ferre, tuli, latum, 



A 


LCtive. 


INDICATIVE. 


Passive. 


Pres. 


fero 


ferimus 


feror ferimur 




fers 


fertis 


ferris or -re ferimini 




fert 


ferunt 


fertur feruntur 


Imperf. 


ferebam 




ferebar 


Fut. 


feram 




ferar 


Perf. 


tuli 




latus (-a, -um) sum 


Plup. 


tuleram 




latus (-a, -um) eram 


Fut. Perf. 


tulero 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


latus (-a, -um) ero 


Pres. 


feram 




ferar 


Imperf. 


ferrem 




ferrer 


Perf. 


tulerim 




latus (-a, -um) sim 


Plup. 


tulissem 


IMPERATIVE. 


latus (-a, -um) essem 


Pres. 


fer 


ferte 


ferre ferimini 


Fut. 


ferto 


fertote 


fertor 




ferto 


ferunto 

INFINITIVE. 


fertor feruntor 


Pres. 


ferre 




ferri 


Perf. 


tulisse 




latum (-am, -um) esse 


Fut. 


laturum (■ 


•am, -um) esse 

PARTICIPLES. 


latum Iri 


Pres. 


ferens 




Perf. latus 


Fut. 


laturus (-a, -um) 




gerund. 




GERUNDIVE. 


G. 


ferendi 




ferendus 


D. 


ferendo 




v 


Ac. 


ferendum 






Ab. 


ferendo 






SUPINE. 








Ac. 


latum 






Ab. 


latu 







IRREGULAR VERBS. 



257 



490. 



F16, be made, become. 





INDICATIVE. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


Pres. 


fio 

fis 

fit 


fimus 

fitis 

fiunt 


Pres. 


fiam 


Imperf. 


fiebam 




Imperf. 


fierem 


Fut. 


flam 








Perf. 


factus sum 




Perf. 


factus sim 


Plup. 


factus eram 


Pluperf. 


factus essem 


Fut. Perf. 


factus ero 








IMPERATIVE. 




INFINITIVE. 


Pres. 


fi 


fite 


Pres. fieri 







esse 


Fut. 


factum iri 


participles. 





Gerundive, faciendus, -a, -um 
Perfect. factus, -a, -um. 



LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS. 



Ab., Abl., Ablative. 
Ac, Ace. Accusative. 
Adj., Adjective. 
Adv., Adverb. 
Conj., Conjunction. 
Cp., Compare. 
D., Dat., Dative. 
Demon., Demonstrative. 
Dep., Deponent. 
F., Fein., Feminine. 
F. P., Future Perfect. 
Fut., Future. 

Fut. Perf., Future Perfect. 
G., Gen., Genitive. 
Imp., Imperf., Imperfect. 
Indef., Indefinite. 



Interrog., Interrogative. 

M., Mas., Masculine. 

N., Neut., Neuter. 

N., Nom., Nominative. 

Perf., Perfect. 

Pers., Personal, Person. 

Plup., Pluperf., Pluperfect 

Poss., Possessive. 

Prep., Preposition. 

Pres., Present. 

Rel., Relative. 

Sing., Singular. 

Subj., Subjunctive. 

Voc, Vocative. 



258 



VOCABULARY. 



The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -urn are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of the first conjugation marked "/."are like those of 

amo. 

If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-ducd, ab-ed), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as 
duco, eo). 



a, ab, prep. w. abl., 80, by, 

from. 
ab-dtiCO, lead away. 
ab-eo, go away. 
ab-ripuit (ab-ripio), took (or 

tore) off. 
ab-s-tineo (-tinere, -tinui, 

-tentus), hold back, abstain. 
ab-sum (ab-esse, a-fui), 
, 302, be away, be distant. 
ac, conj., and. (Before con- 
sonants only.) 
ac-cido (-cider e, -cidi, — ), 

happen. 
ac-cipio (-cipere, -cepi, -cep- 

tus), receive. 
acer, acris, acre, adj., keen, 

eager (i-stem). 
acies, ei, f., 302, line of 

battle. 
acriter, adv., keenly, eagerly. 



ad, prep. w. ace, 145, to 

(denoting place to which), 

at. With numerals, about. 
ad-duco, lead to. 
ad-hibeo (-hibere, -hibui, 

-hibitus), furnish, employ 

[ad-habe5] . 
ad-iungo (-iungere, -iunxi, 

-iunctus), unite. 
ad-sum (ad-esse, af-fui), be 

present. 
adulescens, -ntis, m. (and 

f.), young man, youth 

(i-stem). 
ad-ventilS, -US, m., arrival 

[ad-venio] . 
aedifico, I., build. 
aeger, -gra, -grum, adj., 

sick, feeble. 
aegre, adv., with difficulty, 

hardly. 

259 



2 6o 



VOCABULARY. 



af-fero (af-ferre, at-tuli, 
al-latum), bring to [ad- 
f ero] . 

af-ficio (-ficere, -feci, -fec- 
tus), affect, some one {in 
some manner) [ad-facio] . 

ager, agrl, m„ 59, field. 
Plural, the country, as dis- 
tinguished from the town. 

agmen, -inis, n., 158, army 
on the march, a marching 
column. 

agnosco, agnoscere, agnovi, 
agnotus, recognize. (Cp. 
cognosco.) 

ago, agere, egi, actus, con- 
duct, perform, do. 

aliquis, -qua, -quid, indef. 
pron., some one, any one. 

alius, -a, -ud (gen., -lus), 
adj., 321, another, other; 
alius . . . alius, one . . . 
another. 

alter, -era, -erum (gen., 
-lus), adj., the other {of 
two) ; alter . . . alter, the 
one . . . the other. 

altus, -a, -um, adj., 54, 
high, 



amat, loves. 

amicitia, -ae, friendship. 

amicus, -1, 47, friend. 

a-mitto, lose. 

amo, amare, amavi, ama- 

tus, 

I., 80, to like or love. 
amplius, adv. , more widely. 
animus, -1, mind, conscious- 
ness. 
annuo (nuere, -nui, -nu- 

tus), to nod. 
annus, -1, m., 145, year. 
ante, prep. w. ace., before. 
ante-signanus, -i, a soldier 

whose position was in front 

of the standard. 
apertus, -a, -um, adj., open, 

exposed. 
ap-pell6, I., call to, address, 
apud, prep, w. ace., near to, 

in the presence of. 
aqua, -ae, 289, water. 
aquila, -ae, an eagle. The 

principal standard of a 

legion. 
aquilifer, -erf, m. [aquila, 

fero], an eagle-bearer or 

standard-bearer. 



The genitivts of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the Jlrst declension axe feminine, unleT, otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declens'on in -um are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of the first conjugation marked "/."are like choseof 

amo. 

If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as 
duco, eo). 



VOCABULARY. 



261 



arma, -drum (in plural 
only), 65, weapons (of all 
kinds, both for attack and 
defence) . 

armaturae. See levis. 

ascensus, -us, m., ascent. 

atque, 91, and. 

audeo, audere, ausi, ausus, 
dare. 

audio, audire, audivi, audi- 
tUS, hear. 

augeo, augere, auxi, auc- 
tus, increase. 

aut, conj., or; aut. . . aut, 
either . . . or. 

auxilium, -I, 116, aid or 
help. Plural usually aux- 
iliaries or light -armed 
troops. 

avus, -1, grandfather. 

a-verto (-vertere, -verti, 
-versus), turn away. 

ballista, -ae, a machine for 

throwing stones, used in 

war. 
balteus, -1, belt. 
barbarus, -a, -um, adj., 86, 

uncivilized. 
bellum, -I, 71, war. 
bene, adv. [bonus], 247, 

well. 
beneficium, -1 [bene-f acio] , 

kindness. 
bonus, -a, -um, adj., 91, 240, 

good. 



brevis, -e, adj., brief 
(i-stem). 

campus, -1, a level place, a 

plain. 
capio, caper e, cepi, captus, 

289, take. 
captlVUS, -1, 47, prisoner. 
captUS est, was captured. 
caput, -itis, n., head. 
cassis, -idis, f., helmet. 
casus, -us, m., accident, mis- 
fortune. 
castellum, -l, a fortified 

place, fort. 
castra, -orum (in plural 

only), in, camp. 
causa, -ae, cause. 
celeriter, adv., 247, quickly. 
celerius, adv., comp. of 

celeriter. 
centum, num. adj., indeclin- 
able, hundred. 
centurio, -onis, m., 321, 

centurion. 
certe, adv., assuredly, surely. 
certus, -a, -um, adj., 348, 

certain, trustworthy . 
cibus, -ij food. 
citerior, -ius, adj., hither, 

nearer. 
circuitus, -us, m., a circuit. 
circum, adv. and prep. w. 

ace., around, about. 
circum -eo, 
circum-venio, 



J ._ I surround. 

mio, \ 



262 



VOCABULARY. 



Civis, -is, m. (and f.), citi- 
zen (i-stem). 

ci vitas, -atis, f., 377, a state 
or nation. 

clam, adv., secretly. 

classis, -is, f., 171, fleet (i- 
stem). 

COgitO, I., think. • 

cognosco, cognoscere, cog- 
novi, cognitus, 348, learn 
about, recognize, examine. m 

cogo, cogere, coegi, coactus 
[co-ago] ,317, collect, com- 
pel 

cohors, -rtis, f., 247, cohort 
(i-stem). 

COllis, -is, m., 158, hill 
(i-stem) ; summus collis, 
158, /o/ of the hill. 

colonia, -ae, colony. 

com-, in compounds for 
cum. 

coma, -ae, hair. 

com-mitto, 271, bring to- 
gether ; proelium com- 
mitter e, to engage in 
battle. 

commodus, -a, -um, adj., 
convenient, proper. 



com-plures, -a (in plural 
only), very many. 

con-cido (cidere, -cidi, — ), 
fall. 

concilium, -i, 59, council. 

con-clamo, I., exclaim. 

con-curro (-currere, -currl, 
-cursus), run together 
[from opposite directions). 

con-ficio (-ficere, -feci, -fec- 
tus), to complete, exhaust. 

con-firmo, I., encourage, con- 
firm. 

con-loco, I., 96, to place, sta- 
tion. 

con-loquium, -I, a conference 
(cum-loquor). 

conor, conari, conatus, 
405, dep., attempt, try. 

consilium, -1, 59, advice, 
plan, skill, prudence. 

con-sisto (-sistere, -stiti, 
-stitum), stand, stop. 

cdn-spectus, -us, m., a sight, 
view. 

constituit, determined. 

con-stituo (-stituere, -stitui, 
-stitutus), establish, station, 
determine. 



The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of the first conjugation marked "/." are like those of 
amo. 

If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as 
duco, eo). 



VOCABULAR Y. 



263 



con-sto (-stare, -steti, -sta- 
tus, Cp. do), stand firm, 
stop (intrans.). 

con-teado (-tendere, -tendi, 
-tentum), 256, strive, has- 
ten; sometimes, to fight. 

continenter, adv. , conti?i- 
uously. 

con-tineo (-tinere, -tinui, 
-tentus), 233, to hold to- 
gether; passive also, is 
bounded. 

contra, adv. and prep. w. 
ace., opposite to, against. 

con-venio, agree, meet. 

con-voco, I., call together. 

COpia, -ae, 41, abundance ; 
plural also troops. 

Cornu, -US, n., horn, wing 
of an army. • 

credo, credere, credidi, cre- 
ditus, believe. 

cum, conj., when, since 
(causal), although. 

cum, prep. w. abl., 80, to- 
gether with, with (denoting 
accompaniment) . 

cur? adv., wherefore P 

CUrsus, -US, m., a running. 

dare se in deditionem, to 

surrender himself [her- 
self), themselves. 

dat, gives. 

de, prep. w. abl., from, about, 
concerning, of 



decumanus, -a, -um, adj., 
of or belonging to the tenth 
{legion). W. porta, rear. 

deditio, -ionis, f., surren- 
der. 

de-fendo ( -fender e, -fendl, 
-fensusj, 256, defend. 

de-fero, bear away. 

defessus, -a, -um, adj., 54, 
tired, weary. 

de-figo ( -flgere, -fixi, -flx- 
us) , fix, fasten. 

de-icio (-icere, -ieci, -rec- 
tus), throw down. 

de-inde, adv., then, secondly. 

de-mitto, to lower. 

de-pono, lay aside, set down. 

desperatio, -onis, f., despera- 
tion. 

de-sum, fail, lack, be away. 

dexter, -era, -erum, adj., 
right (hand). 

dicit, says. 

dico, dicere, dixi, dictus, 
264, say. 

dies, -el, m. and f., 289, day; 
multo die, late in the day. 

dif-fero (dif-ferre, dis-tuli, 
di-latus), to change. 

difficilis, -e, adj., difficult. 

difficultas, -atis, f., difficulty. 

dignitas, -atis, f., dignity. 

diligenter, adv., diligently. 

diligentia, -ae, diligence. 

dl-mitto, send away. 

diu, adv. , for a long time. 



264 



VOCABULARY. 



diutius, adv. Comp. of 
diu. 

dixit, said. 

do, dare, dedl, datus, 104, 

give. 
domus, -1 or -us (see 472), 

f., 420, house, ho??ie. 
donum, -1, gift. 
dubito, I., hesitate. 
duco, ducere, duxi, ductus, 

264, lead. 
dum, conj., while. 
duplico, I., to double. 
dux, ducis, m. and f. (duco), 

a leader, 

e, ex, prep. w. abl., 191, 

from, out from, out of. 
edo, edere, edi, esus, eat. 
e-ducd, lead away. 
ef-ficio (-ficere, -feci, -fec- 

tus), accomplish, execute, 

make. 
ego, mei (dat., mihi; ace, 

abl., me), pers. pron. /. 
elephantus, -1, elephant. 
e-licio (-licere, -licui or 

-lexl, -licitus), entice, lure 

forth. 



eo, ire, Ivi (ii), (iturus), 
488, to go. 

eques, -itis, m., 133, horse- 
man. 

equitatus, -us, mi, 264, cav- 
alry, 

equus, -1, 47, horse; ex equo, 
on horseback. 

erat, was. 

est, is. 

et, 41, and; et . . . et, both . . . 

and. 
etiam, adv. and conj., even. 
e-voco, I., call forth. 
ex. See e. 
excellens, gen. -ntis, adj., 

excellent. 
ex-cido (-cidere, -cidi, -ci- 

sus), cut down. 
ex-cipio (-cipere, -cepi, -cep- 

tus), receive, draw out, cap- 
lure. 
ex-eo, go away. 
exercitUS, -US, m. , 2 1 5 , army. 
ex-fugio, flee away. 
ex-istimo, I., 396, think, 

suppose. 
ex-ivit (plural, -Iverunt) , 

went away. 



The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of the first conjugation marked "/." are like those of 

amo. 

If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as at>-duco, ab-eo), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as 

duco, eo). 



VOCABULARY. 



265 



3X-spect6, I., await, expect. 
extra, prep, with ace, outside. 
extremus, -a, -um, adj., 240, 
extreme, outermost. 

facilis, -e, adj., 348, easy 
(i-stem). 

facile, adv., 247, easily. 

facio, facere, feci, factus, 
294, do, make. 

f actio, -onis, f., {political) 
party. 

facultas, -atis, f., 396, abil- 
ity, opportunity, supply. 

falsus, -a, -um, adj., false. 

fero, ferre, tull, latus, to 
bear (489). 

feroculus, -a, -um, adj., 
ferocious ; [ferox, {pierce) 
-ulus, a diminutive here 
expressing contempt, ,] 

fertilis, -e, 2,^}., fertile. 

fides, -el, f. , trust, trustworth- 
iness. 

fidus, a, -um, adj., faithful. 

filia, -ae, daughter. 

fllius, -1, 96, son. 

finis, -is, m., 405, limit, end ; 
plural, boundaries, hence, 
country, land (i-stem). 

fio, fieri, factus, passive of 
facio (490) become, be 
made. 

firmus, -a, -um, adj., flrm. 

flo, I., blow. 

flumen, -inis, n. ? 145, river. 



forsitan, adv., perhaps. 
fortis, -e, adj., brave (i-stem). 
fortiter, adv., bravely. 
fortuna, -ae, 140, fortune, 

chance. 
fortunatus, -a, -um, adj., 

fortunate. 
frater, fratris, m., brother. 
f rumentaria, adj . , f. See res. 
frumentum, -1, n., 65. grain, 

provisions. 
frustra, adv., vainly. 
fuga, -ae, flight. 
fuge, flee ! 
fugio, fugere, fugi, fugitus, 

363, flee. 
funditor, -oris, m., stinger. 

A light-armed soldier who 

threw stones with a sling. 

gero, gerere, gessi, gestus, 

215, to do, wage. 

gladius, -1, 71, sword. 

gloria, -ae, glory. 

gratia, -ae, favor ; gratias 
agere, to thank. 

gratus, -a, -um, adj., 54, 
pleasing, acceptable (refers 
to things and animals). 

gravis, -e, adj., heavy, bur- 
dened, severe (i-stem). 

graviter, adv., heavily, se- 
verely. 

habet, has. 

habeo, habere, habui, habi- 
tus, 184, have. 



266 



VOCABULARY. 



habuit (plural habuerunt), 

has had, had. 

hie, haec, hoc, demons, 
pron. , this ; also, as pers. 
pron., he, she, it (476). 

Mems, -emis, f., winter. 

hiberna, orum, n. (in 
plural only), 65, winter- 
quarters. (The full form, 
castra hiberna, is seldom 
used.) 

hodie, for hoc die, to-day. 

homo, -inis, m. (andf.), 145, 
man. 

hora, -ae, hour. 

hostis, -is, m. (andf.), 165, 
enemy (i-stem). 

ibl, adv., 65, in that place. 
idem, eadem, idem, demon. 

pron., same. 
idoneus, -a, -um, adj., 96, 

suitable. (Referring to 

places or people.) 
ignis, -is, m.,fire (i-stem). 
ille, ilia, illud, demon. 

pron. , that ; also as pers. 

pron., he, she, it (476). 
impedimentum, -I; 116. 



imperator, -oris, m., a title 
of honor given to a general 
by acclamation of the sol- 
diers after his first victory. 
General- in -ch ief 

imperium, -l, dominion, rule, 
supreme command. 

impero, I., command. (Fol- 
lowed by Ut. ) 

impetus, -us, m., 294, attack. 

im-pono, place upon, impose. 

in, prep, with ace. and abl., 
47; with ace, into, against; 
with abl., in, on. 

in-, equivalent sometimes to 
English prefix un-. 

in-cendit, burned. 

in-cendo (-cendere, -cendi, 
-census), to burn, be angry. 

in-columis, -e, unharmed. 

in-crebuit, increased. 

in-credibilis, -e, adj. (credo), 
incredible (i-stem). 

inferior, -ius, adj., 240, 
lower. 

in-fero (in-ferre, in-tuli, il- 
latus), carry or bring to 
or into ; bellum inferre, to 
wage war. 



lite genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the first declension aw feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. , 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of the first conjugation marked'" /." are like those of 

amo. 

If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as 
duco, eo). 



VOCABULARY. 



267 



infimus, -a, -um, adj., 240, 

lowest. 
infra, adv. and prep. w. ace, 

below. 
in-iquus, -a, -um, adj., un- 
equal. 
in-opia, -ae, 140, lack. 
In-struo (-struere, -struxi, 

-Strtictus), 302, construct. 

Of troops, to draw up. 
inter, adv. and prep. w. ace, 

among, between. 
inter-eo, perish. 
interfectus est, was killed. 
inter-ficio (-ficere, -feci, 

-fectus), 321, kill. 
interim, adv., meanwhile. 
inter -ivit (plural -iverunt), 

perished. 
inter-mitto, omit, discontinue. 
inter-pond, place between, 

interpose. 
inter -sum, be between. 
intra, adv. and prep. w. ace, 

within, inside. 
ipse, -a, -um, demon, adj. 

and pron., self. 
is, ea, id, demon, pron., this. 

Also as pers. pron., he, she, 

it (476). 
iste, ista, istud, demon. 

pron., that {of yours). 
ita, adv., 104, thus. 
ita-que, conj., and so, and 

thus. 
item, adv. , in the same manner. 



iter, itineris, n., 184, a 
march, journey, road. 

iterum, adv., again. 

ivit (plural iverunt), went. 

iacio, iacere, ieci, iactus, 
throw. 

iam, adv., already. 

iudico, 1., judge, examine. 

iuro, I., lake an oath. 

labor, -oris, m., labor. 
labor 6, I., 86, to work. 
laetus, -a, -um, adj., joyful. 
lapis, -idis, n., stone. 
latus, -a, -um, adj., wide. 
laudat, praises. 
laudo, I., to praise. 
legatus,-!, 47, legate, lieuten- 
ant, envoy. 
legio, -onis, f., 158, legion. 
legionarius, -a, -um, adj., 

289, belonging to a legion, 

legionary. 
levis, -e, adj., light (in 

weight), (i-stem). 
levis armaturae, light-armed 

soldiers. 
liber, -era, -erum, adj., 59, 

free, llberi, -orum, m. 

(in plu. only), $g, t children. 
Hbertas, -atis, f., liberty. 
littera, -ae, letter. 
litus, -oris, n., 171, coast. 
locus, -1 (plural loci and 

loca), 96, place, position. 



268 



VOCABULARY. 



longus, -a, -urn, adj., 54, 

long. 
longe, adv., 247, far, widely. 
loquor, loqui, locutus, 405, 

speak, say. 
lima, -ae, moon. 

magis, adv., more. 
magister, -ri, m., master. 
magnus, -a, -um, adj., 54, 

240, large, great. 
maior, ius, adj., 240, larger, 

greater. 
malus, -a, -um, adj., bad. 
manipularis, -e, adj., of the 

same (i-stem) military com- 
pany, comrade. 
maximus, -a, -um, adj., 240, 

largest, greatest. 
me, mei. See ego. 
mecum. For cum me. 
medius, -a, -um, adj., middle 

of 
melior, -ius, adj., 240, letter. 
memoria, -ae, memory. 
mensa, -ae, table. 
mentio, -onis, f., mention. 
meus, -a, -um, poss. adj. 

and pron., my, mine. 



mihi. See ego. 

miles, -itis, m., 133, soldier. 

mille (plural milia, -ium), 
num. adj., indeclinable in 
sing., thousand. 

minimus, -a, -um, adj., 
superlative of parvus, 
smallest, least. 

minor, -us, adj. Compara- 
tive of parvus, smaller, 
less. 

mitto, mittere, misi, mis- 
sus, 215, send. 

moneo, monere, monui, mo- 
nitus, advise. 

mons, montis, m., 233, 
mountain (i-stem). 

morior, mori, mortuus, 
dep.> die. 

moveo, movere, movi, mo- 
tus, move. 

mulier, -eris, f., woman; 
mulieres, nom. and ace. 
plural, women. 

multitudo, -inis, f., multi- 
tude. 

multus, -a, -um, adj., 540, 
240, 247, much; plural 
many. 



The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are mascuiine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of the first conjugation marked "/." are like those of 

amo. 

If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, at)-ed), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as 
ducb, ed). 



VOCABULARY. 



269 



murus, -1, 91, wall. 

nam, adv., for. 
natio, -onis, f. , nation. 
natura, -ae, nature (0/ a 

Iking) ; natu (abl. of 

natus), by birth, in age. 
nauta, -ae, m., sailor. 
navis, -is, {., 177, ship 

(i-stem) ; navem solvit 

(plural solverunt), set sail; 

navis longa, ship of war ; 

navis oneraria, transport, 

merchant vessel. 
-ne, interrog. adv. Sign of 

a question (41). 
ne, conj., in order that . . . 

not. With verbs of fearing, 

lest. (With subj.) With 

imperative, not. 
nec, conj., and not ; nee . . . 

nee, neither . . . nor. 
nemo (dat. nemlni), m. and 

f., no one, nobody. 
ne-que, conj., and not; 

neque . . . neque, neither 

. . . nor. 
neuter, -tra, -trum, adj., 

neither (of two). 
neve, adv., and not, nor. 
niger, -gra, -grum, adj., 

black. 
nihil, n. (indeclinable), noth- 
ing. 
ni-si, conj., if not, unless, 

except. 



noceo, nocere, nocui [noci- 

turus], injure. 
nolo, nolle, nolui [non- 

volo], 381, be unwilling. 
non, adv., not. 
non-nullus, -a, -um, adj., 

some, several. 
non-numquam, adv., some- 
times. 
nos, nostrum (nobis). Plural 

of ego, /. 
noster, -tra, -trum, poss. 

adj. and pron., 256, our. 
novus, -a, -um, adj., 116, 

new, strange ; novissimum 

agmen, rear rank. 
nox, -noctis, f., 165, night 

(i-stem). 
nudus, -a, -um, adj., bare. 
nullus, -a, -um, adj. (ne- 

ullus), none, no one. 
numerus, -i, 47, number. 
numquam, adv., never. 
nunc, adv., now. 
nuntio, I., 80, report, tell. 
nuntius, -1, 65, messenger. 

ob, prep. w. ace, on account 
of. 

obses, -idis, m. and f., 165, 
hostage. 

ob-tineo (-tinere, -tinui, -ten- 
tus), 233, possess. 

occasio, -onis, f., opportunity. 

OCCUpO, I., 86, seize, take pos- 
session of. 



syo 



VOCABULARY. 



of-fero (of-ferre, ob-tuli, ob- 
latus) , bring forward, offer. 

©lim, adv., o?ice, formerly. 

omnis, -e, adj., 171, all, 
every (i-stem). 

onerarius, -a, -um, adv. 
{something) that bears a 
burden. See navis. 

opera, -ae, f.,. exertion, work. 

Opinio, -onis, f., opinion, be- 
lief. 

oppidum, -1, 54, town. 

Op-pUgn6, I., 86, to ailacR. 

optimus, -a, -um, adj., 
superlative of bonus, 240, 
best. 

opus, -eris, n., 302, work. 
Also, need. 

oratio, -onis, f., speech. 

paene, adv., almost. 
par, paris, adj., equal. 
pars, partis, f., 140, part, 

etc., hence region, place, 

direction (i-stem). 
paro, I, 171, prepare. 
parvus, -a, -um, adj., 215, 

little, small. 
passus, -us, m. , apace; mille 



a Utile. 



passuum,a/?0#z<2# mile (five 
thousand feet). 

pater, -tris, m., father. 

pauci, -ae, -a, adj., ji,few. 

paulatim, adv., little by little, 
by degrees. 

paulim, adv., 

paulo, adv., [ 

pecunia, -ae, money. 

pedes, -itis, m., 133, foot- 
soldier. 

peior, -ius, adj., comparative 
of malus, worse. 

pello, pellere, pepull [cp. 
do], pulsus, drive out. 

per, prep. w. ace, through, 
during, by means of. 

per-duco, conduct to, draw oul 
or lengthen. 

per-exiguus, -a, -um, very 
small. 

per-fero, convey, endure, com- 
plete. 

periculum, -1, danger. 

per-mitto, permit, give (some- 
thing) up to (some one). 

per-suadeo (-suadere, -suasi, 
-suasus) (followed by ut 
or ne), si*], persuade. 



The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs oi the first conjugation marked "/." are like those of 

amp. 

If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-ed), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as 
duco, eo). » 



VOCABULARY. 



271 



per-terreo (-terrere, -terrui, 
-territus), terrify. 

per-tineo (-tinere, -tinui, 
-tentus), 233, extend. 

per-turbo, L, 321, disturb 
greatly, throw into con- 
fusion. 

pervenio, arrive. 

pes, -pedis, m., 140, foot. 

pessimus, -a, -um, adj., 
superlative of malus, worst. 

petivit (plural petiverunt), 

sought. 

peto, petere, petivi, petltus, 

seek, beg, demand, (fol- 
lowed by ut or ne), 256. 

pilum, -1, a dart or javelin. 

polliceor, polliceri, polli- 
citus, dep. , to promise. 

pono, ponere, posui, positus, 
to place, put, 294. 

populus, -1, 71, people. 

porta, -ae, gate ; portat, car- 
ries. 

portO, I., 80, carry. 

possessio, onis, f., posses- 
sion. 

possum, posse, potui (potis- 
sum), 317, be able, can. 

post, adv. and prep. w. ace., 
behind, after, afterward. 

post-ea, adv., afterward. 

posterus, -a, -um, adj., 240, 
next. 

postquam, conj., after. 

postuld, I., demand. 



potestas, -atis, f. , power. 

prae, adv. and prep. w. abl., 
before. 

praeda, -ae, 317, plunder, 
booty, loot. 

prae -died, say or tell before- 
hand, predict, advise, ivarn, 
command. 

prae-duco, lead in front of 
show. 

prae-ficio (-ficere, -feci, -fec- 
tus), set over, place in com- 
mand. 

praemium, -1, reward. 

prae mitto, send before. 

prae occupo, seize before. 

prae-sum, be over, rule. 

praeter, adv. and prep w. 
ace. , except, contrary to. 

praeter-ea, adv., besides. 

praeter-mitto, omit, neg- 
lect. 

premo, premere, press!, 
pressus, 289, to press, 
harass. 

primus, -a, -um, adj., 240, 
first. 

primo, adv., \ 

primum^dv.,^*'-^ 

princeps, -ipis, m., 133, a 
leader, chief. 

prior, -ius, adj., 240, former, 
previous ; prius, adv. , ear- 
lier, first. 

pro, prep. w. abl., before, in 
front of 



272 



VOCABULARY. 



procul, adv., far distant, from 
afar. 

pro-cumbo (-cumbere, -cu- 
DUl, -cubitus), fall or lie 
down. 

pro-curro (currere, -cucurri 
[cp. do], -cursus), run 
forward. 

pr6-duco, lead forth. 

proelium, -1, n., 145, bat- 
tle. 

proficiscor, proficlsci, pro- 
fectus, 372, set out, go. 

pro-hibeo (-hibere, -hibui, 
-hibitus), 191, to keep 
(some one) away (often 
with ex). 

pro-iecit, threw. 

prope, adv. and prep. w. 
ace., near. 

properat, hastens. 

propero, I., 165, hasten, 
hurry. 

propior, -ius, adj., nearer. 

propter, prep. w. ace., be- 
cause of. 

provincia, -ae, province. 

pro -video, foresee, provide 
for. 



proximus, -a, -um, adj., 

next, nearest (last). 

publicus, -a, -um, ad]., pub- 
lic. (See res.) 

puella, -ae, girl. 

puer, -1, m., boy. 

pugna, -ae, 86, a fight. 

pugnat, fights (3d person). 

pugno, I , 80, to fight. 

pulcher, -chra, -chrum, adj., 
beautiful. 

pulvis, -eris, m., dust. 

pUtO, I., suppose, think. 

quaero, quaerere, quaes! vi, 

quaesitUS, ask, inquire ; 

also seek (followed by ut). 
quam, adv., 226, than. With 

superlative as . . . as possible. 
-que, conj., 91, and. 
qui, quae, quod, rel. pron., 

who, which, what. 
quid ? what? why P 
quidam, quaedam, quid- 

(quod) dam, indef. pron., 

a certain {one), a. 
quis, quae, quid (quod), in- 

terrog. pron. and adj., 

who? which? what? 



The. genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the first declension axe. feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of thejirst conjugation marked '" /." are like the 



of 



amo. 

If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (-is ah-duco, ab-eo), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as 
duco, eo ). 



VOCABULARY. 



273 



quisquam, quaequam, quid- 
(quod) quam, indef. pron., 
any, any one. 

quisque, quaeque, quid- 
(quod)que, indef. pron., 
each one, each, every. 

quod, conj., 396, because. 

quoniam, adv., 158, because. 

quoque, conj., also, 

ratio, -6nis, f., plan, nature 

{of something), affair, 

opinion. 
re-, in compounds as a prefix, 

again. 
recepit. See se. 
re-cipio (cipere, -cepi, -cep- 

tus"), 321, take back, re- 
ceive. 
rectus, -a, -um, adj., straight, 

direct. 
re-cupero, I., recover. 
re-d-eo, go back. 
re-duco, lead back. 
re-ficio (-ficere, -feci, -fec- 

tus), refit, refresh. 
regina, -ae, queen. 
regio, -onis, f., 171, region. 
re-linqud (-linquere, -liqui, 

-lictus), 317, leave behind. 
reliquus, -a, -um, adj. (cp. 

relinquo), 165, remaining, 

the rest of. 
re-perio (perire, -peri, 

-pertus), find out. 
res, rei, f., 271, thing, stale 



of affairs ; res frumen- 

taria, provisions ; res 

publica, government (at 

Rome). 
re-spondeo (-spondere, 

-spondi, -sponsus), to 

reply. 
re-voco, I., c< II back, recall. 
rex, regis, m., king, 
rivus, -I, stream. 
rosa, -ae, rose. 
rursus, adv., again, back 

again. 

sacramentum, -1, the oath of 
allegiance to the general-in- 
chief taken by a Roman 
soldier when he enlisted. 

saepe, adv., often. 

saepius, adv., more or too 
frequently. 

Sagittarius, -i, archer, 

sal, salis, m., salt. 

salus, -utis, f., safety. 

sanitas, -atis, f., soundness 
(of mind or body). 

satis, adv., enough. 

scelus, -eris, n., crime. 

scio, scire, scivi, scitus, 
know, perceive. 

scutum, -1, shield. 

se (or sese), ace. of reflex- 
ive pron. of third pers.. 
himself, herself, itself, 
themselves (478); se rece- 
pit (plural receperunt), 



274 



VOCABULARY. 



retreated. (Cp. English "to 

betake one'' s self. ' ' ) 
secerno, secernere, secrevi, 

secretus, to separate. 
secum, for cum se. 
secundus, -a, -um, adj., 

favorable, second. 
sed, conj., 65, but. 
semper, adv., always. 
senatus, -us, m., senate. 
Septimus, -a, -um, adj., 479. 
sequor, sequi, secutus, dep., 

372, follow. 
servatus est, was saved. 
servo, I., save. 
sese. See se. 
si, conj., if. 
SIC, adv., thus. 
Slgnum, -1, 104, standard or 

ensign, signal. 
silva, -ae, 41, wood, forest. 
sine, prep. w. abl., without. 
sinister, -tra, -trum, adj., 

left (band). 
solus, -a, -um, adj., alone, 

single. 
solvo, solvere, solvi, solu- 

tus, to loose. See navis. 
soror, -oris, f., sister. 



spatium, -1, space. 

spero, I., look for, hope. 

spes, spei, f., hope. 

sponte (abl.), always with 
mea, tua, sua, etc., of 
{one 's) free will, volunta- 
rily. 

statim, adv., immediately. 

statio, -onis, f. , a guard, sen- 
try; in statione, on guard. 

sto, stare, steti, status (cp. 
do), to stand. 

studium, -i, 86, study, zeal. 

stultissimus, -a, -um, adj. 
(superlative of stultus), 
most stupid, idiotic. 

stultus, -a, -um, adj., stupid. 

sub, prep. w. ace. and abl.,, 
under. 

sub-icio (-icere, -ieci, -iec- 
tus), place under, expose 
[sub-iacio] . 

subito, adv., 247, suddenly. 

suf-fero (suf-ferre, sus-tuli, 
sub-latus), offer, sustain, 
endure [sub-fero]. 

sum-mo veo (-movere, -mo- 
VI, -motus), remove, drive 
back [sub -mo veo]. 



The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of the first conjtigaiion marked " /.'-' are /ike those of 

amo. 

If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-eb), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as 
ducb, eo). 



VOCABULARY. 



275 



sus-tineo (tinere, -tinui, 

-tentus), 372, hold out 

against. 
sub-venio, come to one's 

assistance. 
summa, -ae, amount, total. 
summus, -a, -um, adj., 145, 

highest, top of. 
sunt, are. 
superior, -ius, adj„ 240, 

higher. 
SUpero, I., 104, surpass, con- 
quer. 
super -sum, remain over, be 

left over, survive. 
supra, adv. and prep. w. 

ace, above. 
suus, -a, -um, poss. adj. and 

pron., 191, his, her, hers, 

its, their, theirs. 

tabernaculum, -T, tent. 

tarn, adv., to such a degree, 
so. 

tamen, adv., nevertheless. 

tandem, adv., finally. 

tantus, -a, -um, adj., so 
great, so ?nuch. 

tantum, adv., only. 

tardo, I., retard. 

tecum, for cum te. 

telum, -1, 65, weapon, espe- 
cially a javelin. 

tempestas, -atis, f., storm, 
weather. 

tempto, I., 133, try. 



tempus, -oris, n., 191, time. 
teneo, tenere, tenui, tentus, 

191, hold, keep. 

terra, -ae, 41, land, country. 

tertius, -a, -um, adj., the 
third. 

timeo, timere, timui, 335, 
to fear. 

tiro, -onis, m., recruit, inex- 
perienced soldier (some- 
times used in contempt). 

totus, -a, -um, adj., whole, 
all, entire. 

tra-ducd, lead across. 

trans, prep. w. ace, across. 

trans-eo, go across. 

trans-figo (-figere, -fixi, 
-flxus), pierce through. 

trans-portO, I., carry across. 

tribunus, -1, 71, tribune. 

tu, tui (tibi, te), pers. 
pron., thou, you. 

tuba, -ae, trumpet. 

turn, adv., then (of time). 

tutus, -a, -um, adj., safe. 

tuus, -a, -um, poss. adj. 
and pron., thy, thine, your, 
yours. 

ubi, adv., where. 

ullus, -a, -um, adj., any 

(one). 
ulterior, -ius, adj., further. 
ultra, adv., beyond, further. 
ultro, adv., moreover, of ones 

own accord. 



276 



VOCABULARY. 



umerus, -I, shoulder. 

unus, -a, -urn, num. adj., 

one, alone; ad unum, to 

the last one (479). 
urbs, urbis, f., 184, city 

(i-stem). 
usus, usus, m., use > value. 
Ut, conj., with subj., in order 

that, so that. 
titer, utra, utrum, interrog. 

pron., which (of two) ? 
uterque, utraque, utrum- 

que, indef. pron., each (of 

two), both. 
utor, uti, usus, dep., 372, 

to use, employ. 
utrum, adv., whether; 

utrum. . . an, whether. . . or. 
uxor, -oris, f., wife. 



vagina, -ae, scabbard. 
vallis, -is, f., valley (i-stem). 
vallum, -1, the rampart or 

wall of a camp. 
venio, venire, veni, ventus, 

355, come. 
venit (plural veniunt), 

comes. 



venit (plural venerunt), 

came. 
vero, adv., > 
verum, adv., j"^' 
verto, vertere, verti, versus, 

turn, turn around or about. 
verum, -i, neuter of adj, 

used as noun, the truth. 
vester, -tra, -trum, poss. adj. 

and pron., your, yours (of 

more than one person). 
veteranus, -a, -um, adj., 

veteran. 
via, viae, 41, way, road ? 

street. 
victor, -oris, m., victor. 
victoria, -ae, victory. 
vide, see! 
video, videre, vidi, visus, 

to see. 
vidit (plural viderunt), saw. 
vir, viri, m., 59, man; some- 
times, hero. 
virtus, virtutis, f., 140, 

manliness, bravery. 
vita, vitae, life. 
vito, I., avoid. 
vivo, vivere, vixi, victus, 

live. 



The. genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of the first conjugation marked " /." are like those of 

amo. 

If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as 
dnco, eo). 



VOCABULARY. 277 



vivus, -a, -um, adj., alive. 
vix, adv., scarcely. 
volo, velle, volui, 381, wish, 
be willing. 



vulnerat, wounds. 
vulnero, I. , 80, to wound. 
vulnus, -eris, n., wound. 



ADDENDA. 

an, adv., or. 

aptus, -a, -um, adj., suited \ fit. 

arx, arcis, citadel (i stem). 

circiter, adv. and prep. w. ace, about, around. 

con-loquor, dep., converse, confer. 

controversia, -ae, dispute, argument. \ 

duo, duae, duo, num. adj., two (297). 

finitimus, -a, -um, adj., neighboring. 

fruor, frui, fructus sum, dep. w. abl. (370), enjoy. 

fungor, fungi, functus sum, dep. w. abl. (370), do, perform, 

ignorans, -antis, ignorant. 

impedio, impedire, impedivi, impeditum, entangle, hinder. 

insula, -ae, island. 

miser, -era, -erum, adj., wretched. 

multo, multum, advs. 247, much. 

natus est, was born. 

per -ficio (-ficere, -feci, -fectum), finish. 

persequor, dep., follow up, accomplish. 

plurimus, -a, -um ; plus, pluris, adjs. See 228 and 240. 

plus, adv., more. 

potior, potiri, potitus sum, dep. w. abl. (370), gain posses* 

si on of 
praesidium, -i, defence, protection. 
principatus, -us, m., headship. 
quicumque, quaecumque, quodcumque, indef. rel. pron., 

whoever, whatever. 
^uis, quae, quid, 113, sometimes means anyone, anything. 
regS, regere, rexi, rectum, 482, to rule, 
sum, esse, fui, 486, to be. 



PROPER NAMES. 



Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

Nouns of the th ird declension are masculine, unless otherwise stated. 



Aduatuca, -ae, a camp estab- 
lished by Caesar among the 
Eburones. 

Aedui, -orum, a large tribe in 
Gaul which during the con- 
quest of Gaul by Caesar was 
for the most of the time in 
alliance with the Romans. 

Aeginurus, -I, an island near 
the Roman province of 
Africa. 

Afranius, -I, one of Pompefs 
lieutenants, who fought 
against Caesar in Spain. 

Africa, -ae, a Roman province 
{modern Tunis and eastern 
Morocco}. 

Africus, -I, the west-south- 
west wind. 

Alexandria, -ae, the metrop- 
olis of Egypt. 



Allienus, -I. 

Allobroges, -um, a Gallic 
tribe living in the valley of 
the Rhodanus or Rhone, 
and subject to the Roman 
power. 

Alpes, -ium, the Alps. 

Ambiani, -orum, a tribe in 
Gaul. 

Antonius, -l, a lieutenant of 
Caesar s ; who later delivered 
the funeral oration over 
Caesar s body {see Shakes- 
peare, " fulius Caesar " ) ; 
rose as a triumvir to su- 
preme power over the eastern 
half of the Roman domin- 
ion, and was finally defeated 
with Cleopatra by Octavius, 
the first Roman emperor, at 
Actium. 

279 



28o 



PROPER NAMES. 



Anquillaria, -ae, a town in 
Epirus. 

Apollonia, -ae, a town in 
Epirus. 

Apsus, -1, a river in Epirus. 

Aquitanus, -a, -um, an in- 
habitant of Aquitania. 

Aquitania, -ae, the south- 
western portion of Gaut. 

Arar, Araris, a tributary of 
the river A'hodanus [Rhone). 

Ariovistus, -I, fc German 
chief who invaded Gaul, 
but was defeated by Caesar. 

Aristius, -I. 

Arnus, -l, the river Arno, in 
Italy. 

Arverni, -Drum, a Gallic tribe. 

Asia, -ae, a Roman province 
in western Asia Minor. 

Atrebates, -um, a tribe in 
Gaul. 

Aulus, -I, 

Auster, -tri, the south wind. 

Baculus, -I. 

Bagradas, -ae, a river in the 
Roman province of Africa. 

Belgae, -arum, the inhab- 
itants of northeastern Gaul. 

Bellovaci, orum, a tribe of 
the Belgae. 



Bibracte, -is, the capital of 
the Aedui. 

Bibulus, -i. 

Boil, -orum, a tribe which 
took part with the Helvetii 
in the invasion of central 
Gaul. 

Brittania, -ae, Britain, at 
the time of Caesar covered 
with dense forests and inhab- 
ited by tribes of the same race 
as the Gauls. 

Caeroesi, orum, a tribe of 
Gaul. 

Caesar, -aris. (i) Caiusfu- 
lius Caesar. (2) Lucius 
Caesar, commander of a 
fleet stationed off the coast of 
Africa to oppose Curio'* s in- 
vasion of that province. 

Caius, -I. 

Calenus, -I, a lieutenant of 
Caesar. 

Candavia, -ae, a district in 
eastern Epirus. 

Cannae, -arum, the scene of 
the great defeat of the Ro- 
mans by Hannibal. 

Carnutes, -um, a tribe in 
Gaul. 

Carthago, -inis, Carthage, a 



Nouns of \.\\e first declension are fern /'nine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of :he second declension in -urn are ^neuter. 

Nouns of the third declension are masc&iine, unless otherwise stated. 



PROPER NAMES. 



281 



great commercial city and 
bitter rival of Rome. 

Casticus, -1. 

Castra Cornelia, a place upon 
the coast near Utica, in the 
Roman province of Africa. 

Ceutrones, -um, a tribe in 
Gaul. 

Christus, -I, Christ. 

Cicero, -onis, a lieutenant of 
Caesar, a?id brother of the 
famous orator. 

Cilicia, -ae, a country in 
southern Asia Minor. 

Claudius, -1. 

Cleopatra, -ae, a famous 
queen of Egypt. 

Clupea, -ae, a town in the Ro- 
man province of Africa. 

Cnaeus, -1. 

Cominius, -1. 

Commius, -1. 

Considius, 1. 

Coponius, -I. 

Cornelia, -ae. 

Crassus, -1. 

Crastinus, 1. 

Creta, -ae, the island of Crete. 

Curio, -onis, a lieutenant of 
Caesar, in command of an 
army which invaded the 
Roman province of Africa. 

Daci, -Drum, the inhabitants 
of Dacia, east of the river 
Danube. 



Divitiacus, -l, a chief of the 

Aedui. 
Domitius, -1. 

Dumnorix, -rigis, a chief of 
, the Aedui ; the brother of 

Divitiacus . 
Dyrrhachium, -I, a town in 

Epirus. 

Eburones, -um, a tribe of the 
Belgae. 

Epirus, -1, a district border- 
ing the Adriatic Sea, north 
of Greece. 

Fabius, -1. 

Galba, -ae, m. 

Gallia, -ae, the country of 
Gaul. 

Galll, -Drum, the Gauls. 

Garumna, -ae, a river in 
Gaul, now the Garonne. 

Genava, -ae, a town on the 
borders of Helvetia, now 
Geneva. 

Ger mania, -ae, Germany .- at 
the time of Caesar covered 
with forests and inhabited by 
many semi-savage tribes. 

German!, -orum, the inhabit- 
ants of Germany: 

Graecia, -ae, the country of 
Greece. 

Graeci, -orum, the Greeks. 



282 



PROPER NAMES. 



Hadrumentum, -I, a town in 
Africa. 

Hamilcar, -aris, a Cartha- 
ginian general : the father 
of Hannibal. 

Hannibal, -alis, the invader 
of Italy, during Rome's 
second war with Carthage. 

Hasdrubal, -alis, the brother 
of Hannibal : commander 
in Spain during the second 
war of Carthage with 
Rome, 

Helvetia, -ae, a district of 
Gaul ; the modern Swit- 
zerland. 

Helvetil, -Drum, the inhabit- 
ants of Helvetia. 

Hercynia silva, a great for- 
est along the upper Danube. 

Herminius, -I. 

Hispania, -ae, Spain ; a 
province of the Roman do- 
minion. 

Hispanus, -1, Spaniard. 

Ilerda, -ae, a town in Spain, 
now Lerida. 

Italia, -ae, Italy. 

Iuba, -ae, m., King of the 
tribes living north of the 
Sahara desert and south and 



west of the Roman province 
of Africa. 

Labienus, -i, one of Caesar's 
most trusted lieutenants in 
the conquest of Gaul ; but 
during the civil war one of 
his bitterest enemies. 

Latini, -orum, the inhabitants 
of Latium, the district to 
the south of Rome. 

Libo, -onis. 

Licinius, -I. 

Lingones, -um, a Gallic tribe. 

Lucius, -I. 

Macedonia, -ae, a Roman 

province. 
Manilius, -I. 
Marcus, -I. 
Menapil, -orum, a Gallic 

tribe. 
Morini, -orum, a Gallic tribe. 

Nymphaeum, -I, a place in 
Epirus. 

Oceanus, -1, the Atlantic 

Ocean. 
Oricum, -l, a town in Epirus. 

Padus, -l, the river Po, in 
north Italy. 



Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

Nouns of the third declension are masculine, unless otherwise stated. 



PROPER NAMES. 



283 



Palaeste, -es, f. . a harbor of 
Epirus. 

Petronius, -1. 

Petrosidius, -1. 

Pharsalia, -ae, a place in 
Thesialy, where Caesar de- 
feated Pompey. 

Pharsalicus, -a, -urn, adj., 
of Pharsalia. 

Piso, -onis. 

Plancus, -1. 

Pompeius, -l, the famous gen- 
eral, a contemporary, and 
finally the opponent of 
Caesar. 

Provincia, -ae, the Province : 
referring to the Roman 
province in Southern Gaul, 
of which Caesar was gov- 
ernor at the beginning of 
his conquest of the Gauls. 

Ptolemaeus, -1, Ptolemy, the 
title of the kings of Egypt. 

Publius, -I. 

Pullo, -onis. 

Quintilius, -1. 

Rebilus, -1. 

Regulus, -1. 

Remi, -Orum, a tribe in Gaul. 

Remus, -1. 

Rhenus, -l, the river Rhine. 

Roma, -ae, the city Rome. 

Roman!, -orum, the Romans. 

Rufus, -I. 



Saburra, -ae, -m, a lieutenant 
of King fuba, an opponent 
of Curio 

Salonae, -arum, a town upon 
the Adriatic Sea. 

Scipio,-5nis, a Roman general 
who fought with Hasdrubal 
in Spain, and finally de- 
feated Hannibal at Zama. 

Sequani,-orum,tf Gallic tribe. 

Sextius, -I. 

Sextus, -1. 

Sicilia, -ae, the island of Sicily. 

Staberius, -1. 

Suebl, -orum, a tribe of Ger- 
mans. 

Sugambri, -orum, a tribe of 
Germans. 

Sulla, -ae, m., a famous Ro- 
man general, of the genera- 
lion before Caesar. 

Syria, -ae, a Roman province. 

Syriacus, -a, -um, adj. Syrian. 

Thapsus, -1, a town in the 
Roman province of Africa. 

Thessalia, -ae, Thessaly. 

Thracia, -ae, the country of 
Thrace. 

Thrax, Thracis, an inhabi- 
tant of Thrace. 

Tiber, -is, the river Tiber. 

Ticida, -ae. 

Ticinus, -1. 

Tigurini, -orum, a sub-tribe 
or canton of the Helvetii. 



284 



PROPER NAMES. 



Titurius, -I. 

Titus, -1. 

Treveri, -orum, a tribe of the 

Belgae. 
Tulingi, -Drum, a tribe which 

joined with the Helvetii in 

the invasion of central Gaul. 
Tusculum, -i, a town in La- 

tium. 

Usipites, -urn, a tribe of Ger- 
mans. 

Utica, ae, a large city in the 
Roman province of Africa. 



Varus, -1, a lieutena?it of 
Pompey, opposed to Curio 
in the Roman province of 
Africa. 

Valerius, -1. 

Velocassi, -orum, a tribe of 
Gaul. 

Volcae Tectosages, a tribe of 
Gauls living in Germany. 

Vorenus, -1. 

Zama, -ae, a place near Car- 
lhage, where Hannibal was 
defeated by Scipio. 



Nouns of the. first declension use. feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

Nouns of the th ird declension are masculine, unless otherwise stated. 



RULES OF SYNTAX 

ARRANGED SYSTEMATICALLY FOR READY REFERENCE. 

A. denotes Allen and Greenough's Latin Grammar; B., Ben- 
nett's 1 ; G., Gildersleeve's; H., Harkness'. 2 

28. Appositives agree in case with the nouns which they 
limit. A. 183, 184. B. 169. 2. G. 321. H. 393. 

30. A predicate noun agrees with the subject in case. 

A. 183, 185. B. 168. G. 325. H. 393. 

109. A relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent in 
gender and number, but its case depends upon the construc- 
tion of the clause in which it stands. A. 198. B. 250. 
G. 614. H. 396. 

NOMINATIVE. 

21. The nominative is the case of the subject. A. 173. 

B. 166. G. 203. H. 387. 

ACCUSATIVE. 

22. The direct object of a verb is put in the accusative. 
A. 237. B. 173. G. 328. H. 404. 

261. Duration of time and extent of space are expressed 
by the accusative. A. 256, 257. B. 181. G. 335, 336. 
H. 417. 

340. The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. 
A. 173. 2. B. 330, 331. G. 420. H. 414, 415. 

1 School edition. 2 Revised edition. 

285 



286 RULES OF SYNTAX. 

360. With names of towns, the place to which is expressed 
by the accusative without a preposition. A. 258. b. B. 182. 
G. 337. H. 418. 

DATIVE. 

23. The indirect object of a verb is put in the dative. 
A. 255. B. 187. G. 345, 348. H. 424. 

35. The dative is used with sum to denote the possessor, 
the thing possessed being the subject. A. 231. B. 190. 
G. 349. H. 430. 

375. Most verbs meaning to favor, please, believe, trust, 
help, and their opposites; also, to persuade, command, 
obey, serve, resist, and the like, are followed by the dative. 
A. 227. B. 187. II. a. G. 346. H. 426. 

399. The end or purpose which an object serves may be 
denoted by the dative. A. 233, B. 191. G. 356. H. 433. 

400. Many verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, in, 
inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, and super are followed by 
the dative. A. 228. B. 187. III. G. 347. H. 429. 

456. The agent with the gerundive is expressed by the 
dative. A. 232. B. 189. G. 355. H. 431. 

GENITIVE. 

149. A person or thing may be described by the ablative 
or the genitive of a noun, if an adjective be used with the 
noun. A. 215. B. 203. G. 365. H. 440. 3. 

ABLATIVE. 

69. The means or instrument of an action is expressed by 
the ablative. A. 248. c. I. B. 218. G. 401. H. 476. 

78. The agent with a passive verb is expressed by the 
ablative with a or ab. A. 246. B. 216. C. 401. H. 467. 

89. The manner of an action is expressed by the ablative 
with cum, unless an adjective is used with the ablative, when 
cum may be omitted. A. 248. B. 220. G. 399. H. 473. 3. 



RULES OF SYNTAX. 287 

137. Cause may be expressed by the ablative. A. 245. 
B. 219. G. 408. H. 475. 

149. A person or thing may be described by the ablative 
or the genitive of a noun, if an adjective be used with the 
noun. A. 251. B. 224. G. 400. H. 473. 2. 

174. Time when, or within which, is expressed by the 
ablative. A. 256. B. 230, 231. G. 393. H. 486. 

194. The ablative of specification is used to point out in 
what respect a statement is true. A. 253. B. 226. G. 397. 
H. 480. 

222. The ablative is used with comparatives in the sense 
of " than" when quam is omitted. A. 247. B. 217. G. 398. 
H. 471. 

370. Utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor, and their com- 
pounds, govern the ablative. A. 249. B. 218. 1. G. 407. 

H. 477- I- 

418. Separation is expressed by the ablative, often without 
a preposition. A. 243. B. 214. G. 390. H. 461, 464. 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDEPENDENT SENTENCES. 

447. Commands are put in the imperative or subjunctive; 
appeals in the subjunctive. The negative is ne. A. 266, 
269. B. 275, 281. G. 260, 263, 266-270. H. 559, 560. 

438. An indirect question takes the subjunctive. A. 334. 
B. 300, 315. 1. G. 467. H. 649. II. 650. 

SEQUENCE OF TENSES IN SUBORDINATE CLAUSES. 

411. A primary tense in the main clause is followed by the 
present or perfect subjunctive. 

A secondary tense in the main clause is followed by the 
imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive. A. 285, 286. B. 267. 
G. 509-511. H. 543-545- 



zSS RULES OF SYNTAX. 

THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN SUBORDINATE CLAUSES. 

279. Purpose is expressed by ut and ne with the sub- 
junctive. A. 317, 331. B. 282, 295, 296. G. 545-548. 
H. 568. 

309. The result of an action is expressed by the subjunc- 
tive with ut and ut non. A. 319, 332. B. 284, 297. 
G. 55i"553. H. 570, 571. 

425. Relative clauses of purpose, result, cause, and charac- 
teristic take the subjunctive. A. 317. 2, 319. 2, 320. 
B. 282. 2, 284. 2, 283. G. 630, 631, 633. H. 590, 
591. 1, 2, 592. 

353. The subjunctive with ut or ne is used after verbs of 
fearing; ut meaning "that not," and ne "that" or "lest." 
A. 331 f. B. 296. 2. G. 550. H. 567. 

384. (Cum, temporal.) Cum, meaning " when, " is fol- 
lowed by the subjunctive if the tense is the imperfect or 
pluperfect, otherwise by the indicative. A. 325. B. 288, 
289. G. 580, 585. H. 600. 

427. (Cum, causal or concessive.) Cum, when it means 
"since" or "although," is used with the subjunctive. 
A. 326. B. 286. 2, 309. 3. G. 586, 587. H. 598. 

449. In indirect discourse, the subjunctive of appeals and 
commands remains a subjunctive. 

The imperative is, in indirect discourse, changed to the 
subjunctive. A. 339. B. 316, 654, 652. H. 642. 

413. The subordinate clauses of an indirect statement have 
their verbs in the subjunctive, and conform to the rule for the 
sequence of tenses. A. 336. 2. B. B. 314, 318. G. 508, 
509. H. 643, 644. 

443. II. Less vivid future conditions take the present sub- 
junctive in both condition and conclusion. A. 307. 2. 

B - 3°3- G - 59 6 - H - 576. 

443. III. Conditions contrary to fact take the imperfect 
subjunctive when referring to present time, and the pluper- 



RULES OF SYNTAX. 2S9 

feet subjunctive when referring to past time. A. 308. 
B. 304. G. 597. H. 579. 

THE INFINITIVE. 

340. The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. 

A. 173. 2. B. 330, 331. G. 420. H. 414, 415. 

346. The tenses of the infinitive in indirect statements 
denote past, present, or future, relatively to the time denoted 
by the verb of saying. A. 336. A. B. 317. G. 530, 531. 
H. 617-620. 

INDIRECT STATEMENTS. 

341. Statements after verbs and other expressions of say- 
ing, thinking, knowing, and perceiving are called Indirect 
Statements. A. 335, 336. B. 313, 314. G. 648. H. 641, 
649. 

413. The main verb of an indirect statement is put in the 
infinitive with subject accusative, and depends upon the verb 
or expression of saying, thinking, or perceiving. A. 336. 2. 

B. 314. G. 650. H. 642. 

346. The tenses* of the infinitive in indirect statements 
denote past, present, or future, relatively to the time denoted 
by the verb of saying. A. 336. A. B. 317. G. 530, 531. 
H. 617-620. 

413. The subordinate clauses of an indirect statement have 
their verbs in the subjunctive, and conform to the rule for 
the sequence of tenses. A. 336. B. B. 318. G. 508, 509. 
H. 643, 644. 

CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 

443. I. Simple conditional sentences take the indicative in 
both condition and conclusion. A. 306, 307. I. B. 302. 
G. 595. H. 574. 

443. II. Less vivid future conditions take the present sub- 



290 RULES OF SYNTAX. 

junctive in both condition and conclusion. A. 307. 2. 

B. 3°3- G - 59 6 - H - 576. 

443. III. Conditions contrary to fact take the imperfect 
subjunctive when referring to present time, and the pluper- 
fect subjunctive when referring to past time. A. 308. B. 304. 
G. 597. H. 579. 

THE GERUNDIVE. 

455. The gerundive is used with the verb sum to form the 
passive (or second) periphrastic conjugation, denoting obli- 
gation or duty. A. 113. d. I. 129. B. 115, 337. 7. G. 251. 
H. 621. 

456. The agent with the gerundive is expressed by the 
dative. A. 232. B. 189. G. 215. 2, 355. H. 431. 



INDEX. 



References are to paragraphs. 



a, stem- vowel, 19, d. 

-a, 142, a; 431, 2. 

-a, 431, 2. 

a, ab.. 78. 

ab-sum, 400, b. 

Ablative, 431, 2; Absolute, 403. 

of Agent, 77 ; 78. 

of Cause, 137; 431, 2. 

with Comparatives, 223. 

with certain Deponents, 370. 

Descriptive, 149. 

with in, 31. 

of Manner, 89. 

of Means or Instrument, 68; 

69; 77, *J .43 1 * 2 - 

of Separation, 418. 

of Specification, 194. 

of Time, 174. 
Accent, 8, 
Accusative; Direct Object, 16, 22. 

with in, 38. 

of Place Whither, 360. 

of Time and Space, 261. 

Subject of Infinitive, 340. 
acer, 160. 
Active Periphrastic Conjugation, 

453- 
Active Voice defined. 73, a. 
Action; completed, 359, b. 

incompleted, 275. 
ad with Gerundive and Gerund, 

39 2. 
Adjectives; 82, a\ 89; 149, a\ 
169; 431, h 2. 

Agreement of, 3, a; 16, e. 
Comparing of; regular, 219; 
220 ; 230 ; irregular, 228 ; 
235; 237- 



Adjectives; Demonstrative, 94; 
100; 120; 121. 

of First and Second Declen- 
sions, 50; 51. 

Interrogative, 114. 

Irregular, 125. 

Predicate, 52. 

Possessive, 285. 

Reason for terminations, 50, b. 

of Third Declension, 160; 167. 
Adverbs; 230; comparing of, 249 ; 

formation of, 242 ; 243. 
Agent; Ablative of, 77; 78. 

Dative of, 456. 
ager, 56. 

Agreement; of adjectives, 13, a; 
16, c\ 50, b; of relative pro- 
nouns, 109; of verbs, 63. 
aliquis, 124. 
alius, 125. 

Allied Words; Use explained, 131. 
altior, 221. 
Alphabet, I. 
amans, 358. 
amo, 73; 82. 
Antecedent, 108. 
Antepenult, 6, 3; 8, 3. 
Appeal of Divitiacus, 414. 
Appeal of Gauls to Caesar, 350. 
Appeals, 447 ; in indirect dis- 
. course, 449. 
Apposition, 27; 28. 
Article wanting, 13, b. 
-as, 43 !, 2. 
audio, 323. 

B. 
-ba, 188; 333. 
Bacillus Centurio, 315; 320. 
bonus, 50; 82, a. 

291 



292 



INDEX. 



C; pronunciation of, 5. 

Is Caesar an " Imperator" ? 463. 

Caesar alque Class is Pompei, 170 
(Introduction); 176; 183; 190; 
196; 201. 

Caesar et Afrdnius, 262 (Intro- 
duction); 263; 270; 288; 293; 
301; 306. 

Caesar et Ariovistus, 102, II. 

Cardinal numerals, 296; 298. 

capio, 258. 

caput, 130. 

Cases; names of, 9. 

Cause; Ablative of, 137; 431, 2; 
Relative Clauses of, 423. 

centum, 298. 

ch; pronunciation of, 5. 

Characteristic ; Relative clauses 
of, 424. 

Clause; defined, 161, I; main, 
161, 2 ; subordinate, 161, 4 ; 
274; 412; 450. 

collis, 147. 

Commands; 447; in indirect dis- 
course. 449; 450. 

Common constructions, 431, 2. 

Comparatives; how declined, 221; 
meanings, 219; 223 

Comparing; of Adjectives; regu- 
lar, 219, 220; 230; irregu- 
lar, 228; 235-237. 
of Adverbs ; 249. 

Complementary Infinitive, 155 ; 
position, 155, b. 

Completed action, 410, a. 

Compounds; defined, 6, a\ gov- 
erning Dative, 400. 

Conditional Sentences, 443. 

Conjugations; analysis of forms, 

332. 
Conjugation; First, 73; 82. 
Second, 179; 186. 
Third, 205; 210; in io, 258. 
Fourth, 323. 

Periphrastic Active, 453 ; 
Passive, 455. 
Consonants; classification, 2 ; 
double, 2, 3; pronunciation of, 

5- 

References are 



Contraction, 7, 4. 

Contrary to fact conditions, 443, 
III. 

cornu; 199. 

cum; causal and concessive, 427. 
since, although, 427. 
when, 384. 

Curio in Africa, 361 (Introduc- 
tion); 362; 365; 395; 432; 435. 

cursus, 199. 



D. 



Dative; with Adjectives, 20, c. 
of Agent, 456. 
with Compounds, 400. 
of End or Service, 399. 
of Indirect Object, 20; 23. 
with some Intransitives, 374. 
of the Possessor, 34; 35. 
Declension; defined, 19. 

Adjectives; First and Second 
Declensions, 50: 51. 
Third Declension, 160; 167. 
Nouns : 

First Declension; 19; by 

endings, 19, e. 
Second; 45; 56; by endings, 

Third; stem, 130; mute 
stems, 130 ; 135; liquid 
stems, 142; i-stems, 147; 

153. 

Fourth, 199. 

Fifth, 266. 
Demonstrative Adjectives, 94; 100. 
Demonstrative Pronouns, 94; 120; 

121. 

Dentals, 2. 

Deponent Verbs; 367; 368; gov- 
erning Ablative, 370. 

Descriptive Ablative or Genitive, 
149. 

dies, 268. 

Diphthongs, 4, 2; 7, 3, 4. 

Direct Object, 16; 22; 431, 2. 

Direct Questions, 437. 

Discourse, Indirect ; three forms of, 
450. 

Doer; expressed with Gerundive 
by Dative, 456. 
to paragraphs. 



INDEX. 



93 



Double Consonants, 2; 3. 

duo, 297. 

Duration of Time, 261. 

Duty; how expressed, 455. 

dux, 130. 

Dying for his Men, 461. 

Dying Standard Bearer, 460. 

E. 

-e ; Vocative ending of Second 
Declension, 45, a. 

ego, 283 ; 284. 

Emphatic words; position of, 162. 

End or Service; Dative of, 399. 

Ending, IO, 2; 16, a; 39, a, b. 

Endings; exhibited, 90; 1 90; 196; 
of first declension, 19, e; per- 
sonal, 76; 334; of second de- 
clension, 45, e ; of verbs, 63. 

English Method of Pronunciation, 3. 

exsul, 142. 

Extent of Space, 261. 



facilis, 167. 

facio, passive of, 430. 

facultas, 130. 

Faithful until Death, 465. 

Fearing; Subjunctive after Verbs 

of, 352. 
fero, 430. 

Fifth Declension, 266. 
Fight Around a Hillock, 214. 
fio, 43°- 

First Conjugation, 73; 82; 332. 
First Periphrastic Conjugation, 

453- 
Fourth Conjugation; 323; 332; 

imperfect Indicative, 335. 
Fourth Declension, 199. 
Future conditions, 443, I, II. 
Future participle, 453. 
Future tense, 408; tense sign, 333. 
Future-perfect tense, 408. 

G. 

g ; pronunciation of, 5. 
Galll et Germdnl, 327. 
Gender; 10; general rules, 3-5. 



Genitive; 169; 130, a ; 431, I. 
Descriptive, 149. 
of i-stems in Third Declen- 
sion, 147. 
of nouns in -ius and -ium, 57. 
Partitive, 299, b. 

gn; 7, 5- 

Gerund; 389; 391 ; of purpose, 

392. 
Gerundive; 390; 391; in passive 

periphrastic conjugation, 455; 

of purpose, 392. 
Grouping words, 169; 431, 1. 
gU, 4, I, a. 

H. 

h, 7, 2. 

Hannibal et Sapid, 144, II; 151. 

hie, 93; 94; 283, b. 

Hints for reading Latin, 48; 169; 

43*. 

Hints for writing Latin, 84; 169. 

homo, 142. 

hostis, 147. 

huic, 4, 1, a. 

Hyphens; used to group words, 

169, a; 170; 176; 183; 190; 

246; 251; 255. 

I. 

i, 1. 

-ibus, 431, 2. 

i-consonant, 1; 5; 7, 5. 

i-stems of third declension, 147; 

153; 154; 167, b; 242. 
Idem, 120; 121, a. 
Imperfect Tense; Indicative; 408; 
of fourth conjugation, 335 ; 
tense sign, 188; 333. 
Subjunctive ; in contrary to 
fact conditions, 443, III ; 
with cum when, 384; mean- 
ing, 274; 276; tense sign, 
333; when used, 277; 409; 
411. 
ille, 93; 94; 283, b. 
Imperative in commands, 447 ; 

449. 
Impersonal construction; defined, 
457; with passive periphrastic 
conjugation, 457. 



294 



INDEX. 



in j with ablative, 3 1 ; with accu- 
sative, 38. 

Incident at the Battle of Pharsalia, 
466. 

Incompleted action, 275. 

Indeclinable nouns, 10, 5. 

Indefinite pronouns, 124. 

Indicative mood; with cum when, 

384. 
Future tense signs, 333. 
Imperfect tense ; of fourth 
conjugation; 335 ; tense 
sign, 333- 
Indirect Discourse ; three forms 

of, 450. 
Indirect Object, 20; 23. 
Indirect Statements; 337, II-341; 
344-346; 450. 
Defined, 337, II, a', 338. 
Full rule for, 413. 
Tenses of Infinitive, 344-346. 
Subordinate Clauses of, 412. 
Indirect Questions, 437; 438. 
Infinitive Mood; 75, a; 83; 169; 
279, a; 431, I; 446, d. 
Complementary; 155; posi- 
tion, 155, b. 
Future tense of deponents, 

368, 1. 
Subject Accusative, 340. 
Tenses of; in indirect state- 
ments, 344-346. 
Use, 336-341; 344-346; 413. 
Interrogative; adjectives, 114; 

pronouns, 113; 114. 
Instrument or means; Ablative of, 

68; 69. 
Intransitive verbs ; with dative, 
375; 400; defined, 374; 400, a. 
-id ; Verbs in, 258. 
ipse, 120; 121, c. 
Irregular adjectives, 125. 
is, 100-102; 283, b. 
-is, 43 ! , 2 - 
iste, 120; 121, a, b. 



Labials, 2, I. 

Labienus meets his match, 464. 

labor 142. 

References are 



Less vivid future conditions, 443, 

II. 
levis, 167. 

Licinius atque Claudius, 132. 
Liquids, 2, 2. 
Liquid stems of third declension, 

142. 
List of Rules for ready reference, 

following the Vocabularies, 285. 
Lists of Words for Review, 129; 

203; 291; 433. 
litus, 142. 
Locative case, 9, a. 

M. 

-m, 43*, 2. 

Main clause, 161, 2, b. 

Main verb; 161, 3; 275; 277; in 

indirect statements, 413. 
malo, 379. 

Manner; Ablative of, 89. 
mare, 147. 
Means; Ablative of, 68 ; 69; 77, a; 

43 !, 2. 
Mental action ; Verbs denoting, 338. 
miles, 135. 

Miles et Tribunus, 144. 
mille, 297, 298. 
moneo, 179; 186. 
mons, 153. 
mums, 45. 
Mutes, 2, I; 7, 6. 
Mute stems of third declension, 

130; 135- 

N. 
nd, 7, 2. 

ne J in Negative Commands and 
Appeals, 447. 
denoting Negative Purpose, 

278, b\ 279. 
after Verbs of Fearing, 353. 
-ne, 8, 4; 41. 
Negative Commands and Appeals, 

447-. 

Negative Purpose, 278. b\ 279. 
Negative Result, 308, b, 309. 

nf, 7, 5- 

Neuter nominative and accusative, 
130, c; 142, a. . 
to paragraphs. 



INDEX. 



295 



Neuter nouns of second declension. 

44- 

nolo, 379; 446, d. 

Nominative, 21; 431, 2. 

nos, 283. 

Nouns; indeclinable, 10, 5; pred- 
icate, 29; 30. 

nox, 153. 

Numerals, 296-299; 304. 

O. 

Obligation; how expressed, 455. 
Object ; direct, 16; 22; 431, 2; 

indirect, 20; 23. 
Omission of subject, 39. 
oppidum, 45. 
opus, 142. 

Order of words, 26; 162. 
-6s, 43 1 . 2 - 

P. 

Palatals, 2. 
Participles; 82, a\ 357. 

How declined, 358. 

of Deponents, 368, 2. 

Future active, 453. 

Perfect passive, 359, b. 

Present active, 359, a. 

How used, 359. 
Partitive Genitive, 299, b. 
Parts; Principal, of verbs, 83; 212; 

33°- . „ . 

Passive Periphrastic Conjugation, 

455- 

Passive Voice defined, 73, b. 

pater, 142. 

Penult, 6. 3; 8, 3. 

Perfect Tense; Indicative. 408. 

Participle, 359, b\ 403, g. 

Subjunctive ; meaning, 410 ; 
use, 411. 
Personal endings. 76; 334. 
Personal pronouns, 283. 
pes. 135- 

ph j how pronounced. 5. 
Piso Aquitdnus, 208. 
Place whither, 360. 
Pluperfect Tense: Indicative, 408. 
Subjunctive ; with cum, when, 
384; meaning, 410 ; use, 411. 



Plural; of adjectives, 13, a\ of 
first declension, 12 ; of verbs, 
16, b. 
plus, 229. 

Possessive Adjectives, 285. 
Possessor; Dative of the, 34; 35. 
possum, 313 ; 4°°> b. 
prae-ficio, 400, c. 
prae-mitto, 400, d. 
Predicate ; adjectives, 52; nouns, 

29; 30. 
Preposition; position of, 169; 431, 1. 
Present Tense; Indicative, 408. 
Participle, 359, a. 
Subjunctive; meaning, 274, 2; 
276; tense sign, 333; when 
used, 277 ; 409 ; 411 ; in 
less vivid future conditions, 

443. IL 
Primary tenses, 408. 
princeps, 130. 
Principal Clause, 161. 
Principal Parts of Verbs, 83; 212; 

330- 
Pr odium cum Helvetiis, 157; 164. 
Proelium Mundae, 326. 
Pronouns ; IOO. 

Demonstrative, 94; 120; 121. 

Indefinite, 124. 

Interrogative, 113; 1 14. 

Personal and reflexive, 283. 

Relative ; 106 ; 107 ; agree- 
ment of, 108; 109. 
Pronunciation ; English, 3 ; Roman, 

3! 4; 5- 

puer, 56. 

Puer et Amicus, 1 18. 

Pugna Pharsalica, 245 (Introduc- 
tion); 246; 251; 255; 467. 

Pullo et Vorenus, 21 J. 

Purpose ; defined, 278, a; gerun- 
dive or gerund with ad, 392; 
relative clauses of, 422 ; sub- 
junctive of, 279; 337, b. 



qu, 4, 1, a. 

quam, than; 222; with superla- 
tives, 439. 
-que, 8, 4; 91. 



296 INDEX. 

Questions; direct, 437; indirect, 

437; 438; 450. 
qui, 106-109; 286; 422. 
quidam, 124. 
quis, 113; 114- 
quod, H4> b. 
-quod, 124, b. 

R. 

-re, 333- 

Reading; Hints for, 84; 169; 431. 

Ready reference ; Rules arranged 
for, Following the Vocabularies. 

rego, 205 ; 210. 

Reflexive Pronouns, 283. 

Relative clauses ; 425 ; of cause, 
423. of characteristic, 424. of 
purpose and result, 422. 

Relative Pronouns ; 106 ; 107 ; 
161, 4; agreement of, 108; 109. 

Result; Subjunctive of, 309; rela- 
tive clause of, 422. 

Review ; Word-lists for, 129 ; 203 ; 

291; 433- 

Romdrii atque Galli, 90. 

Rules of Syntax arranged for ready 
reference, Following the Vocab- 
ularies. 



sapiens, 167. 
Saving the Standard, 225. 
Second declension, 45 ; 56. 
Second conjugation, 179 ; 186 ; 332. 
Second periphrastic conjugation, 

455- 

Secondary tenses, 408. 

Sequence of tenses, 411. 

Separation; Ablative of, 418. 

Service or end; Dative of, 399. 

Silva, 19. 

Simple conditions ; nothing im- 
plied, 443. I. 

Space; extent of, 261. 

Specification; Ablative of, 194. 

Statements; direct, 337, II. indi- 
rect, 337, II-341 ; 344-346; 413; 

45°- 
Stem; defined, 19, d, e ; of third 

declension, 130. 
Stems of verbs, 83 ; 330. 

References are 



Stem vowel; of first declension, 

19, d; of second declension, 43. 

Subject ; 21 ; 26, a\ 35 ; omitted, 

39- 
Syntax ; Rules of, arranged for 
ready reference, Following the 
Vocabularies. 
Subjunctive Mood ; 274. 

in Conditional Sentences, 443, 

II, III. 
in Commands and Appeals, 

447; 449-, 
with cum Causal or Conces- 
sive, 427. 
with cum Temporal, 384. 
in Indirect Discourse, 450 ; 

Indirect commands, 449 ; 

Indirect Questions, 438 ; 

Indirect statements, 413. 
of Purpose, 279. 
in Relative Clauses ; 425 ; of 

cause, 423; of characteristic, 

424 ; of purpose and result, 

422. 
of Result, 309. 
after Verbs of Fearing, 353. 
rule for Use of Tenses, 277; 

409; 411. 
Tenses of ; present tense ; 

meaning, 274, 2; 276; 

tense sign, 333; use, 277, 

443, n: 

imperfect tense ; meaning ; 

274 ; 276; tense sign, 333; 

use, 277 ; 443, III. 

perfect and pluperfect tenses ; 

meaning, 410, c; use, 41 1. 

Subordinate clauses; defined, 161 ; 

in indirect statements, 413 ; 450. 

Superlatives; how declined, 221, b. 

meanings, 219; 223; with quam, 

439- 

sul, 283. 

sum; 61 ; 67 ; 453 ; 454.; posi- 
tion, 26, b. 

suus, 191. 



T. 



Tenses ; primary and secondary, 
408; sequence of, 41 1. 
to paragraphs. 



INDEX. 



297 



Tense signs, 188; 333. 

-ter, 247. 

" that " omitted in indirect state- 
ments, 337, II, c. 

Third conjugation; 205; 2IO; 332; 
in io, 258; 332. 

Third declension; mute stems, 130; 

135- 
Liquid stems, 142. 
i- stems, 147; 153. 
Adjectives, 1.60 ; 167. 
Three forms of indirect discourse, 

45°- 

Time denoted by infinitive in in- 
direct statements, 344; 345. 

Time; ablative of, 174; accusative 
of, 261. 

Towns; names of as place whither, 
360. 

tres, 297. 

tu, 283; 284. 

U. 
ultima, 6, 3. 
Uniting or grouping words, 169; 

43 1 * I - 
-urn, 44- 
unus, 297. 
urbs, 153. 
Ut; of purpose, 278, b; 279; of 



result, 308, b; 309; with verbs 
_ of fearing, 353. 
utor, 370. 



v ; pronunciation, 5. 
velox, 167. 

Verb ; main, 161, 3 ; position of, 
26, b; 162; stems, 75, a; 83; 

330- 

Verbs; agreement of, 63; of mental 
action, 338 ; personal endings, 
76; 334; plural of, 16, b; voice, 
n, a, b. 

vir,_56. 

virtus, 135. 

Vivid, see Less vivid. 

Vocative case, 45, a, b. 

Voice ; defined, 73, a, b. 

volo, 379- 

vos, 283. 

Vowels, 4, I; 7. 

W. 

Words ; Lists of Allied Words ex- 
plained,' 131. 
Word-lists for review, 129; 203; 

291; 433- 
Word-order, 26; 162; 431, I. 
Writing Latin; Hints for, 48. 



MAY 15 IfcOb 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




003 036 400 4 



